66602 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 

DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE 

Department of the Army 

32 CFR Part 578 

RIN 0702–AA41–U 

Decorations, Medals, Ribbons, and 

Similar Devices 

AGENCY: Department of the Army, DOD. 

ACTION: Proposed rule; request for 

comments. 

SUMMARY: The Department of the Army 

is proposing to revise our rules that 

prescribe policy, criteria, and 

administrative instructions concerning 

individual military awards and to 

incorporate laws enacted and policies 

approved since the rule was last 

published in 1956. 

DATES: Comments must be submitted to 

the address shown below on or before 

January 3, 2006. 

ADDRESSES: You may submit comments 

identified by ‘‘32 CFR Part 578 and RIN 

0702–AA41’’ in the subject line, by any 

of the following methods: 

• Federal eRulemaking Portal: 

http:www.regulations.gov. Follow the 

instructions for submitting comments. 

• E-mail: Awards@hoffman.army.mil. 

Include ‘‘32 CFR Part 578 and RIN 

0702–AA41’’ in the subject line of the 

message. 

• Mail: HQ, U.S. Army Human 

Resources Command, Military Awards 

Branch, ATTN: AHRC–PDO–PA (Arlette 

King), 200 Stovall Street, Alexandria, 

VA 22332–0471. 

• Facsimile: (703) 325–2581. Please 

cite ‘‘32 CFR Part 578 and RIN 0702– 

AA41’’ in the subject line of comments. 

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Mrs. 

Arlette King, Chief, Policy Section, 

Military Awards Branch or Ms. Denise 

Harris, Assistant Chief, Policy Section, 

Military Awards at (703) 325–9171. 

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: 

A. Background 

This proposed rule replaces the 

proposed rule that previously published 

in the Federal Register on July 28, 2004 

(69 FR 45114). This proposed rule 

prescribes policy, criteria, and 

administrative instructions concerning 

individual military awards and 

incorporates laws enacted and policies 

approved since the rule was last 

published in 1956. 

B. Discussion of Proposed Rule 

This proposed rule adds the 

provisions of 10 U.S.C. 1130, that allows 

the consideration of awards not 

previously considered or the upgrade of 

decorations previously approved 

(§ 578.5g and § 578.8g(2). This rule adds 

policy on the issuance of display 

Medals of Honor (§ 578.3). This rule 

adds the procedures for awarding U.S. 

awards to foreign military personnel 

(§ 578.8h). This rule updates the criteria 

for the Purple Heart limiting award only 

to members of the U.S. military; clarifies 

award for friendly fire; and authorizes 

award to individuals wounded while 

prisoners of foreign forces for World 

War II and Korea (§ 578.17). This rule 

adds the authority for Brigadier General 

Commanders to award the Meritorious 

Service Medal to U.S. Army personnel 

assigned or attached to duty to their 

command or agency (Table 3). This rule 

adds the provisions of 10 U.S.C. 1133 

that limits award of the Bronze Star 

Medal to service members receiving 

imminent danger pay (§ 578.16). This 

rule is being amended to add the 

following new individual decorations: 

Meritorious Service Medal (§ 578.18) 

and Army Achievement Medal 

(§ 578.21). It also adds the following 

service/campaign medals: Prisoner of 

War Medal (§ 578.22): Southwest Asia 

Service Medal (§ 578.27); Kosovo 

Campaign Medal (§ 578.28); Afghanistan 

Campaign Medal (§ 578.29); Iraq 

Campaign Medal (§ 578.30); Global War 

on Terrorism Expeditionary Medal 

(§ 578.31); Global War on Terrorism 

Service Medal (§ 578.32); Korea Defense 

Service Medal (§ 578.33); Armed Forces 

Service Medal (§ 578.34); Humanitarian 

Service Medal (§ 578.35); Military 

Outstanding Volunteer Service Medal 

(§ 578.36); Army Reserve Components 

Achievement Medal (§ 578.38); Army 

Reserve Components Overseas Training 

Ribbon (§ 578.39); Overseas Service 

Ribbon (§ 578.40); Army Service Ribbon 

(§ 578.41); and the Noncommissioned 

Officer Professional Development 

Ribbon (§ 578. 42). It also adds the 

following unit awards: Presidential Unit 

Citation (§ 578.57); Valorous Unit 

Award (§ 578.58); Meritorious Unit 

Commendation (§ 578.59); and the Army 

Superior Unit Award (§ 578.60). This 

rule updates criteria on the Combat 

Infantryman Badge (§ 578.69) and the 

Combat Medical Badge (§ 578.70). The 

following special skill badges are added: 

Combat Action Badge (§ 578.71); Expert 

Field Medical Badge (§ 578.73); 

Parachute Rigger Badge (§ 578.78); 

Military Free Fall Parachutist Badge 

(§ 578.79); Flight Surgeon Badge 

(formerly Army Aviation Medical 

Officer Badge) (§ 578.81); Special 

Operations Diver Badge (§ 578.83); 

Pathfinder Badge (§ 578.88); Air Assault 

Badge (§ 578.89); Aviation Badge 

(§ 578.90); Glider Badge (§ 578.95); 

Nuclear Reactor Operator Badge 

(§ 578.96); Special Forces Tab (§ 578.99); 

Sapper Tab (§ 578.100); and the Physical 

Fitness Badge (§ 578.101). This rule 

adds the following identification 

badges: Presidential Service Badge and 

Certificate (§ 578.105); Vice Presidential 

Service Badge and Certificate 

(§ 578.106); Office of the Secretary of 

Defense Identification Badge 

(§ 578.107), Joint Chiefs of Staff 

Identification Badge (§ 578.108); Army 

Staff Identification Badge (§ 578.109); 

Guard, Tomb of the Unknown Soldier 

Identification Badge (§ 578.110); Army 

ROTC Nurse Cadet Program 

Identification Badge (§ 578.111); Drill 

Sergeant Identification Badge 

(§ 578.112); U.S. Army Recruiter 

Identification Badge (§ 578.113); Career 

Counselor Badge (§ 578.114); and Army 

National Guard Recruiting and 

Retention Identification Badge 

(§ 578.115). It also adds the following 

foreign/international awards: North 

Atlantic Treaty Organization Medal 

(§ 578.127); Multinational Force and 

Observers Medal (§ 578.128); Republic 

of Vietnam Campaign Medal (§ 578.129); 

Kuwait Liberation Medal-Saudi Arabia 

(§ 578.130); Kuwait Liberation MedalKuwait (§ 578.131); and the Republic of 

Korea War Service Medal (§ 578.132). 

The following certificates are added: 

Certificate of Appreciation to Employers 

(§ 578.135); Certificate for Badges 

(§ 578.136); and the Cold War 

Recognition Certificate (§ 578.137). This 

rule deletes the following medals which 

are obsolete and no longer awarded: 

Medal of Merit (formerly § 578.15) and 

National Security Medal (formerly 

(§ 578.16). This rule deletes the Joint 

Service Commendation Medal (formerly 

§ 578.12) that is prescribed in 

Department of Defense 1348.33–M, 

Manual of Military Decorations and 

Awards. This rule deletes the following 

two civilian awards: Distinguished 

Civilian Service Medal (formerly 

§ 578.7g) and Outstanding Civilian 

Service Medal (formerly § 578.7h) both 

are prescribed in Army Regulation 672– 

20, Incentive Awards. This rule deletes 

the Presidential Medal of Freedom 

(formerly § 578.17) that is governed and 

awarded by the President of the United 

States and not the Department of the 

Army. 

C. Regulatory Flexibility Act 

The Department of the Army has 

determined that the Regulatory 

Flexibility Act does not apply because 

the proposed rule does not have 

significant economic impact on a 

substantial number of small entities 

within the meaning of the Regulatory 

Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 601–612. 

Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 66603 

D. Paperwork Reduction Act 

The Paperwork Reduction Act does 

not apply because the proposed rule 

does not impose any information 

collection requirements that require the 

approval of the Office of Management 

and Budget under 44 U.S.C. 3501, et 

seq. 

E. Executive Order 12866 

The Department of the Army has 

determined that according to the criteria 

defined in Executive Order 12866 this 

proposed rule is not considered a 

significant regulatory action. As such, 

the proposed rule is not subject to Office 

of Management and Budget review 

under section 6(a)(3) of the Executive 

Order. 

James P. Larsen, 

Col, AG, Deputy, The Adjutant General. 

Lists of Subjects in 32 CFR Part 578 

Decorations, Medals, Awards, 

Military personnel. 

For the reasons stated in the 

preamble, the Department of the Army 

proposes to revise 32 CFR Part 578 to 

read as follows: 

PART 578—DECORATIONS, MEDALS, 

RIBBONS, AND SIMILAR DEVICES 

Sec. 

578.1 Purpose 

578.2 Explanation of terms 

578.3 Display sets of award elements and 

the Medal of Honor 

578.4 U.S. Military Decorations 

578.5 Award Recommendations 

578.6 Wartime Criteria 

578.7 Peacetime Criteria 

578.8 General Rules 

578.9 Medal of Honor 

578.10 Distinguished Service Cross 

578.11 Distinguished Service Medal 

578.12 Silver Star 

578.13 Legion of Merit 

578.14 Distinguished Flying Cross 

578.15 Soldier’s Medal 

578.16 Bronze Star Medal 

578.17 Purple Heart 

578.18 Meritorious Service Medal 

578.19 Air Medal 

578.20 Army Commendation Medal 

578.21 Army Achievement Medal 

578.22 Prisoner of War Medal 

578.23 National Defense Service Medal 

578.24 Antarctica Service Medal 

578.25 Armed Forces Expeditionary Medal 

578.26 Vietnam Service Medal 

578.27 Southwest Asia Service Medal 

578.28 Kosovo Campaign Medal 

578.29 Afghanistan Campaign Medal 

578.30 Iraq Campaign Medal 

578.31 Global War on Terrorism 

Expeditionary Medal 

578.32 Global War on Terrorism Service 

Medal 

578.33 Korea Defense Service Medal 

578.34 Armed Forces Service Medal 

578.35 Humanitarian Service Medal 

578.36 Military Outstanding Volunteer 

Service Medal 

578.37 Army Good Conduct Medal 

578.38 Army Reserve Components 

Achievement Medal 

578.39 Army Reserve Components Overseas 

Training Ribbon 

578.40 Overseas Service Ribbon 

578.41 Army Service Ribbon 

578.42 Noncommissioned Officer 

Professional Development Ribbon 

578.43 Armed Forces Reserve Medal 

578.44 Korean Service Medal 

578.45 Medal of Humane Action 

578.46 Army of Occupation Medal 

578.47 World War II Victory Medal 

578.48 European-African-Middle Eastern 

Campaign Medal 

578.49 Asiatic-Pacific Campaign Medal 

578.50 American Campaign Medal 

578.51 Women’s Army Corps Service Medal 

578.52 American Defense Service Medal 

578.53 Army of Occupation of Germany 

Medal 

578.54 World War I Victory Medal 

578.55 Service medals and ribbons no 

longer available for issue 

578.56 United States Unit Awards 

578.57 Presidential Unit Citation 

578.58 Valorous Unit Award 

578.59 Meritorious Unit Commendation 

578.60 Army Superior Unit Award 

578.61 Appurtenances to Military 

Decorations 

578.62 Service ribbons 

578.63 Lapel Buttons 

578.64 Miniature Decorations 

578.65 Supply, Service and Requisition of 

Medals and Badges 

578.66 Original Issue or Replacement 

578.67 Manufacture, sale and Illegal 

possession 

578.68 Badges and tabs, general 

578.69 Combat Infantryman Badge 

578.70 Combat Medical Badge 

578.71 Combat Action Badge 

578.72 Expert Infantryman Badge 

578.73 Expert Field Medical Badge 

578.74 Parachutist Badge 

578.75 Parachutist Badge-Basic 

578.76 Senior Parachutist Badge 

578.77 Master Parachutist Badge 

578.78 Parachute Rigger Badge 

578.79 Military Free Fall Parachutist Badge 

578.80 Army Aviator Badge 

578.81 Flight Surgeon Badge 

578.82 Diver Badge 

578.83 Special Operations Diver Badge 

578.84 Explosive Ordnance Disposal Badge 

578.85 Explosive Ordnance Disposal BadgeBasic 

578.86 Senior Explosive Ordnance Disposal 

Badge 

578.87 Master Explosive Ordnance Disposal 

Badge 

578.88 Pathfinder Badge 

578.89 Air Assault Badge 

578.90 Aviation Badge 

578.91 Aviation Badge-Basic 

578.92 Senior Aviation Badge 

578.93 Master Aviation Badge 

578.94 Driver and Mechanic Badge 

578.95 Glider Badge (Rescinded) 

578.96 Nuclear Reactor Operator Badge 

(Rescinded) 

578.97 Marksmanship Qualification Badge 

578.98 Ranger Tab 

578.99 Special Forces Tab 

578.100 Sapper Tab 

578.101 Physical Fitness Badge 

578.102 U.S. Civilian Marksmanship 

Program 

578.103 President’s Hundred Tab 

578.104 Identification Badges 

578.105 Presidential Service Badge and 

Certificate 

578.106 Vice Presidential Service Badge 

and Certificate 

578.107 Office of the Secretary of Defense 

Identification Badge 

578.108 Joint Chiefs of Staff Identification 

Badge 

578.109 Army Staff Identification Badge 

578.110 Guard, Tomb of the Unknown 

Soldier Identification Badge 

578.111 Army ROTC Nurse Cadet Program 

Identification Badge 

578.112 Drill Sergeant Identification Badge 

578.113 U.S. Army Recruiter Identification 

Badge 

578.114 Career Counselor Badge 

578.115 Army National Guard Recruiting 

and Retention Identification Badge 

578.116 U.S. Army Reserve Recruiter 

Identification Badge 

578.117 Foreign and International 

Decorations and Awards to U.S. Army 

Personnel—General 

578.118 Individual Foreign Decorations 

578.119 Foreign Unit Decorations 

578.120 Foreign Badges 

578.121 United Nations Service Medal 

578.122 Inter-American Defense Board 

Medal 

578.123 Philippine Defense Ribbon 

578.124 Philippine Liberation Ribbon 

578.125 Philippine Independence Ribbon 

578.126 United Nations Medal 

578.127 North Atlantic Treaty Organization 

Medal 

578.128 Multinational Force and Observers 

Medal 

578.129 Republic of Vietnam Campaign 

Medal 

578.130 Kuwait Liberation Medal—Saudi 

Arabia 

578.131 Kuwait Liberation Medal—Kuwait 

578.132 Republic of Korea War Service 

Medal 

578.133 Certificates for Decorations 

578.134 Certificate of Achievement 

578.135 Certificate of Appreciation to 

Employers 

578.136 Certificate for Badges 

578.137 Cold War Recognition Certificate 

Authority: Sec. 3012, Pub. L. 84–1028, 70A 

Stat. 157; 10 U.S.C. 3013. 

§ 578.1 Purpose. 

The primary purpose of the awards 

program is to provide tangible evidence 

of public recognition for acts of valor 

and for exceptional service or 

achievement. Medals constitute one of 

the principal forms for such evidence; 

in the United States Army, medals are 

of the following categories: 

(a) Military decorations are awarded 

on a restricted individual basis in 

recognition of and as a reward for 

heroic, extraordinary, outstanding, and 

66604 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 

meritorious acts, achievements, and 

services; and such visible evidence of 

recognition is cherished by recipients. 

Decorations are primarily intended to 

recognize acts, achievements, and 

services in time of war. 

(b) The Army Good Conduct Medal is 

awarded in recognition of exemplary 

behavior, efficiency, and fidelity during 

enlisted status in active Federal military 

service. 

(c) Service medals are awarded 

generally in recognition of honorable 

performance of duty during designated 

campaigns or conflicts. Award of 

decorations, and to a lesser degree, 

award of the Army Good Conduct Medal 

and of service medals, provide a potent 

incentive to greater effort, and are 

instrumental in building and 

maintaining morale. 

§ 578.2 Explanation of terms. 

The following definitions are 

furnished for clarity and uniformity in 

the determination and award of 

decorations: 

(a) Above and beyond the call of duty. 

Exercise of a voluntary course of action, 

the omission of which would not justly 

subject the individual to censure for 

failure in the performance of duty. It 

usually includes the acceptance of 

existing danger or extraordinary 

responsibilities with praiseworthy 

fortitude and exemplary courage. In its 

highest degrees it involves the voluntary 

acceptance of additional danger and risk 

of life. 

(b) Active Federal military service. 

The term ‘‘active Federal military 

service’’ means all periods of active 

duty, Active Guard Reserve (AGR) 

service and, except for service creditable 

for the Armed Forces Reserve Medal, 

excludes periods of active duty for 

training (ADT) and full-time training 

duty (FTTD). Service as a cadet at the 

United States Military Academy is 

considered to be active duty for the 

purposes of military awards and 

decorations. 

(c) Active Guard Reserve. Army 

National Guard of the U.S. (ARNGUS) 

and U.S. Army Reserve (USAR) 

personnel serving on active duty (AD) 

under 10 U.S.C. and Army National 

Guard personnel serving on full-time 

National Guard duty (FTNGD) under 32 

U.S.C. These personnel are on FTNGD 

or AD (other than training) for 180 days 

or more for the purpose of organizing, 

administering, recruiting, instructing, or 

training the Reserve Components and 

are paid from National Guard Personnel, 

Army or Reserve Personnel Army 

appropriations. 

(d) Area of operation. The foreign 

territory upon which troops have 

actually landed or are present and 

specifically deployed for the direct 

support of the designated military 

operation; adjacent water areas in which 

ships are operating, patrolling, or 

providing direct support of operations; 

and the airspace above and adjacent to 

the area in which operations are being 

conducted. 

(e) Award. Recognition given to 

individuals or units for certain acts or 

services, or badges, accolades, emblems, 

citations, commendations, streamers, 

and silver bands. Also an adjectival 

term used to identify administrative 

functions relating to recognition (for 

example, awards boards, award 

recommendations, and so forth). 

(f) Award precondition. Any 

eligibility criterion not specified by this 

regulation which must be met before 

awarding a decoration. 

(g) Biographical sketch. Identification 

of an individual that includes as a 

minimum: Full name, Social Security 

Number (SSN), date and place of birth, 

marital status, education, and military 

service. 

(h) Bravery. Quality or state showing 

courage; level of conduct which is 

expected of professional Army soldiers. 

(i) Combat heroism. Act or acts of 

heroism by an individual engaged in 

actual conflict with an armed enemy, or 

in military operations which involve 

exposure to personal hazards, due to 

direct enemy action or the imminence of 

such action. 

(j) Combat zone. The region where 

fighting is going on; the forward area of 

the theater of operations where combat 

troops are actively engaged. It extends 

from the frontline to the front of the 

communications zone. 

(k) Decoration. Distinctively designed 

mark of honor denoting heroism or 

meritorious/outstanding service/ 

achievement for individuals and units. 

(l) Direct participation. ‘‘Hands-on’’

activity at the site, or sites, of the 

military act or operation. The individual 

must be physically present at the 

designated location, having contributed 

to and influenced the action. 

(m) Direct support. Services being 

supplied the combat forces in the area 

of operations by ground units, ships, 

and aircraft providing supplies and 

equipment to the forces concerned, 

provided it involves actually entering 

the designated area; and ships and 

aircraft providing fire, patrol, guard, 

reconnaissance, or other military 

support. 

(n) Distinguished himself or herself 

by. A person to have distinguished 

himself or herself must, by praiseworthy 

accomplishment, be set apart from other 

persons in the same or similar 

circumstances. Determination of this 

distinction requires careful 

consideration of exactly what is or was 

expected as the ordinary, routine, or 

customary behavior and 

accomplishment for individuals of like 

rank and experience for the 

circumstances involved. 

(o) Duty of great responsibility. Duty 

which, by virtue of the position held, 

carries the ultimate responsibility for 

the successful operation of a major 

command, activity, agency, installation, 

or project. The discharge of such duty 

must involve the acceptance and 

fulfillment of the obligation so as to 

greatly benefit the interests of the 

United States. 

(p) Duty of responsibility. Duty, which 

by virtue of the positions held, carries 

a high degree of the responsibility for 

the successful operation of a major 

command, activity, agency, installation, 

or project, or which requires the 

exercise of judgment and decision 

affecting plans, policies, operations, or 

the lives and well being of others. 

(q) Extraordinary heroism. Act or acts 

of heroism or gallantry involving the 

risk of life. Minimum level of valorous 

performance in combat consistent with 

a recommendation for the Distinguished 

Service Cross. 

(r) Foreign Decoration. Any order, 

device, medal, badge, insignia, emblem 

or award, tendered by or received from 

a foreign government. 

(s) Foreign government. Includes any 

unit of a foreign governmental authority, 

including any foreign national, State, 

local and municipal Government; any 

international or multinational 

organization whose membership is 

composed of any unit of foreign 

government described above; and any 

agent or representative of any such unit 

or organization while acting as such. 

(t) Gallantry and intrepidity at the risk 

of life. Fearless spontaneous conduct at 

the certain risk of life, above and 

beyond the call of duty, which clearly 

sets the soldier apart from all other 

comrades. Minimum level of valorous 

performance in combat consistent with 

a recommendation for the Medal of 

Honor. 

(u) Gallantry in action. Spirited and 

conspicuous acts of heroism and 

courage. Minimum level of valorous 

performance in combat consistent with 

a recommendation for the Silver Star. 

(v) Heroism. Extreme courage 

demonstrated in attaining a noble end. 

Varying levels of documented heroic 

actions are necessary to substantiate 

recommendations for the Bronze Star 

Medal with ‘‘V,’’ Air Medal with ‘‘V,’’

and the Army Commendation Medal 

with ‘‘V.’’

Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 66605 

(w) In connection with military 

operations against an armed enemy. 

This phrase covers all military 

operations including combat, support, 

and supply which have a direct bearing 

on the outcome of an engagement or 

engagements against armed opposition. 

To perform duty or to accomplish an act 

of achievement in connection with 

military operations against an armed 

enemy, the individual must have been 

subjected either to personal hazard as a 

result of direct enemy action, or the 

imminence of such action, or must have 

had the conditions under which his 

duty or accomplishment took place 

complicated by enemy action or the 

imminence of enemy action. 

(x) Key individual. A person who is 

occupying a position that is 

indispensable to an organization, 

activity, or project. 

(y) Medal. A term used to—

(1) Include the three categories of 

awards, namely: Decorations, Army 

Good Conduct Medal, and service 

medals. 

(2) Refer to the distinctive physical 

device of metal and ribbon which 

constitutes the tangible evidence of an 

award. 

(z) Meritorious Achievement. An act 

which is well above the expected 

performance of duty. The act should be 

an exceptional accomplishment with a 

definite beginning and ending date. The 

length of time is not a primary 

consideration; however, speed of 

accomplishment of an important task 

can be a factor in determining the value 

of an act. 

(aa) Meritorious Service. Service 

which is distinguished by a succession 

of outstanding acts of achievement over 

a sustained period of time. Individual 

performance must exceed that expected 

by virtue of grade and experience, based 

on accomplishments during an entire 

tour of duty. 

(bb) Military merit. Demonstrated 

conduct or character deserving of 

recognition. 

(cc) Officer. Except where expressly 

indicated otherwise, the word ‘‘officer’’

means ‘‘commissioned or warrant 

officer.’’

(dd) Operation. A military action, or 

the carrying out of a strategic, tactical, 

service, training, or administrative 

military mission; the process of carrying 

on combat including movement, supply, 

attack, defense, and maneuvers needed 

to gain the objectives of any battle or 

campaign. 

(ee) Outstanding or unusually 

meritorious performance. Performance 

of duty determined by the employing 

component to have contributed to an 

unusually significant degree toward the 

furtherance of good relations between 

the United States and the foreign 

government tendering the decoration. 

This requires that the service be of 

national significance to the foreign 

government and that it be performed 

under exceptionally difficult, 

extraordinary, or hazardous conditions. 

(ff) Peacetime criteria. (1) In a period 

when the United States is not engaged 

in the prosecution of a formal declared 

war. 

(2) Applied outside a combat zone 

when the United States is engaged in 

military operations against an armed 

enemy, but is not prosecuting a formally 

declared war, except that in the 

communications zone those individuals 

whose duties are in connection with 

military operations against an armed 

enemy may be considered under 

wartime criteria. 

(3) A period in specified areas where 

U.S. troops are engaged in military 

operations involving conflict with an 

opposing foreign force or while serving 

with friendly foreign forces engaged in 

an armed conflict against an opposing 

armed force in which the United States 

is not a belligerent party. 

(gg) Primary next of kin. Primary next 

of kin are, in order of precedence, 

surviving spouse, eldest child, father or 

mother, eldest brother or sister, or eldest 

grandchild. 

(hh) Reserve Components of the 

Army. The Army National Guard of the 

United States and the U.S. Army 

Reserve. 

(ii) U.S. Individual Army decorations. 

U.S. Individual Army decorations are 

the Medal of Honor, Distinguished 

Service Cross, Distinguished Service 

Medal, Silver Star, Legion of Merit, 

Distinguished Flying Cross, Soldier’s 

Medal, Bronze Star Medal, Purple Heart, 

Meritorious Service Medal, Air Medal, 

Army Commendation Medal, and the 

Army Achievement Medal. 

(jj) U.S. unit decorations. U.S. unit 

decorations are the Presidential Unit 

Citation, Valorous Unit Award, 

Meritorious Unit Commendation, and 

Army Superior Unit Award. 

(kk) Valor. Heroism performed under 

combat conditions. 

(ll) Wartime criteria. (1) A period of 

formally declared war and for 1 year 

after the cessation of hostilities. 

(2) A period of military operations 

against an armed enemy and for 1 year 

after cessation of hostilities. Only those 

individuals actually in the combat zone 

or those in the communications zone 

whose duties involve direct control or 

support of combat operations are to be 

considered under wartime criteria. 

(3) A period of national emergency 

declared by the President or by the 

Congress. 

§ 578.3 Display sets of award elements 

and the Medal of Honor. 

(a) Government agencies. Upon 

approval by the Secretary of the Army, 

samples of military decorations may be 

furnished, without charge, for one 

display at the headquarters of each 

Army and higher field commander, in 

the offices of the chiefs of governmental 

agencies not under military jurisdiction 

where opportunity for the public to 

view the display is assured, and in each 

office of Headquarters, Department of 

the Army (HQDA) with activities that 

include matters pertaining to 

decorations. 

(b) Civilian institutions. Upon 

approval by the Secretary of the Army, 

samples of military decorations may be 

furnished, at cost price, to museums, 

libraries, and to national headquarters of 

historical, numismatic, and military 

societies; and to institutions of such 

public nature as will assure an 

opportunity for the public to view the 

exhibits under circumstances beneficial 

to the Army. All decorations furnished 

to civilian institutions for exhibition 

purposes will be engraved with the 

words, ‘‘For Exhibition Purposes only.’’

(c) Requests. Letter requests for 

decorations for exhibit or display will 

be made to Commander, U.S. Army 

Human Resources Command (USA 

HRC), ATTN: AHRC–PDO–PA, 200 

Stovall Street, Alexandria, VA 22332–

0471. 

(d) Display. Service medals for service 

prior to World War II will not be 

provided for display purposes since 

only minimum essential quantities are 

available for issue to authorized 

recipients. 

(e) Purchase of medals. Except for the 

Medal of Honor, all other decorations, 

service medals, and ribbons can be 

purchased from private vendors who 

have been issued a certificate of 

authority by the Institute of Heraldry. A 

list of certified vendors can be obtained 

from HQ, USA HRC (see § 578.3 (c)). 

(f) Display sets of the Medal of Honor. 

Upon written requests, The Adjutant 

General of the Army can approve issue 

of a display Medal of Honor to 

government agencies (defined in 

paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section). 

Adequate security arrangement must be 

provided for the medal so that it will 

not be lost through vandalism or theft. 

Maximum exposure of the medal to the 

public must be ensured, on a free of 

charge basis, under circumstances 

beneficial to the Army. 

66606 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 

§ 578.4 U.S. Military Decorations. 

To whom awarded, see Table 1 below. 

TABLE 1 

Decorations listed in order 

of precedence 

Awarded for: Awarded to: 

Heroism Achievement or 

service 

Military Civilian 

United States Foreign United States Foreign 

Medal of Honor ................. Combat .............. N/A .................... War (1) .............. N/A .................... N/A .................... N/A. 

Distinguished Service 

Cross.

Combat .............. N/A .................... War .................... War .................... N/A .................... N/A. 

Distinguished Service 

Medal.

War .................... War & Peace ..... War & Peace ..... War & Peace ..... War (2) .............. War (2). 

Sliver Star ......................... Combat .............. N/A .................... War .................... War .................... War (2) .............. War (2). 

Legion of Merit .................. N/A .................... War & Peace ..... War & Peace ..... War & Peace (5) N/A .................... N/A. 

Distinguished Flying Cross Combat Noncombat.War & Peace (4) War & Peace ..... War .................... N/A .................... N/A. 

Soldier’s Medal ................. Noncombat ........ N/A .................... War & Peace (4) War & Peace (4) N/A .................... N/A. 

Bronze Star Medal ............ Combat (3) ........ War & Peace (4) War & Peace (4) War & Peace(4) N/A .................... N/A. 

Purple Heart ..................... For wounds received as the 

result of hostile action.

N/A .................... War & Peace (7, 

8).

N/A .................... N/A .................... N/A. 

Meritorious Service Medal N/A .................... Peace & War (9) Peace ................ Peace ................ N/A .................... N/A. 

Air Medal .......................... Combat (3) Noncombat.War & Peace (4) War & Peace (4) War .................... War (2) .............. War (2). 

Army Commendation 

Medal.

Combat (3) Noncombat.War Peace ........ War & Peace (6) War & Peace (6) N/A .................... N/A. 

Army Achievement Medal N/A .................... Peace & War (6, 

9).

Peace (6) ........... Peace (6) ........... N/A .................... N/A. 

Notes: 

1. The Medal of Honor is awarded only to U.S. military personnel. 

2. Under limited circumstances. Recommendations will be forwarded to HQ, USA HRC for processing. 

3. Awarded with Bronze ‘‘V’’ Device for valor in combat. 

4. Awarded for peacetime when no formal war has been declared but the U.S. is engaged in military operations against an armed enemy. 

5. Awarded to foreign military personnel in one of four degrees. 

6. Not awarded to general officers. 

7. Awarded to military personnel wounded by terrorists or while members of a peacekeeping force. 

8. Approval authority is the Secretary of the Army. 

9. Authorized for award in a combat theater for non-combat meritorious service and achievement. 

§ 578.5 Award Recommendations. 

(a) It is the responsibility and 

privilege of any individual having 

personal knowledge of an act, 

achievement, or service believed to 

warrant the award of a decoration to 

submit a recommendation for 

consideration. It is usually desirable 

that the intended recipient not be 

informed of a pending recommending or 

given an implied promise of an award 

prior to final approval and clearance. 

This is especially true when the 

intended recipient is a foreigner. 

(b) The Department of the Army (DA) 

Form 638 (Recommendation for Award) 

will be used to initiate, process and 

approve award recommendations of all 

U.S. Army individual decorations, to 

include valor and heroism decorations. 

(c) Narrative description of 

meritorious service or achievement for 

awards of the Meritorious Service Medal 

(MSM), Army Commendation Medal 

(ARCOM), and Army Achievement 

Medal (AAM) will be limited to bullet 

format in the space allowed on the DA 

Form 638. Bullet format or narratives 

may be used for the Legion of Merit 

(LM). Narratives are required for all 

other awards and will be added as an 

addendum to the recommendation. 

Narrative should be prepared on 81⁄2 by 

11-inch bond paper and is limited to 

one double-spaced typewritten pages 

except for recommendations of the 

Distinguished Service Medal and above. 

Narratives for valor must contain a 

description of the following elements: 

Terrain and weather of the area in 

which the action took place; enemy 

conditions, to include morale, 

proximity, firepower, casualties and 

situation prior to, during and after the 

act; the effect of the act on the enemy; 

the action of comrades in the immediate 

vicinity of the act and the degree of their 

participation in the act; if the act 

occurred in aerial flight, the type and 

position of the aircraft and the 

individual’s crew position; the degree to 

which the act was voluntary; the degree 

to which the act was outstanding and 

exceeded what was normally expected 

of the individual; all unusual 

circumstances; and overall effects or 

results of the act. 

(d) Heroism award recommendations 

will contain statements of eyewitnesses, 

preferably in the form of certificates, 

affidavits, or sworn statements; extracts 

from official records; sketches; maps; 

diagrams; photographs; and so forth, 

which support and amplify stated facts 

for the heroism award. 

(e) Recommendations will be 

forwarded through command channels 

to the commander authorized to 

approve or disapprove it. Each 

intermediate commander/supervisor 

will recommend approval or 

disapproval, and cite specific reasons 

whenever disapproval is recommended. 

(f) Except for the provisions of 10 

U.S.C. 1130 outlined in paragraph (g) of 

this section and lost awards, each 

recommendation for an award of a 

military decoration must be entered 

administratively into military channels 

within 2 years of the act, achievement, 

or service to be honored. Submission 

into military channels is defined as 

‘‘signed by the initiating official and 

Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 66607 

endorsed by a higher official in the 

chain of command.’’

(g) Pursuant to 10 U.S.C. 1130, a 

Member of Congress can request 

consideration of a proposal for the 

award or presentation of decoration (or 

the upgrading of a decoration), either for 

an individual or unit, that is not 

otherwise authorized to be presented or 

awarded due to limitations established 

by law or policy. Based upon such 

review, the Secretary of the Army shall 

make a determination as to the merits of 

approving the award or presentation of 

the decoration and other determinations 

necessary to comply with congressional 

reporting under 10 U.S.C. 1130. 

§ 578.6 Wartime Criteria. 

Wartime criteria, by whom awarded. 

The Medal of Honor is awarded only by 

the President. Other decorations are 

awarded by the President, the Secretary 

of Defense, and the Secretary of the 

Army. When wartime conditions erupt, 

authority to further delegate decorations 

approval authority will be requested 

from the Secretary of the Army. Initial 

delegation will be requested consistent 

with the award approval authority 

outlined in Table 2 below. 

TABLE 2.—DELEGATION OF AWARD APPROVAL—WARTIME CRITERIA

[The primary purpose of this table is to outline the various awards and decorations approval authorities for use during the immediate stages of 

Army combat operations. Once delegation, this authority is reviewed every 30, 60 or 90 days during combat operations to determine if further delegation is expedient and justified. Wartime delegation if withdrawn from approval authorities upon redeployment of the unit. This 

table is not absolute and is subject to change as necessary by the Secretary of the Army. Award approval levels outlined in Table 3 are applicable to Table 2.] 

Awards Approval authority May further delegate Awarded to 

Medal of Honor .............................. President of the United States ..... N/A ................................................ U.S. military personnel. 

DSC & all lesser decorations ......... Secretary of the Army or others 

as designated by the Secretary 

of the Army.

N/A ................................................ a. U.S. Army Active and Reserve 

Component personnel. 

b. U.S. Navy, Marine Corps, Air 

Force, and Coast Guard personnel with concurrence of the 

appropriate Service Secretary. 

DSC, SS, LM, DFC and SM .......... CG of a U.S. Army Force (Serving 

in the rank of General) (see 

note 1).

MG and BG commanders (BG 

must be serving in MG position), commanders of separate 

units, may award the BSM, AM, 

and ARCOM (see note 2).

U.S. Army personnel and members of the other armed services and members of the armed 

forces of friendly foreign nations 

in the ranks comparable to the 

grade of O–6 (COL) or lower 

provided concurrence is obtained from that Service or foreign government. 

BSM, AM, ARCOM ........................ Senior Army Commander and 

commanders of a separate 

force serving in the rank of LTG 

(see note 1).

MG and BG (serving in MG positions) commanders of separate 

units, may award the BSM, AM 

and ARCOM (see note 2).

U.S. Army personnel and members of the armed forces of 

friendly foreign nations in the 

ranks comparable to the grade 

of 0–6 (COL) and below, provided concurrence is obtained 

from that Service or foreign 

government. 

PH .................................................. CG of any separate unit and Hospital commanders receiving 

casualties.

To any field grade commander 

who has orders issuing authority.

Member of the Army and member 

of other Services provided concurrence is obtained from that 

Service. 

PUC, VUA, MUC ............................ As provided in § 578–57; § 578–

58 and § 578–59.

Not further delegated .................... U.S. units and foreign allied units 

(see § 578–57; § 578–58; and 

§ 578–59. 

Campaign Participation Credit ....... Senior Army commander serving 

in the rank of LTG or higher.

Not further delegated .................... Only to eligible U.S. Army units 

and RC units called to active 

duty. 

Assault landing Credit .................... Senior Army Commander serving 

in the rank of LTG or higher.

Not further delegated .................... Only to eligible U.S. Army units 

and RC units called to Active 

duty. (DA General Orders 

Issued). 

Combat Badges ............................. Commanding General of any separate unit.To any field grade commander 

who has orders issuing authority.

See § 578.69, § 578,70, § 578.71, 

§ 578.72, § 578–74, § 578–79, 

§ 578–84 and § 578–99 for specific eligibility requirements for 

combat badges. See also Table 

9 on who may be awarded 

these badges. 

Notes: 

1. The senior Army commander (SAC) upon arrival in the theater of operations, or as soon thereafter as practical, will submit a request to 

CDR, USA HRC (see § 578.3 (c)), requesting this delegation be activated. 

2. Authority to approve award of the ARCOM under wartime criteria may be delegated to Colonel level commanders. 

66608 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 

§ 578.7 Peacetime criteria. 

Peacetime criteria, by whom awarded. 

Awards for peacetime service are made 

by the President, the Secretary of 

Defense, and the Secretary of the Army. 

When peacetime criteria apply, 

authority to award decorations is 

automatically delegated as shown in 

Table 3 below. 

TABLE 3.—DELEGATION OF AWARD APPROVING AUTHORITY-PEACETIME CRITERIA

Commanders and principal HQDA 

agency officials May award To 

Chief of Staff, U.S. Army ................ DSM and all lesser decorations .... All U.S. Army personnel and personnel of other Services (see note 

2). 

General ............................................ LM, MSM, ARCOM, and AAM ...... 1. U.S. Army personnel. 

2. U.S. Navy, Marine Corps, and Air Force Personnel below brigadier 

general attached to their organizations (see note 2). 

Lieutenant General .......................... LM .................................................. 1. U.S. Army personnel upon retirement or for posthumous awards 

only (except general grade officers). 

MSM, ARCOM, and AAM .............. 2. U.S. Army personnel assigned and attached for duty to their command or agency. 

3. U.S. Navy, Marine Corps, and Air Force Personnel below brigadier 

general attached to their organizations (see note 2). 

Major General ................................. LM (see note 1) ............................. 1. U.S. Army personnel assigned and attached for duty to their command or agency. 

MSM, ARCOM, & AAM ................. 2. U.S. Navy, Marine Corps, and Air Force Personnel below brigadier 

general attached to their organizations (see note 2). 

Brigadier General ............................ MSM, ARCOM, AAM ..................... 1. U.S. Army personnel assigned and attached for duty to their command or agency. 

2. U.S. Navy, Marine Corps, and Air Force Personnel below brigadier 

general attached to their organizations (see note 2). 

Colonel ............................................ ARCOM, AAM ............................... 1. U.S. Army personnel assigned and attached for duty to their command or agency. 

2. U.S. Navy, Marine Corps, and Air Force Personnel below brigadier 

general attached to their organizations (see note 2). 

Lieutenant Colonel .......................... AAM ............................................... 1. U.S. Army personnel assigned and attached for duty to their command. 

2. U.S. Navy, Marine Corps, and Air Force Personnel below brigadier 

general attached to their organizations (see note 2). 

Project Managers, Program Managers, Product Managers, and 

Program Executive Officers: 

Major Generals and civilian 

equivalent Senior Executive 

Service (SES).

MSM, ARCOM and AAM ............... Service members assigned to their projects (see note 2). 

Brigadier Generals and civilian 

equivalent SES.

MSM, ARCOM and AAM ............... Service members assigned to their projects (see note 2). 

Colonels and civilian equivalent 

General Schedule (GS) 15.

ARCOM and AAM ......................... Service members assigned to their projects (see note 2). 

Lieutenant Colonels ................. AAM ............................................... Service members assigned to their projects (see note 2). 

Notes: 

1 Major Army commanders and officials of principal HQDA agencies in the grade of Major General have authority to approve awards of the Legion of Merit, to retiring and deceased persons, other than general officers, assigned to their commands or agencies. 2See paragraph 1–36, AR 600–8–22 for instructions on awarding Army decorations to members of the other U.S. Services. 

§ 578.8 General Rules. 

(a) Awards for civilian service. 

Awards for DA civilians are governed by 

Army Regulation (AR) 672–20, Incentive 

Awards. AR 672–20 provides 

implementing instructions for incentive 

awards, honorary awards and devices, 

awards from nonfederal organizations, 

and medals for public service. 

(b) Posthumous awards. Awards may 

be made following the death of the 

person being honored in the same 

manner as they are made for a living 

person except that the orders and 

citation will indicate that the award is 

being made posthumously. The 

engraved medal and certificate will not 

contain the word posthumous. Orders 

announcing the award, together with the 

certificate, medal, citation and related 

documents will be forwarded to the 

appropriate commander for 

presentation. Eligible classes of next of 

kin are listed in the order of their 

precedence in § 578.2 (gg). 

(c) Interim awards and awards of a 

lesser decoration. (1) To ensure that a 

deserving act, achievement, or service 

receives recognition, the appropriate 

authority may promptly award a 

suitable lesser military decoration 

pending final action on a 

recommendation for a higher award, 

except for retiring U.S. Army general 

officers. When a higher award is 

approved, the approving authority will 

revoke the interim award in the same 

orders published for the higher award. 

The decoration will be returned by the 

recipient, unless the higher award is 

approved posthumously, in which case 

the next of kin will be permitted to 

retain both awards. 

(2) The authority taking final action 

may award the decoration 

recommended, award a lesser 

decoration (or consider the interim 

award as adequate recognition), or in 

the absence of an interim award, 

disapprove award of any decoration. 

(d) Duplication of awards. (1) Only 

one decoration will be awarded to an 

individual or unit for the same act, 

achievement, or period of meritorious 

service. 

(2) The award of a decoration in 

recognition of a single act of heroism or 

meritorious achievement does not 

preclude an award for meritorious 

service at the termination of an 

Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 66609 

assignment. Recommendations for 

award of a decoration for meritorious 

service will not refer to acts of heroism 

or meritorious achievements, which 

have been previously recognized by 

award or decoration. 

(3) Continuation of the same or 

similar type service already recognized 

by an award for meritorious service or 

achievement will not be the basis for a 

second award. If appropriate, an award 

may be made to include the extended 

period of service by superseding the 

earlier award, or the award previously 

made be amended to incorporate the 

extended period service. 

(e) Conversion of awards. Awards of 

certain decorations (Silver Star, Bronze 

Star Medal, Purple Heart, and Army 

Commendation Medal) on the basis of 

existing letters, certificates, and/or 

orders, as hereinafter authorized will be 

made only upon letter application of the 

individuals concerned to the National 

Personnel Records Center (NPRC), 9700 

Page Avenue, St. Louis, MO 63132–5100 

(Soldiers who retired or were 

discharged on or after October 1, 2002 

should send their requests to the 

Commander, U.S. Army Human 

Resources Command, St. Louis, ATTN: 

AHRC–CC–B, 1 Reserve Way, St. Louis, 

MO 63132–5200). 

(f) Character of service. No decoration 

shall be awarded or presented to any 

individual whose entire service 

subsequent to the time of the 

distinguished act, achievement, or 

service shall not have been honorable. 

The Act of July 9, 1918 (40 Stat. 871) as 

amended (10 U.S.C. 1409); the Act of 

July 2, 1926 (44 Stat. 789), as amended 

(10 U.S.C. 1429) 

(g) Time limitations. (1) Except for the 

provisions of 10 U.S.C. 1130 and lost 

awards addressed below, each 

recommendation for an award of a 

military decoration must be entered 

administratively into military channels 

within 2 years of the act, achievement, 

or service to be honored. Submission 

into military channels is defined as 

‘‘signed by the initiating official and 

endorsed by a higher official in the 

chain of command.’’

(2) Pursuant to 10 U.S.C. 1130, a 

Member of Congress can request 

consideration of a proposal for the 

award or presentation of decoration (or 

the upgrading of a decoration), either for 

an individual or unit, that is not 

otherwise authorized to be presented or 

awarded due to limitations established 

by law or policy. Based upon such 

review, the Secretary of the Army shall 

make a determination as to the merits of 

approving the award or presentation of 

the decoration and other determinations 

necessary to comply with congressional 

reporting under 10 U.S.C. 1130. 

(3) To be fully effective, an award 

must be timely. Undue delay in 

submitting a recommendation may 

preclude its consideration. It is highly 

desirable that a recommendation be 

placed in military channels and acted 

upon as quickly as possible. If 

circumstances preclude submission of a 

completely documented 

recommendation, it is best to submit it 

as soon as possible and note that 

additional data will be submitted later. 

However, to ensure prompt recognition, 

interim awards should be considered 

and are encouraged as addressed above. 

(4) No military decoration, except the 

Purple Heart and exceptions for 

decorations approved under 10 U.S.C. 

1130, will be awarded more than 3 years 

after the act or period of service to be 

honored. 

(5) These time limitations do not 

apply to retroactive and conversion 

awards made in confirmation of 

recognition of previously issued orders, 

letters, or certificates or in exchange of 

decorations hereinafter authorized. 

(6) In cases where it can be 

conclusively proven that formal 

submission of a recommendation for 

award was not made within the time 

limitations indicated above, because 

either the person recommending or the 

person being recommended was in a 

prisoner of war (POW), missing in 

action (MIA) or in a medically 

incapacitated status, award of the Silver 

Star or lesser decorations may be 

approved without regard to elapsed time 

since the act, achievement, or service 

occurred, that is to be honored. 

(7) If the Secretary of the Army 

determines that a statement setting forth 

the distinguished act, achievement, or 

service, and a recommendation for 

official recommendation recognition 

was made and supported by sufficient 

evidence within 2 years after the 

distinguished service, and that no award 

was made because the statement was 

lost, or through inadvertence the 

recommendation was not acted upon; he 

or she may, within 2 years after the date 

of the determination, award any 

appropriate military decoration. In each 

case, the following will be provided: 

(i) Conclusive evidence of the formal 

submission of the recommendation into 

military channels. 

(ii) Conclusive evidence of the loss of 

the recommendation or the failure to act 

on the recommendation through 

inadvertence. 

(iii) A copy of the original 

recommendation, or its substantive 

equivalent. As a minimum, the 

recommendation should be 

accompanied by statements, certificates, 

or affidavits corroborating the events or 

services involved. It is emphasized that 

the proponent must provide 

Commander, USA HRC (see § 578.3(c)), 

with adequate information for 

Secretarial evaluation of the deed or 

service to determine if an award is to be 

made. The person signing a 

reconstructed award recommendation 

must be identified clearly in terms of his 

or her official relationship to the 

intended recipient at the time of the act 

or during the period of service to be 

recognized. 

(h) U.S. awards to foreign military 

personnel. (1) It is the Department of 

Defense (DOD) policy to recognize 

individual acts of heroism, 

extraordinary achievement or 

meritorious achievement on the part of 

service members of friendly foreign 

nations when such acts have been of 

significant benefit to the United States 

or materially contributed to the 

successful prosecution of a military 

campaign by Armed Forces of the 

United States. Such acts or achievement 

shall be recognized through the award 

of an individual U.S. decoration. 

(2) U.S. campaign and service medals 

shall not be awarded to members of 

foreign military establishments. 

(3) Foreign military personnel in 

ranks comparable to the grade of O–6 

and below, at the time the act was 

performed and at the time the 

decoration is presented, may be 

awarded the following decorations: 

Silver Star; Distinguished Flying Cross; 

Bronze Star Medal; or the Air Medal for 

valorous acts in actual combat in direct 

support of military operation; the 

Soldier’s Medal, for heroic acts in direct 

support of operations, but not involving 

actual combat; and the Legion of Merit 

(see § 578.13 for the Legion of Merit to 

foreign military personnel). 

(i) Announcement of awards. (1) 

Decorations and the Army Good 

Conduct Medal. 

(i) Awards made by the President, the 

Secretary of Defense, and the Secretary 

of the Army will be announced in DA 

General Orders (DAGO). 

(ii) Awards of decorations and the 

Army Good Conduct Medal made by 

principal HQDA officials will be 

announced in permanent orders. 

(iii) Awards of decorations and the 

Army Good Conduct Medal made 

according to delegated authority will be 

announced in permanent orders by the 

commanders authorized to make the 

awards. 

(2) Service medals and service 

ribbons. Service medals and service 

ribbons are administratively awarded to 

66610 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 

individuals who meet the qualifying 

criteria. Orders are not required. 

(3) Badges. Permanent awards of 

badges, except basic marksmanship 

qualification badges, identification 

badges, and the Physical Fitness Badge 

will be announced in permanent orders 

by commanders authorized to make the 

award or permanent orders of HQDA. 

(j) Engraving of awards. The grade, 

name, and organization of the awardee 

are engraved on the reverse of the Medal 

of Honor. The name only of the awardee 

is engraved on the reverse side of every 

other decoration, the POW Medal and 

the Army Good Conduct Medal. 

Normally engraving will be 

accomplished prior to presentation. 

When this is impracticable, the awardee 

will be informed that he or she may 

mail the decoration or Army Good 

Conduct Medal to the Commander, U.S. 

Army TACOM, Clothing and Heraldry 

Product Support Integration Directorate 

(PSID), P.O. Box 57997, Philadelphia, 

PA 19111–7997, for engraving at 

Government expense. 

(k) Presentation of decorations. (1) 

The Medal of Honor is usually 

presented to living awardees by the 

President of the United States at the 

White House. Posthumous presentation 

to the next of kin normally is made in 

Washington, DC by the President or his 

or her personal representative. 

(2) Other U.S. military decorations 

will be presented with an appropriate 

air of formality and with fitting 

ceremony. 

(3) Foreign decorations will not be 

presented by members of the U.S. Army 

to designated recipients whether 

awardees or next of kin. 

(4) Conversion awards, service 

medals, and service ribbons usually are 

not presented with formal ceremony. 

However, such presentation may be 

made at the discretion of the local 

commander. 

(5) Whenever practical, badges will be 

presented to military personnel in a 

formal ceremony as provided in Field 

Manual (FM) 3–21.5. Presentations 

should be made as promptly as practical 

following announcement of awards, and 

when possible, in the presence of the 

troops with whom the recipients were 

serving at the time of the qualification. 

(6) Presentation of the Army Good 

Conduct Medal to military personnel 

may be made at troop formations. (See 

FM 3–21.5.) Ceremonies will not be 

conducted to present the Army Good 

Conduct Medal to former military 

personnel or next of kin. 

(7) The Army Lapel Button will be 

formally presented at troop formations 

or other suitable ceremonies. The U.S. 

Army Retired Lapel Button will be 

presented at an appropriate ceremony 

prior to their departure for retirement. 

These buttons may be presented to a 

separating soldier at the same time as 

the Army Good Conduct Medal and any 

other approved decoration. 

(l) Act of presentation. In the act of 

presentation, a decoration may be 

pinned on the clothing of the awardee 

whether in uniform or civilian clothing 

or on the next-of-kin in the case of a 

presentation following the recipient’s 

death; however, this will not be 

construed as authority to wear the 

decoration for any person other than the 

individual honored. As an alternative to 

pinning the decoration, especially on 

next-of-kin, it may be handed to the 

recipient in an opened decoration 

container. 

§ 578.9 Medal of Honor. 

(a) Criteria. The Medal of Honor (10 

U.S.C. 3741) was established by Joint 

Resolution of Congress, July 12, 1962 

(amended by Act of July 9, 1918 and Act 

of July 25, 1963) is awarded by the 

President in the name of Congress to a 

person who, while a member of the 

Army, distinguished himself or herself 

conspicuously by gallantry and 

intrepidity at the risk of his life above 

and beyond the call of duty while 

engaged in an action against an enemy 

of the United States; while engaged in 

military operations involving conflict 

with an opposing foreign force; or while 

serving with friendly foreign forces 

engaged in an armed conflict against an 

opposing armed force in which the 

United States is not a belligerent party. 

The deed performed must have been 

one of personal bravery or self-sacrifice 

so conspicuous as to clearly distinguish 

the individual above his comrades and 

must have involved risk of life. 

Incontestable proof of the performance 

of the service will be exacted and each 

recommendation for the award of this 

decoration will be considered on the 

standard of extraordinary merit. 

Eligibility is limited to members of the 

Army of the United States in active 

Federal military service. 

(b) Description. A gold-finished 

bronze star, one point down, 19⁄16

inches in diameter with rays 

terminating in trefoils, surrounded by a 

laurel wreath in green enamel, 

suspended by two links from a bar 

bearing the inscription ‘‘Valor’’ and 

surmounted by an eagle grasping laurel 

leaves in one claw and arrows in the 

other. In the center of the star is the 

head of Minerva surrounded by the 

inscription ‘‘United States of America.’’

Each ray of the star bears an oak leaf in 

green enamel. On the reverse of the bar 

are stamped the words ‘‘The Congress 

To.’’ The medal is suspended by a hook 

to a ring fastened behind the eagle. The 

hook is attached to a light-blue moired 

silk neckband, 13⁄16 inches in width and 

213⁄4 inches in length, behind a square 

pad in the center made of the ribbon 

with the corners turned in. On the 

ribbon bar are 13 white stars arranged in 

the form of a triple chevron, consisting 

of two chevrons of 5 stars and one 

chevron of 3 stars. A hexagonal rosette 

of light-blue ribbon 1⁄2 inch 

circumscribing diameter, with a fanshaped ribbon insert showing white 

stars, is included for wear on civilian 

clothing. 

(c) Medal of Honor Roll. The Medal of 

Honor Roll was established by Act of 

Congress, April 27, 1916, as amended by 

38 U.S.C. 1562. It provides that each 

Medal of Honor awardee may have his 

or her name entered on the Medal of 

Honor Roll. Each person whose name is 

placed on the Medal of Honor Roll is 

certified to the Veterans Administration 

as being entitled to receive a special 

pension of $1000 per month for life, if 

the person desires. Payment will be 

made by the Veterans Administration 

beginning as of the date of application 

thereof (38 U.S.C. 1562). The payment 

of this special pension is in addition to, 

and does not deprive the pensioner of 

any other pension, benefit, right, or 

privilege to which he or she is or may 

thereafter be entitled. The awardee will 

submit a DD Form 1369 (Application for 

Enrollment on the Medal of Honor Roll 

and for the Pension Authorized by the 

Act of Congress) to have his or her name 

placed on the Medal of Honor Roll and 

to receive the special pension. The 

application will bear the full personal 

signature of the awardee, or in cases 

where the awardee cannot sign due to 

disability or incapacity, the signature of 

the awardee’s legally designated 

representative, and be forwarded to 

Commander, USA HRC (see § 578.3(c)). 

Applicant will receive a DD Form 

1370A (Certificate of Enrollment on the 

Medal of Honor Roll). 

(d) Additional benefits. (1) 

Supplemental uniform allowance. 

Enlisted recipients of the Medal of 

Honor are entitled to a supplemental 

uniform allowance. (See AR 700–84.) 

(2) Air transportation for Medal of 

Honor awardees. (See DOD Regulation 

4515.13–R.) 

(3) Commissary privileges for Medal 

of Honor recipients and their eligible 

family members. (See AR 600–8–14.) 

(4) Identification cards for Medal of 

Honor recipients and their eligible 

family members. (See AR 600–8–14.) 

(5) Admission to U.S. Service 

Academies. Children of Medal of Honor 

awardees, otherwise qualified, are not 

Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 66611 

subject to quota requirements for 

admission to any of the U.S. Service 

Academies. (See U.S. Service 

Academies annual catalogs.) 

(6) Exchange privileges for Medal of 

Honor recipients and their eligible 

family members. (See AR 600–8–14.) 

(7) Burial honors for Medal of Honor 

recipients are identical to those who 

become deceased while on active duty. 

(See AR 600–8–1 and AR 600–25.) 

§ 578.10 Distinguished Service Cross. 

(a) Criteria. The Distinguished Service 

Cross was established by Act of 

Congress July 9, 1918 (amended by Act 

of July 25, 1963), 10 U.S.C. 3742. It is 

awarded to a person who, while serving 

in any capacity with the Army, 

distinguishes himself or herself by 

extraordinary heroism not justifying the 

award of a Medal of Honor while 

engaged in an action against an enemy 

of the United States; while engaged in 

military operations involving conflict 

with an opposing force, or while serving 

with friendly foreign forces engaged in 

an armed conflict against an opposing 

Armed Force in which the United States 

is not a belligerent party. The act or acts 

of heroism must have been so notable 

and have involved risk of life so 

extraordinary as to set the individual 

apart from his comrades. 

(b) Description. A cross of bronze 2 

inches in height and 113⁄16 inches in 

width with an eagle on the center and 

a scroll below the eagle bearing the 

inscription ‘‘For Valor.’’ On the reverse, 

the center of the cross is circled by a 

wreath. The cross is suspended by a ring 

from moired silk ribbon, 13⁄8 inches in 

length and 13⁄8 inches in width, 

composed of a band of red (1⁄8-inch), 

white (1⁄16-inch), blue (1-inch), white 

(1⁄16-inch), and red (1⁄8-inch). (Sec. 3742, 

70A Stat. 215; 10 U.S.C. 3742). 

§ 578.11 Distinguished Service Medal. 

(a) Criteria. (1) The Distinguished 

Service Medal was established by Act of 

Congress on July 9, 1918 (10 U.S.C. 

3743). It is awarded to any person who, 

while serving in any capacity with the 

U.S. Army, has distinguished himself or 

herself by exceptionally meritorious 

service to the Government in a duty of 

great responsibility. The performance 

must be such as to merit recognition for 

service which is clearly exceptional. 

Exceptional performance of normal duty 

will not alone justify an award of this 

decoration. 

(2) For service not related to actual 

war the term ‘‘duty of great 

responsibility’’ applies to a narrower 

range of positions than in time of war 

and requires evidence of conspicuously 

significant achievement. However, 

justification of the award may accrue by 

virtue of exceptionally meritorious 

service in a succession of high positions 

of great importance. 

(3) Awards may be made to persons 

other than members of the Armed 

Forces of the United States for wartime 

services only, and then only under 

exceptional circumstances with the 

express approval of the President, in 

each case. 

(b) Description. The coat of arms of 

the United States in bronze surrounded 

by a circle of dark-blue enamel 11⁄2

inches in diameter, bearing the 

inscription ‘‘For Distinguished Service 

MCMXVIII.’’ On the reverse, a blank 

scroll upon a trophy of flags and 

weapons. The medal is suspended by a 

bar from a moired silk ribbon, 13⁄8

inches in length and 13⁄8 inches in 

width, composed of a bank of scarlet 

(5⁄8-inch), a stripe of dark-blue (1⁄16- 

inch), a band of white (5⁄8-inch), a stripe 

of dark-blue (1⁄16-inch), and a band of 

scarlet (5⁄16-inch). (Sec. 3743, 70A Stat. 

216; 10 U.S.C. 3743). 

§ 578.12 Silver Star. 

(a) Criteria. The Silver Star was 

established by Act of Congress July 9, 

1918 (amended by Act of July 25, 1963, 

10 U.S.C. 3746). It is awarded to a 

person who, while serving in any 

capacity with the U.S. Army, is cited for 

gallantry in action against an enemy of 

the United States while engaged in 

military operations involving conflict 

with an opposing foreign force, or while 

serving with friendly foreign forces 

engaged in an armed conflict against an 

opposing armed force in which the 

United States is not a belligerent party. 

The required gallantry, while of lesser 

degree than that required for the 

Distinguished Service Cross, must 

nevertheless have been performed with 

marked distinction. It is also awarded 

upon letter application to Commander, 

USA HRC (see § 578.3 (c)), to those 

individuals who, while serving in any 

capacity with the U.S. Army, received a 

citation for gallantry in action in World 

War I published in orders issued by a 

headquarters commanded by a general 

officer. 

(b) Description. A bronze star 11⁄2

inches in circumscribing diameter. In 

the center thereof is a 3⁄16-inch diameter 

raised silver star, the center lines of all 

rays of both stars coinciding. The 

reverse has the inscription ‘‘For 

Gallantry in Action.’’ The star is 

suspended by a rectangular-shaped 

metal loop with corners rounded from a 

moired silk ribbon 13⁄8 inches in length 

and 13⁄8 inches in width, composed of 

stripes of blue (3⁄32-inch), white (3⁄64- 

inch), blue (7⁄32-inch), white (7⁄32-inch), 

red (7⁄32-inch), white (7⁄32-inch), blue 

(7⁄32-inch), white (3⁄64-inch), and blue 

(3⁄32-inch). (Sec. 3746, 70A Stat. 216; 10 

U.S.C. 3746). 

§ 578.13 Legion of Merit. 

The Legion of Merit was established 

by Act of Congress July 20, 1942 (10 

U.S.C. 1121). It is awarded to any 

member of the Armed Forces of the 

United States or of a friendly foreign 

nation who has distinguished himself or 

herself by exceptionally meritorious 

conduct in the performance of 

outstanding services and achievement. 

(a) Criteria for members of Armed 

Forces of the United States. The 

performance must have been such as to 

merit recognition of key individuals for 

service rendered in a clearly exceptional 

manner. Performance of duties normal 

to the grade, branch, specialty, or 

assignment, and experience of an 

individual is not an adequate basis for 

this award. 

(b) For service not related to actual 

war, the term ‘‘key individuals’’ applies 

to a narrower range of positions than in 

time of war and requires evidence of 

significant achievement. In peacetime, 

service should be in the nature of a 

special requirement or of an extremely 

difficult duty performed in an 

unprecedented and clearly exceptional 

manner. However, justification of the 

award may accrue by virtue of 

exceptionally meritorious service in a 

succession of important positions. 

(c) Awards will be made without 

reference to degree. 

(d) Criteria for members of the Armed 

Forces of foreign nations. The LM in the 

degrees described below, may be 

awarded to foreign military personnel 

who distinguish themselves by 

‘‘exceptional meritorious conduct in 

performance of outstanding service’’ to 

the United States in accordance with 

Executive Order (E.O.) 9260. 

(e) The LM awarded to members of 

the Armed Forces of foreign nations is 

awarded in the following degrees: 

(1) Chief Commander: A domed fivepointed American white star plaque of 

heraldic form bordered in purplish-red 

enamel 215⁄16 inches circumscribing 

diameter with 13 white stars on a blue 

field emerging from a circle of clouds; 

backing the star, a laurel wreath with 

pierced, crossed arrows pointing 

outward between each arm of the star 

and the wreath. The reverse is engraved 

with the words ‘‘United States of 

America.’’

(2) Commander: A five-pointed 

American white star of heraldic form 

bordered in purplish-red enamel 21⁄4- 

inches circumscribing diameter with 13 

white stars on a blue field emerging 

66612 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 

from a circle of clouds; backing the star, 

a laurel wreath with pierced, crossed 

arrows pointing outward between each 

arm of the star and the wreath. A bronze 

wreath connects an oval suspension ring 

to a neck ribbon. The reverse of the fivepointed star is enameled in white 

bordered in purplish-red enamel; in the 

center is a disk surrounded by the 

words ‘‘Annuit Coeptis’’ and 

‘‘MDCCLXXXII,’’ and on the scroll are 

the words ‘‘United States of America.’’

The moired silk neck ribbon is 211⁄4

inches in length and 115⁄16 inches in 

width composed of a bank of purplishred (113⁄16-inches) with edges of white 

(1⁄16-inch). 

(3) Officer: A five-pointed American 

white star of heraldic form bordered in 

purplish-red enamel 17⁄8-inches 

circumscribing diameter with 13 white 

stars on a blue field emerging from a 

circle of clouds; backing the star, a 

laurel wreath with modeled, crossed 

arrows pointing outward between each 

arm of the star and the wreath, and an 

all-bronze device of the same design as 

the pendant 3⁄4 inch in diameter on the 

center of the suspension ribbon. On the 

reverse is a disk surrounded by the 

words ‘‘Annuit Coeptis’’ and 

‘‘MDCCLXXXII,’’ and on the scroll are 

the words ‘‘United States of America.’’

The pendant is suspended by a moired 

silk ribbon 17⁄8 inches in length and 13⁄8

inches in width, composed of a bank of 

purplish-red (11⁄4-inches) with edges of 

white (1⁄16-inch). 

(4) Legionnaire: Same as prescribed in 

paragraph (e)(3) of this section, except 

the all-bronze device is not worn on the 

ribbon. (Sec. 1121, 70A Stat. 88; 10 

U.S.C. 1121, E.O. 9260, October 29, 

1942, 7 FR 8819, 3 CFR, 1943 Cum. 

Supp.) 

§ 578.14 Distinguished Flying Cross. 

(a) Criteria. The Distinguished Flying 

Cross was established by Act of 

Congress July 2, 1926, (10 U.S.C. 3749). 

It is awarded to any person who, while 

serving in any capacity with the Army 

of the United States, distinguished 

himself or herself by heroism or 

extraordinary achievement while 

participating in aerial flight. The 

performance of the act of heroism must 

be evidenced by voluntary action above 

and beyond the call of duty. The 

extraordinary achievement must have 

resulted in an accomplishment so 

exceptional and outstanding as to 

clearly set the individual apart from his 

comrades, or from other persons in 

similar circumstances. Awards will be 

made only to recognize single acts of 

heroism or extraordinary achievement 

and will not be made in recognition of 

sustained operational activities against 

an armed enemy. 

(b) Description. On a bronze 11⁄2-inch 

cross pattee, a four-bladed propeller 

111⁄16 inches across the blades; in the 

reentrant angles, rays forming a 1-inch 

square. The cross is suspended by a 

plain, straight link from a moired silk 

ribbon 13⁄8 inches in length and 13⁄8

inches in width, composed of stripes of 

blue (7⁄64-inches), white (9⁄64-inch), blue 

(11⁄32-inch), white (3⁄64-inch), red (3⁄32- 

inch), white (3⁄64-inch), blue (11⁄32-inch), 

white (9⁄64-inch), and blue (7⁄64-inch). 

(Sec. 3749, 70A Stat. 217; 10 U.S.C. 

3749, E.O. 4601, March 1, 1927, as 

amended by E.O. 7786, January 8, 1938, 

3 FR 39). 

§ 578.15 Soldier’s Medal. 

(a) Criteria. The Soldier’s Medal was 

established by Act of Congress July 2, 

1926, (10 U.S.C. 3750). It is awarded to 

any person of the Armed Forces of the 

United States or of a friendly foreign 

nation who, while serving in any 

capacity with the Army of the United 

States, including Reserve Component 

soldiers not serving in a duty status, as 

defined in 10 U.S.C. 101(d), at the time 

of the heroic act, who distinguished 

himself or herself by heroism not 

involving actual conflict with an enemy. 

The same degree of heroism is required 

as that for an award of the Distinguished 

Flying Cross. The performance must 

have involved personal hazard or 

danger and the voluntary risk of life 

under conditions not involving conflict 

with an armed enemy. Awards will not 

be made solely on the basis of having 

saved a life. 

(b) Description. On a 13⁄8-inch bronze 

octagon, an eagle displayed, standing on 

a fasces, between two groups of stars of 

six and seven, above the group of six a 

spray of leaves. On the reverse is a 

shield paly of 13 pieces on the chief, the 

letters ‘‘U.S.’’ supported by sprays of 

laurel and oak, around the upper edge 

the inscription ‘‘Soldier’s Medal,’’ and 

across the face the words ‘‘For Valor.’’

The medal is suspended by a 

rectangular-shaped metal loop with 

corners rounded from a moired silk 

ribbon 13⁄8 inches in length and 13⁄8

inches in width, composed of two 

outside stripes of blue (3⁄8-inch), the 

center containing 13 white and red 

stripes of equal width (7 white and 6 

red). (Sec. 3750, 70A Stat. 217; 10 U.S.C. 

3750). 

§ 578.16 Bronze Star Medal. 

(a) Criteria. The Bronze Star Medal 

was established by Executive Order 

9419, February 4, 1944 (superseded by 

E.O. 11046, August 24,1962 and 

amended by 10 U.S.C. 1133). It is 

awarded to any person who, while 

serving in any capacity in or with the 

Army of the United States after 

December 7, 1941, distinguished 

himself or herself by heroic or 

meritorious achievement or service, not 

involving participation in aerial flight, 

in connection with military operations 

against an armed enemy; or while 

engaged in military operations involving 

conflict with an opposing armed force 

in which the United States is not a 

belligerent party. Per 10 U.S.C. 1133, 

award of the Bronze Star Medal is 

limited to members of the Armed Forces 

of the United States who receive 

imminent danger pay. 

(1) Heroism. Awards may be made for 

acts of heroism, performed under 

circumstances described above, which 

are of lesser degree than required for the 

award of the Silver Star. 

(2) Meritorious achievement and 

service. Awards may be made to 

recognize single acts of merit and 

meritorious service. The lesser degree 

than that required for the award of the 

LM, must nevertheless have been 

meritorious and accomplished with 

distinction. 

(3) Awards may be made, by letter 

application to NPRC, 9700 Page Avenue, 

St. Louis, MO 63132–5100 (Soldiers 

who retired or were discharged after 

October 1, 2002 should send their 

requests to the Commander, U.S. Army 

Human Resources Command, St. Louis, 

ATTN: AHRC–CC–B, 1 Reserve Way, St. 

Louis, MO 63132–5200), enclosing 

documentary evidence, if possible, to 

each member of the Armed Forces of the 

United States who, after December 6, 

1941, has been cited in orders or 

awarded a certificate for exemplary 

conduct in ground combat against an 

armed enemy between December 7, 

1941 and September 2, 1945, inclusive, 

or whose meritorious achievement has 

been other wise confirmed by 

documents executed prior to July 1, 

1947. For this purpose, an award of the 

Combat Infantryman Badge or Medical 

Badge is considered as a citation in 

orders. Documents executed since 

August 4, 1944 in connection with 

recommendations for the award of 

decorations of higher degree than the 

Bronze Star Medal will not be used to 

establish a basis for the award under 

this paragraph. 

(4) Upon letter application, award of 

the Bronze Star Medal may be made to 

eligible soldiers who participated in the 

Philippine Islands Campaign between 

December 7, 1941 to May 10, 1942. 

Performance of duty must have been on 

the island of Luzon or the Harbor 

Defenses in Corregidor and Bataan. Only 

soldiers who were awarded the 

Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 66613 

Distinguished Unit Citation 

(redesignated the Presidential Unit 

Citation on November 3, 1966) may be 

awarded this decoration. Letter 

application should be sent to NPRC (see 

paragraph (a)(3) of this section). 

(b) Description. A bronze star 11⁄2

inches in circumscribing diameter. In 

the center thereof is a 3⁄16-inch diameter 

raised bronze star, the center line of all 

rays of both stars coinciding. The 

reverse has the inscription ‘‘Heroic or 

Meritorious Achievement.’’ The star is 

suspended by a rectangular-shaped loop 

with corners rounded from a moired silk 

ribbon 13⁄8 inches in length and 13⁄8

inches in width, composed of stripes of 

white (1⁄32-inch), red (9⁄16-inch), white 

(1⁄32-inch), blue (1⁄8-inch), white ( ⁄32- 

inch), red (9⁄16-inch), and white (1⁄32- 

inch). A bronze block letter ‘‘V’’ 1⁄4 inch 

in height with serifs at the top of the 

members is worn on the suspension and 

service ribbons of the Bronze Star Medal 

to denote an award made for heroism 

(valor). Not more than one ‘‘V’’ device 

will be worn. When one or more oakleaf clusters appear on the same ribbon 

the ‘‘V’’ device is worn on the wearer’s 

right. (E.O. 9419, February 4, 1944, 9 FR 

1495). 

§ 578.17 Purple Heart. 

(a) Criteria. The Purple Heart was 

established by General George 

Washington at Newburgh, New York, on 

August 7, 1782, during the 

Revolutionary War. It was reestablished 

by the President of the United States per 

War Department General Orders 

(WDGO) 3, 1932 and is currently 

awarded pursuant to Executive Order 

11016, April 25, 1962; Executive Order 

12464, February 23, 1984; Public Law 

98–525, October 19, 1984. Public Law 

103–160, November 30, 1993; Public 

Law 104–106, February 10, 1996; and 

Public Law 105–85, November 18, 1997. 

It is awarded in the name of the 

President of the United States to any 

member of the Armed Forces of the 

United States who, while serving under 

competent authority in any capacity 

with one of the U.S. Armed Services 

after April 5, 1917 who has been 

wounded or killed, or who has died or 

may hereafter die after being wounded: 

(1) In any action against an enemy of 

the United States. 

(2) In any action with an opposing 

armed force of a foreign country in 

which the Armed Forces of the United 

States are or have been engaged. 

(3) While serving with friendly 

foreign forces engaged in an armed 

conflict against an opposing armed force 

in which the United States is not a 

belligerent party. 

(4) As a result of an act of any such 

enemy of opposing armed forces. 

(5) As the result of an act of any 

hostile foreign force. 

(6) After March 28, 1973, as a result 

of an international terrorist attack 

against the United States or a foreign 

nation friendly to the United States, 

recognized as such an attack by the 

Secretary of Army, or jointly by the 

Secretaries of the separate armed 

services concerned if persons from more 

than one service are wounded in the 

attack. 

(7) After March 28, 1973, as a result 

of military operations while serving 

outside the territory of the United States 

as part of a peacekeeping force. 

(b) While clearly an individual 

decoration, the Purple Heart differs from 

all other decorations in that an 

individual is not ‘‘recommended’’ for 

the decoration; rather he or she is 

entitled to it upon meeting specific 

criteria. 

(1) A Purple Heart is authorized for 

the first wound suffered under 

conditions indicated above, but for each 

subsequent award an Oak Leaf Cluster 

will be awarded to be worn on the 

medal or ribbon. Not more than one 

award will be made for more than one 

wound or injury received at the same 

instant or from the same missile, force, 

explosion, or agent. 

(2) A wound is defined as an injury 

to any part of the body from an outside 

force or agent sustained under one or 

more of the conditions listed above. A 

physical lesion is not required, 

however, the wound for which the 

award is made must have required 

treatment by a medical officer and 

records of medical treatment for wounds 

or injuries received in action must have 

been made a matter of official record. 

(3) When contemplating an award of 

this decoration, the key issue that 

commanders must take into 

consideration is the degree to which the 

enemy caused the injury. The fact that 

the proposed recipient was participating 

in direct or indirect combat operations 

is a necessary prerequisite, but is not 

sole justification for award. 

(4) Examples of enemy-related 

injuries which clearly justify award of 

the Purple Heart are as follows: 

(i) Injury caused by enemy bullet, 

shrapnel, or other projectile created by 

enemy action. 

(ii) Injury caused by enemy placed 

mine or trap. 

(iii) Injury caused by enemy released 

chemical, biological, or nuclear agent. 

(iv) Injury caused by vehicle or 

aircraft accident resulting from enemy 

fire. 

(v) Concussion injuries caused as a 

result of enemy generated explosions. 

(5) Examples of injuries or wounds 

which clearly do not qualify for award 

of the Purple Heart are as follows: 

(i) Frostbite or trench foot injuries. 

(ii) Heat stroke. 

(iii) Food poisoning not caused by 

enemy agents. 

(iv) Chemical, biological, or nuclear 

agents not released by the enemy. 

(v) Battle fatigue. 

(vi) Disease not directly caused by 

enemy agents. 

(vii) Accidents, to include explosive, 

aircraft, vehicular, and other accidental 

wounding not related to or caused by 

enemy action. 

(viii) Self-inflicted wounds, except 

when in the heat of battle, and not 

involving gross negligence. 

(ix) Post traumatic stress disorders. 

(x) Jump injuries not caused by enemy 

action. 

(6) It is not intended that such a strict 

interpretation of the requirement for the 

wound or injury to be caused by direct 

result of hostile action be taken that it 

would preclude the award being made 

to deserving personnel. Commanders 

must also take into consideration the 

circumstances surrounding an injury, 

even if it appears to meet the criteria. 

Note the following examples: 

(i) In a case such as an individual 

injured while making a parachute 

landing from an aircraft that had been 

brought down by enemy fire; or, an 

individual injured as a result of a 

vehicle accident caused by enemy fire, 

the decision will be made in favor of the 

individual and the award will be made. 

(ii) Individuals injured as a result of 

their own negligence; for example, 

driving or walking through an 

unauthorized area known to have been 

mined or placed off limits or searching 

for or picking up unexploded munitions 

as war souvenirs, will not be awarded 

the Purple Heart as they clearly were 

not injured as a result of enemy action, 

but rather by their own negligence. 

(7) Members killed or wounded in 

action by friendly fire, 10 U.S.C. 1129. 

(i) For purposes of award of the 

Purple Heart, the Secretary of the Army 

shall treat a member of the Armed 

Forces described in paragraph (a) of this 

section in the same manner as a member 

who is killed or wounded in action as 

the result of an act of an enemy of the 

United States. 

(ii) A member described in this 

subsection is a member who is killed or 

wounded in action by weapon fire while 

directly engaged in armed conflict, other 

than as the result of an act of an enemy 

of the United States, unless (in the case 

of a wound) the wound is the result of 

willful misconduct of the member. 

66614 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 

(iii) This section applies to members 

of the Armed Forces who are killed or 

wounded on or after December 7, 1941. 

In the case of a member killed or 

wounded, as described in paragraph (b) 

of this section, on or after December 7, 

1941 and before November 30, 1993, the 

Secretary of the Army shall award the 

Purple Heart under provisions of 

paragraph (a) of this section in each case 

which is known to the Secretary before 

such date or for which an application is 

made to the Secretary in such manner 

as the Secretary requires. 

(c) A Purple Heart will be issued to 

the next of kin of each person entitled 

to a posthumous award. Issue will be 

made automatically by the CG, USA 

HRC, upon receiving a report of death 

indicating entitlement. 

(d) Upon written application to NPRC 

(see § 578.16 (a)(3)) award may be made 

to any member of the Army, who during 

World War I, was awarded a Meritorious 

Service Citation Certificate signed by 

the Commander in Chief, American 

Expeditionary Forces, or who was 

authorized to wear wound chevrons. 

Posthumous awards to personnel who 

were killed or died of wounds after 

April 5, 1917 will be made to the 

appropriate next of kin upon 

application to the CG, USA HRC (see 

§ 578.3(c) for address). 

(e) Any member of the Army who was 

awarded the Purple Heart for 

meritorious achievement or service, as 

opposed to wounds received in action, 

between December 7, 1941 and 

September 22, 1943, may apply for 

award of an appropriate decoration 

instead of the Purple Heart. 

(f) For those who became Prisoners of 

War during World War II, the Korean 

War and after April 25, 1962, the Purple 

Heart will be awarded to individuals 

wounded while prisoners of foreign 

forces, upon submission by the 

individual to the Department of the U.S. 

Army of an affidavit that is supported 

by a statement from a witness, if this is 

possible. Documentation and inquiries 

should be directed to Commander, USA 

HRC (see § 578.3(c) for address). 

(g) Any member of the U.S. Army who 

believes that he or she is eligible for the 

Purple Heart, but through unusual 

circumstances no award was made, may 

submit an application through military 

channels, to Commander, USA HRC (see 

§ 578.3(c) for address). Application will 

include complete documentation, to 

include evidence of medical treatment, 

pertaining to the wound. 

(h) Description. On a purple heart 

within a bronze border, a profile head 

in relief of General George Washington 

in military uniform. Above the heart is 

a shield of General Washington’s coat of 

arms between two sprays of leaves in 

green enamel. On the reserve below the 

shield and leaves without enamel is a 

raised bronze heart with the inscription 

‘‘For Military Merit.’’ The entire device 

is 111⁄16 inches in length. The medal is 

suspended by a rectangular-shaped loop 

with corners rounded from a moired silk 

ribbon 13⁄8 inches in length and 13⁄8

inches in width consisting of a purple 

(pansy) center with white edges (1⁄8- 

inch). 

§ 578.18 Meritorious Service Medal. 

(a) Criteria. The Meritorious Service 

Medal was established by Executive 

Order 11448, January 16, 1969 as 

amended by Executive Order 12312, 

July 2, 1981. It is awarded to any 

member of the Armed Forces of the 

United States or to any member of the 

Armed Forces of a friendly foreign 

nation who, has distinguished himself 

or herself by outstanding meritorious 

achievement or service under the 

following circumstances: 

(1) After January 16, 1969, for 

meritorious service or achievement 

while serving in a non-combat area. 

(2) On or after September 11, 2001, for 

outstanding non-combat meritorious 

achievement or service in a non-combat 

or combat area. 

(b) Description. A Bronze medal, 11⁄2

inches in diameter overall, consisting of 

six rays issuant from the upper three 

points of a five-pointed star with 

beveled edges and containing two 

smaller stars defined by incised 

outlines; in front of the lower part of the 

star an eagle with wings upraised 

standing upon two upward curving 

branches of laurel tied with a ribbon 

between the feet of the eagle. The 

reverse has the encircled inscriptions 

‘‘UNITED STATES OF AMERICA’’ and 

‘‘MERITORIOUS SERVICE’’. The moired 

ribbon is 13⁄8 inches wide and consists 

of the following stripes: 1⁄8 inch Crimson 

67112; 1⁄4 inch White 67101; center 5⁄8

inch Crimson; 1⁄4 inch White; and 1⁄8

inch Crimson. 

§ 578.19 Air Medal. 

(a) Criteria. The Air Medal was 

established by Executive Order 9158, 

May 11, 1942 as amended by Executive 

Order 9242–A, September 11, 1942. It is 

awarded to any person who, while 

serving in any capacity in or with the 

U.S. Army, has distinguished himself or 

herself by meritorious achievement 

while participating in aerial flight. 

Awards may be made to recognize 

single acts of merit or heroism, or for 

meritorious service as described. 

(1) Awards may be made for acts of 

heroism in connection with military 

operations against an armed enemy or 

while engaged in military operations 

involving conflict with an opposing 

armed force in which the United States 

is not a belligerent party, which are of 

a lesser degree than required for award 

of the Distinguished Flying Cross. 

(2) Awards may be made for single 

acts of meritorious achievement, 

involving superior airmanship, which 

are of a lesser degree than required for 

award of the Distinguished Flying Cross, 

but nevertheless were accomplished 

with distinction beyond that normally 

expected. 

(3) Awards for meritorious service 

may be made for sustained distinction 

in the performance of duties involving 

regular and frequent participation in 

aerial flight for a period of at least 6 

months. In this regard, accumulation of 

a specified number of hours and 

missions will not serve as the basis for 

award of the Air Medal. Criteria in 

§ 578.19(a)(1), concerning conditions of 

conflict are applicable to award of the 

Air Medal for meritorious service. 

(4) Award of the Air Medal is 

primarily intended to recognize those 

personnel who are on current 

crewmember or non-crewmember flying 

status which requires them to 

participate in aerial flight on a regular 

and frequent basis in the performance of 

their primary duties. However, it may 

also be awarded to certain other 

individuals whose combat duties 

require regular and frequent flying in 

other than a passenger status, or 

individuals who perform a particularly 

noteworthy act while performing the 

function of a crewmember, but who are 

not on flying status as prescribed in AR 

600–106. These individuals must make 

a discernible contribution to the 

operational land combat mission or to 

the mission of the aircraft in flight. 

Examples of personnel whose combat 

duties require them to fly include those 

in the attack elements of units involved 

in air-land assaults against an armed 

enemy and those directly involved in 

airborne command and control of 

combat operations. Involvement in such 

activities, normally at the brigade/group 

level and below, serves only to establish 

eligibility for award of the Air Medal; 

the degree of heroism, meritorious 

achievement or exemplary service 

determines who should receive the 

award. Awards will not be made to 

individuals who use air transportation 

solely for the purpose of moving from 

point to point in a combat zone. 

(5) Numerals, starting with 2 will be 

used to denote second and subsequent 

awards of the Air Medal. 

(b) Description. A bronze compass 

rose 111⁄16-inches circumscribing 

diameter suspended by the pointer and 

Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 66615 

charged with an eagle volant carrying 

two lightning flashes in its talons. The 

points of the compass rose on the 

reverse are modeled with the central 

portion plain. The medal is suspended 

from a moired silk ribbon 13⁄8 inches in 

length and 13⁄8 inches in width, 

composed of a band of ultramarine blue 

(1⁄8-inch), a band of golden orange (1⁄4- 

inch), a band of ultramarine blue (5⁄8- 

inch), a band of golden orange (1⁄4-inch), 

and a band of ultramarine blue (1⁄8- 

inch), by a ring engaging the pointer. 

(E.O. 9158, May 11, 1942, 7 FR 3541, as 

amended by E.O. 9242A, September 11, 

1942, 7 FR 7874). 

§ 578.20 Army Commendation Medal. 

(a) Criteria. The Army Commendation 

Medal (ARCOM) was established by 

War Department (WD) Circular 377, on 

December 18, 1945 (amended in DAGO 

10, March 31, 1960). It is awarded to 

any members of the Armed Forces of the 

United States who, while serving in any 

capacity with the Army after December 

6, 1941, distinguishes himself or herself 

by an act of heroism, extraordinary 

achievement, or meritorious service. 

Award may be made to a member of the 

Armed Forces of a friendly foreign 

nation who, after June 1, 1962, 

distinguishes himself or herself by an 

act of heroism, extraordinary 

achievement, or meritorious service, 

which has been of mutual benefit to a 

friendly nation and the United States. 

(1) Awards of the ARCOM may be 

made for acts of valor performed under 

circumstances described above which 

are of lesser degree than required for 

award of the Bronze Star Medal. These 

acts may involve aerial flight. 

(2) An award of the ARCOM may be 

made for acts of non-combat related 

heroism, which do not meet the 

requirements for an award of the 

Soldier’s Medal. 

(3) The ARCOM will not be awarded 

to general officers. 

(4) Awards of the ARCOM may be 

made on letter application to NPRC (see 

§ 578.16(a)(3) for address), to any 

individual commended after December 

6, 1941 and before January 1, 1946 in a 

letter, certificate, or order of 

commendation, as distinguished from 

letter of appreciation, signed by an 

officer in the grade or position of a 

major general or higher. Awards of the 

Army Commendation Ribbon and of the 

Commendation Ribbon with Metal 

Pendant are re-designated by DAGO 10, 

March 31, 1960, as awards of the 

ARCOM, without amendments of 

certificates or of orders previously 

issued. 

(5) The Commander, Eighth U.S. 

Army is authorized to award the Army 

Commendation Medal for meritorious 

service to Korean Augmentation to U.S. 

Army (KATUSA) personnel. 

(b) Description. On a 13⁄8-inch bronze 

hexagon, one point up, an American 

bald eagle with wings displayed 

horizontally grasping three crossed 

arrows and bearing on its breast a shield 

paly of 13 pieces and a chief. On the 

reverse between the words ‘‘For 

Military’’ and ‘‘Merit’’ a panel, all above 

a sprig of laurel. A moired silk ribbon 

13⁄8 inches in length and 13⁄8 inches in 

width, composed of stripes of white 

(3⁄32-inch), green (25⁄64-inch), white (1⁄32- 

inch), green (1⁄16-inch), white (1⁄32-inch), 

green (1⁄16-inch), white (1⁄32-inch), green 

(1⁄16-inch), white (1⁄32-inch), green (1⁄16- 

inch), white (1⁄32-inch), green (25⁄64- 

inch), and white (3⁄32-inch). 

§ 578.21 Army Achievement Medal. 

(a) Criteria. The Army Achievement 

Medal (AAM) was established by the 

Secretary of the Army, April 10, 1981. 

It is awarded to any member of the 

Armed Forces of the United States, or to 

any member of the Armed Forces of a 

friendly foreign nation, who while 

serving in any capacity with the Army 

distinguished himself or herself by 

meritorious service or achievement of a 

lesser degree than required for award of 

the Army Commendation Medal under 

the following circumstances: 

(1) After August 1, 1981, for 

meritorious service or achievement 

while serving in a non-combat area. 

(2) On or after September 11, 2001, for 

non-combat meritorious achievement or 

service. 

(b) The AAM will not be awarded to 

general officers. 

(c) Description. A Bronze octagonal 

medal, 11⁄2 inches in diameter, with one 

angle at the top centered. On the 

obverse is a design consisting of the 

elements of the DA plaque and the date 

‘‘1775’’ at the bottom. On the reverse, in 

three lines, are the words ‘‘FOR 

MILITARY ACHIEVEMENT’’ above a 

space for inscription and below there 

are two slips of laurel. The moired 

ribbon is 13⁄8 inches wide and consists 

of the following stripes: 1⁄8 inch Green 

67129; 1⁄16 inch White 67101; 1⁄8 inch 

Green; 1⁄16 inch White; 9⁄32 inch 

Ultramarine Blue 67118; center 1⁄16 inch 

White; 9⁄32 inch Ultramarine Blue; 1⁄16

inch White; 1⁄8 inch Green; 1⁄16 inch 

White; and 1⁄8 inch Green. 

§ 578.22 Prisoner of War Medal. 

(a) Criteria. The POW Medal is 

authorized by Public Law 99–145, 10 

U.S.C. 1128, November 8, 1985, as 

amended by 10 U.S.C. 1128, November 

29, 1989. It is authorized for any person 

who, while serving in any capacity with 

the U.S. Armed Forces, was taken 

prisoner and held captive after April 5, 

1917. 

(1) The POW Medal is to be issued 

only to those U.S. military personnel 

and other personnel granted creditable 

U.S. military service, who were taken 

prisoner and held captive—

(i) While engaged in an action against 

an enemy of the United States. 

(ii) While engaged in military 

operations involving conflict with an 

opposing foreign force. 

(iii) While serving with friendly forces 

engaged in an armed conflict against an 

opposing force in which the United 

States is not a belligerent party. 

(iv) By foreign armed forces that are 

hostile to the United States, under 

circumstances which the Secretary 

concerned finds to have been 

comparable to those under which 

persons have generally been held 

captive by enemy armed forces during 

periods of armed conflict. 

(2) U.S. and foreign civilians who 

have been credited with U.S. military 

service which encompasses the period 

of captivity are also eligible for the 

medal. The Secretary of Defense 

authorized on January 27, 1990, the 

POW Medal for the Philippine 

Commonwealth Army and Recognized 

Guerrilla Unit Veterans who were held 

captive between December 7, 1941, and 

September 26, 1945. DD Form 2510–1 

(Prisoner of War Medal Application/ 

Information-Philippine Commonwealth 

Army and Recognized Guerrilla 

Veterans) was developed as the 

application for Filipino Veterans who fit 

this category. 

(3) For purposes of this medal, past 

armed conflicts are defined as World 

War I, World War II, Korean War, 

Vietnam Conflict, Grenada, Panama, 

Persian Gulf War, and Somalia. 

Hostages of terrorists and persons 

detained by governments with which 

the United States is not engaged actively 

in armed conflict are not eligible for the 

medal. 

(4) Any person convicted of 

misconduct or a criminal charge by a 

U.S. military tribunal, or who receives 

a less than honorable discharge based 

upon actions while a prisoner of war, or 

whose conduct was not in accord with 

the Code of Conduct, and whose actions 

are documented by U.S. military records 

is ineligible for the medal. The Secretary 

of the Army is the authority for deciding 

eligibility in such cases. 

(5) No more than one POW Medal will 

be awarded. For subsequent award of 

the medal, service stars will be awarded 

and worn on the suspension and service 

ribbon of the medal. A period of 

captivity terminates on return to U.S. 

66616 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 

military control. Escapees who do not 

return to U.S. military control and are 

recaptured by an enemy do not begin a 

new period of captivity for subsequent 

award of the POW Medal. (Service stars 

are described in § 578.61). 

(6) The POW Medal may be awarded 

posthumously. 

(7) The primary next of kin of eligible 

prisoners of war who die in captivity 

may be issued the POW Medal 

regardless of the length of stay in 

captivity. 

(8) Personnel officially classified as 

Missing in Action (MIA) are not eligible 

for award of the POW Medal. The POW 

Medal will only be awarded when the 

individual’s prisoner of war status has 

been officially confirmed and 

recognized as such by the DA. Likewise, 

the return of remains, in and of itself, 

does not constitute evidence of 

confirmed prisoner of war status. 

(b) Award of the POW Medal to active 

military personnel, veterans, retirees 

and their next of kin. 

(1) Active Military Personnel. Award 

of the POW Medal to military personnel 

in an active war will be processed by 

the Commander, USA HRC (see 

§ 578.3(c)), after coordination with the 

Repatriation and Family Affairs 

Division. 

(2) Veterans, retirees and their next of 

kin. All requests for the POW Medal 

will be initiated by eligible former 

POWs, or their next of kin, using a 

personal letter or DD Form 2510 

(Prisoner of War Medal Application/ 

Information). Applications should be 

forwarded to the NPRC (see 

§ 578.16(a)(3) for address). 

(c) Description. A purple heart within 

a Gold border, 1 3⁄8 inches wide, 

containing a profile of General George 

Washington. Above the heart appears a 

shield of the Washington Coat of Arms 

(a White shield with two Red bars and 

three Red stars in chief) between sprays 

of Green leaves. The reverse consists of 

a raised Bronze heart with the words 

‘‘FOR MILITARY MERIT’’ below the 

coat of arms and leaves. The ribbon is 

13⁄8 inches wide and consists of the 

following stripes: 1⁄8 inch White 67101; 

11⁄8 inches Purple 67115; and 1⁄8 inch 

White 67101. 

§ 578.23 National Defense Service Medal. 

(a) Criteria. The National Defense 

Service Medal (NDSM) was established 

by Executive Order 10448, April 22, 

1953, as amended by Executive Order 

11265, January 11, 1966 and Executive 

Order 12776, October 18, 1991. It is 

awarded for honorable active service for 

any period between June 27, 1950 and 

July 27, 1954, both dates inclusive; 

between January 1, 1961 and August 14, 

1974, both dates inclusive; between 

August 2, 1990 and November 30, 1995, 

both dates inclusive; and from 

September 11, 2001 to a date to be 

determined. 

(1) For the purpose of this award, the 

following persons will not be 

considered as performing active service: 

(i) Army National Guard and U.S. 

Army Reserve forces personnel on short 

tours of duty to fulfill training 

obligations under an inactive duty 

training program. 

(ii) Any service member on temporary 

duty or temporary active duty to serve 

on boards, courts, commissions, and 

like organizations. 

(iii) Any service member on active 

duty for the sole purpose of undergoing 

a physical examination. 

(2) In addition to the conditions listed 

above, Executive Order 12776 extended 

award of the NDSM to all members of 

the Army National Guard and United 

States Army Reserve who were part of 

the selected Reserve in good standing 

during the period August 2, 1990 to 

November 30, 1995. During this period, 

soldiers in the following categories will 

not be considered eligible: 

(i) Any soldier of the Individual 

Ready Reserve, Inactive National Guard 

or the standby or retired Reserve whose 

active duty service was for the sole 

purpose of undergoing a physical 

examination. 

(ii) Any soldier of the Individual 

Ready Reserve, Inactive National Guard 

or the standby or retired reserve whose 

active duty service was for training 

only, or to serve on boards, courts, 

commissions and like organizations. 

(3) On March 28, 2003, the President 

signed an amendment to Executive 

Order 10448 that extends the eligibility 

criteria for award of the NDSM to 

members of the selected Reserve of the 

Armed Forces of the United States in 

good standing during the period 

beginning September 11, 2001 to a date 

to be determined to be eligible for award 

of the NDSM. 

(4) Any member of the Army National 

Guard or U.S. Army Reserve who, after 

December 31, 1960, becomes eligible for 

the award of the Armed Forces 

Expeditionary Medal or the Vietnam 

Service Medal, is also eligible for award 

of the NDSM. The NDSM may be 

awarded to members of the Reserve 

Component who are ordered to Federal 

active duty regardless of the duration 

(except for categories listed above). 

(5) To signify receipt of a second or 

subsequent award of the NDSM, a 

service star will be worn on the service 

ribbon by U.S. Army personnel so 

qualified. Second or third award of the 

NDSM is authorized for soldiers who 

served in one or more of the three time 

periods as listed in paragraph (a) of this 

section. It is not authorized for soldiers 

who met the criteria in one time period, 

left active duty and returned during the 

same period of eligibility. (Service stars 

are described in § 578.61). 

(6) Cadets of the U.S. Military 

Academy are eligible for the NDSM, 

during any of the inclusive periods 

listed above, upon completion of the 

swearing-in ceremonies as a cadet. 

(7) The NDSM may be awarded 

posthumously. 

(b) Description. On a Bronze medal, 1 1⁄4 inches in diameter, an eagle 

displayed with inverted wings standing 

on a sword and palm branch, all 

beneath the inscription ‘‘NATIONAL 

DEFENSE’’. On the reverse is a shield 

taken from the Coat of Arms of the 

United States with an open wreath 

below it, the right side of oak leaves and 

the left side of laurel leaves. The ribbon 

is 1 3⁄8 inches wide and consists of the 

following stripes: 7⁄16 inch Scarlet 

67111; 1⁄32 inch White 67101; 1⁄32 inch 

Old Glory Blue 67178; 1⁄32 inch White; 1⁄32 inch Scarlet; center 1⁄4 inch Golden 

Yellow 67104; 1⁄32 inch Scarlet; 1⁄32 inch 

White; 1⁄32 inch Old Glory Blue; 1⁄32 inch 

White; and 7⁄16 inch Scarlet. 

§ 578.24 Antarctica Service Medal. 

(a) Criteria. The Antarctica Service 

Medal (ASM) was established by Public 

Law 86–600 (DA Bulletin. 3, 1960). It is 

awarded to any person who, after 

January 2, 1946 and before a date to be 

announced, meets any of the following 

qualifications: 

(1) Any member of the Armed Forces 

of the United States or civilian citizen, 

national, or resident alien of the United 

States who, is a member of a direct 

support or exploratory operation in 

Antarctica. 

(2) Any member of the Armed Forces 

of the United States or civilian citizen, 

national, or resident alien of the United 

States who participates in or has 

participated in a foreign Antarctic 

expedition in Antarctica in coordination 

with a United States expedition and 

who is or was under the sponsorship 

and approval of competent U.S. 

Government authority. 

(3) Any member of the Armed Forces 

of the United States who participates in 

or has participated in flights as a 

member of the crew of an aircraft flying 

to or from the Antarctic continent in 

support of operations in Antarctica. 

(4) Any member of the Armed Forces 

of the United States or civilian citizen, 

national, or resident alien of the United 

States who serves or has served on a 

U.S. ship operating south of latitude 60 

Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 66617 

degrees S. in support of U.S. programs 

in Antarctica. 

(5) Any person, including citizens of 

foreign nations, not fulfilling any above 

qualification, but who participates in or 

has participated in a United States 

expedition in Antarctica at the 

invitation of a participating United 

States Agency. In such case, the award 

will be made by the Secretary of the 

Department under whose cognizance 

the expedition falls provided the 

commander of the military support force 

as senior U.S. representative in 

Antarctica considers that the individual 

has performed outstanding and 

exceptional service and shared the 

hardship and hazards of the expedition. 

(b) Personnel who remain on the 

Antarctic Continent during the winter 

months will be eligible to wear a clasp 

or a disc as described below: 

(1) A clasp with the words ‘‘Wintered 

Over’’ on the suspension ribbon of the 

medal: 

(2) A 5⁄16 inch diameter disc with an 

outline of the Antarctic continent 

inscribed thereon fastened to the bar 

ribbon representing the medal. 

(3) The appurtenances in paragraphs 

(b)(1) and (2) of this section are awarded 

in bronze for the first winter, in gold for 

the second winter and in silver for 

personnel who ‘‘winter over’’ three or 

more times. 

(c) Subsequent to June 1, 1973, 

minimum time limits for the award are 

30 days under competent orders to duty 

at sea or ashore, south of latitude 60 

degrees S. Each day of duty under 

competent orders at any outlying station 

on the Antarctic continent will count as 

2 days when determining award 

eligibility. Effective July 1, 1987, flight 

crews of aircraft providing logistics 

support from outside the Antarctic area 

may qualify for the award after 15 

missions (one flight in and out during 

any 24-hour period equals one mission). 

Days need not be consecutive. 

(d) No person is authorized to receive 

more than one award of the ASM. Not 

more than one clasp or disc will be 

worn on the ribbon. Antarctica is 

defined as the area south of latitude 60 

degrees S. The ASM takes precedence 

immediately after the Korean Service 

Medal. 

(e) Description. The medal is bronze, 

11⁄4 inches in diameter, with a view of 

a polar landscape and the standing 

figure in Antarctica clothing facing to 

the front between the horizontally 

placed words ‘‘ANTARCTICA’’ on the 

figure’s right and ‘‘SERVICE’’ on the 

figure’s left. On the reverse is a polar 

projection with geodesic lines of the 

continent of Antarctica across which are 

the horizontally placed words 

‘‘COURAGE’’, ‘‘SACRIFICE’’, and 

‘‘DEVOTION’’, all within a circular 

decorative border of penguins and 

marine life. The Suspension Ribbon 

Clasp: On a metal clasp, 11⁄4 inches in 

width and 1⁄4 inch in height, inscribed 

with the words ‘‘WINTERED OVER’’ in 

raised letters within a 1⁄32 inch rim. The 

metal color of the clasp is Bronze for the 

first winter, Gold for the second winter 

and Silver for the third winter. The 

Service Ribbon Attachment: On a metal 

disc, 5⁄16 inch in diameter, a 

superimposed delineation of the 

Antarctica continent. The metal color of 

the ribbon attachment is Bronze for the 

first winter, Gold for the second winter 

and Silver for the third winter. The 

ribbon is 13⁄8 inches wide and consists 

of a 3⁄16 inch Black stripe on each edge 

and graded from a White stripe in the 

center to a Pale Blue, Light Blue, 

Greenish Blue, and Medium Blue. 

§ 578.25 Armed Forces Expeditionary 

Medal. 

(a) Criteria. The Armed Forces 

Expeditionary Medal (AFEM) was 

established by Executive Order 10977, 

dated December 4, 1961 (DA Bulletin. 1, 

1962) and Executive Order 11231, July 

8, 1965. This medal is authorized for: 

(1) U.S. military operations. 

(2) U.S. operations in direct support 

of the United Nations. 

(3) U.S. operations of assistance for 

friendly foreign nations. 

(b) Requirements. The AFEM is 

awarded for services after July 1, 1958, 

meeting the following qualifications: 

(1) Personnel must be a bona fide 

member of a unit and engaged in the 

operation, or meet one or more of the 

following criteria: 

(i) Have served not less than 30 

consecutive days in the area of 

operations. 

(ii) Be engaged in direct support of the 

operation for 30 consecutive days or 60 

nonconsecutive days, provided this 

support involves entering the area of 

operations. The qualifying criteria for 

non-unit direct support personnel in 

Grenada is 6 consecutive days or 12 

non-consecutive days. 

(iii) Serve for the full period where an 

operation is of less than 30 days 

duration. 

(iv) Be engaged in actual combat, or 

duty which is equally as hazardous as 

combat, during the operation with 

armed opposition, regardless of time in 

the area. 

(v) Participate as a regularly assigned 

crewmember of an aircraft flying into, 

out of, within, or over the area in 

support of the military operation. 

(2) If the criteria above have not been 

fulfilled the individual must be 

recommended, or attached to a unit 

recommended, by the chief of a service 

or the commander of a unified or 

specified command for award of the 

medal. Such recommendations may be 

made to the Joint Chiefs of Staff (JCS) for 

duty of such value to the operation as 

to warrant particular recognition. 

(c) The designated U.S. military 

operations, areas, and dates are 

provided in Table 4 below: 

TABLE 4 

Area Dates Explanation 

Quemoy and Matsu Islands ............................... August 23, 1956 to June 1, 1963.

Lebanon .............................................................. July 1, 1958 to November 1, 1958.

Taiwan Straits ..................................................... August 23, 1958 to January 1, 1959.

Berlin .................................................................. August 14, 1961 to June 1, 1963.

Cuba ................................................................... October 24, 1962 to June 1, 1963.

Congo ................................................................. November 23 to 27, 1964.

Dominican Republic ........................................... April 28, 1965 to September 21, 1966.

Korea .................................................................. October 1, 1966 to June 30, 1974.

Cambodia—Operation EAGLE PULL ................ April 11 to 13, 1975 ......................................... Evacuation of Cambodia. 

Vietnam—Operation FREQUENT WIND ........... April 29 to 30, 1975 ......................................... Evacuation of Vietnam (see § 578.26(e) for 

conversion of AFEM to VSM.) 

Mayaguez Operation .......................................... May 15, 1975.

Grenada—Operation URGENT FURY ............... October 23, 1983 to November 21, 1983 ........ The qualifying criteria for non-unit direct support personnel in Grenada is 6 consecutive 

days or 12 nonconsecutive days. 

66618 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 

TABLE 4—Continued 

Area Dates Explanation 

Libya-Operation ELDORADO CANYON ............ April 12, 1986 to April 17, 1986.

Panama-Operation JUST CAUSE ...................... December 20, 1989 to January 31, 1990.

Haiti-Operation UPHOLD DEMOCRACY ........... September 16, 1994 to March 31, 1995.

(d) Designated U.S. operations in 

direct support of the United Nations are 

provided in Table 5 below: 

TABLE 5 

Area Dates Explanation 

Congo ................................................................. July 14, 1960 to September 1, 1962.

Somalia-Operations RESTORE HOPE and 

UNITED SHIELD.

December 5, 1992 to March 31, 1995.

Former Republic of Yugoslavia-Operations 

JOINT ENDEAVOR and JOINT GUARD.

June 1, 1992 to June 20, 1998 ....................... Only for participants deployed in BosniaHerzegovina and Croatia. 

Former Republic of Yugoslavia-Operation 

JOINT FORGE.

June 21, 1998 to a date to be determined.

(e) Designated U.S. operations of 

assistance for a friendly foreign nation 

are provided in Table 6 below: 

TABLE 6 

Area Dates Explanation 

Vietnam .............................................................. July 1, 1958 to July 3, 1965.

Laos .................................................................... April 19, 1961 to October 7, 1962.

Cambodia ........................................................... March 29, 1973 to August 15, 1973.

Thailand .............................................................. March 29, 1973 to August 15, 1973 ................ Only those in direct support of Cambodia operations. 

El Salvador ......................................................... January 1, 1981 to February 1, 1992.

Lebanon .............................................................. June 1, 1983 to December 1, 1987.

Persian Gulf—Operation EARNEST WILL ......... July 24, 1987 (the date of the Bridgeton incident) to August 1, 1990.The area of operations is the area from 20 

degrees north latitude northward to 30 degrees, 30 minutes, north latitude and from 

46 degrees, 36 minutes, east longitude 

eastward to 63 degrees east longitude. 

These geographical limits include the Persian Gulf, Bahrain, Kuwait, the Gulf of 

Oman and most of Saudi Arabia. 

Southwest Asia: 

—Operation SOUTHERN WATCH ............. December 1, 1995 to a date to be determined.

—Maritime Intercept Operation ................... December 1, 1995 to a date to be determined.

—Vigilant Sentinel ....................................... December 1, 1995 to February 15, 1997.

—Operation NORTHERN WATCH ............. January 1, 1997 to a date to be determined.

—Operation DESERT THUNDER ............... November 11, 1998 to December 22, 1998.

—Operation DESERT FOX ......................... December 16, 1998 to December 22, 1998.

—Operation DESERT SPRING .................. December 31, 1998 to a date to be determined.

(f) One bronze service star is worn to 

denote subsequent award of the AFEM. 

To be eligible for additional awards, 

service must be rendered in more than 

one of the designated areas and dates 

specified in paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) 

of this section. No two awards will be 

made for service in the same designated 

area. 

(g) Arrowhead Device. The arrowhead 

device is a bronze replica of an Indian 

arrowhead 1⁄4-inch high. It denotes 

participation in a combat parachute 

jump, helicopter assault landing, 

combat glider landing, or amphibious 

assault landing, while assigned or 

attached as a member of an organized 

force carrying out an assigned tactical 

mission. A soldier must actually exit the 

aircraft or watercraft, as appropriate, to 

receive assault landing credit. 

Individual assault credit is tied directly 

to the combat assault credit decision for 

the unit to which the soldier is attached 

or assigned at the time of the assault. It 

is worn on the service and suspension 

ribbons of the AFEM when the unit is 

credited with assault landing credit. 

Only one arrowhead device will be 

worn on the ribbon. 

(h) Description. The medal is bronze, 

11⁄4 inches in diameter, an eagle, with 

wings addorsed and inverted, standing 

on a sword loosened in its scabbard, and 

super-imposed on a radiant compass 

Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 66619 

rose of eight points, all within the 

circumscription ‘‘ARMED FORCES’’

above and ‘‘EXPEDITIONARY 

SERVICE’’ below with a sprig of laurel 

on each side. On the reverse is the 

shield from the United States Coat of 

Arms above two laurel branches 

separated by a bullet, all within the 

circumscription ‘‘UNITED STATES OF 

AMERICA’’. The ribbon is 13⁄8 inches 

wide and consists of the following 

stripes: 3⁄32 inch Green 67129; 3⁄32 inch 

Golden Yellow 67104; 3⁄32 inch 

Spicebrown 67196; 3⁄32 inch Black 

67138; 7⁄32 inch Bluebird 67117; 1⁄16

inch Ultramarine Blue 67118; 1⁄16 inch 

White 67101; 1⁄16 inch Scarlet; 7⁄32 inch 

Bluebird; 3⁄32 inch Black; 3⁄32 inch 

Spicebrown; 3⁄32 inch Golden Yellow; 

and 3⁄32 inch Green. 

§ 578.26 Vietnam Service Medal. 

(a) Criteria. The Vietnam Service 

Medal (VSM) was established by 

Executive Order 11231, July 8, 1965. It 

is awarded to all members of the Armed 

Forces of the United States serving in 

Vietnam and contiguous waters or 

airspace thereover, after July 3, 1965 

through March 28, 1973. Members of the 

Armed Forces of the United States in 

Thailand, Laos, or Cambodia, or the 

airspace thereover, during the same 

period and serving in direct support of 

operations in Vietnam are also eligible 

for this award. 

(b) Qualifications: To qualify for 

award of the VSM an individual must 

meet one of the following qualifications: 

(1) Be attached to or regularly serve 

for 1 or more days with an organization 

participating in or directly supporting 

military operations. 

(2) Be attached to or regularly serve 

for 1 or more days abroad a Naval vessel 

directly supporting military operations. 

(3) Actually participate as a 

crewmember in one or more aerial 

flights into airspace above Vietnam and 

contiguous waters directly supporting 

military operations. 

(4) Serve on temporary duty for 30 

consecutive days or 60 nonconsecutive 

days in Vietnam or contiguous areas, 

except that time limit may be waived for 

personnel participating in actual combat 

operations. 

(c) No person will be entitled to more 

than one award of the VSM. 

(d) Individuals qualified for the 

AFEM for reason of service in Vietnam 

between July 1, 1958 and July 3, 1965 

(inclusive) shall remain qualified for 

that medal. Upon request (unit 

personnel officer) any such individual 

may be awarded the VSM instead of the 

AFEM. In such instances, the AFEM 

will be deleted from the list of 

authorized medals in personnel records. 

No person will be entitled to both 

awards for Vietnam service. 

(e) Service members who earned the 

AFEM for Operation FREQUENT WIND 

between April 29–30, 1975, may elect to 

receive the Vietnam Service Medal 

instead of the AFEM. No service 

member may be issued both medals for 

service in Vietnam. 

(f) Vietnam and contiguous waters, as 

used herein, is defined as an area which 

includes Vietnam and the water 

adjacent thereto within the following 

specified limits: From a point on the 

East Coast of Vietnam at the juncture of 

Vietnam with China southeastward to 

21 degrees N. latitude, 108 degrees; 15′ 

E. longitude; thence, southward to 18 

degrees; N. latitude, 108 degrees; 15′ E. 

longitude; thence southeastward to 17 

degrees 30′ N. latitude, 111 degrees E. 

longitude; thence southward to 11 

degrees N. latitude; 111 degrees E. 

longitude; thence southwestward to 7 

degrees N. latitude, 105 degrees E. 

longitude; thence westward to 7 degrees 

N. latitude, 103 degrees; E. longitude; 

thence northward to 9 degrees 30′ N. 

latitude, 103 degrees E. longitude, 

thence northeastward to 10 degrees 15′ 

N. latitude, 104 degrees 27′ E. longitude; 

thence northward to a point on the West 

Coast of Vietnam at the juncture of 

Vietnam with Cambodia. 

(g) The VSM may be awarded 

posthumously. 

(h) The boundaries of the Vietnam 

combat zone for campaign participation 

credit are as defined in paragraph (d) of 

this section. 

(i) One bronze service star is 

authorized for each campaign under the 

following conditions: 

(1) Assigned or attached to and 

present for duty with a unit during the 

period in which it participated in 

combat. 

(2) Under orders in the combat zone 

and in addition meets any of the 

following requirements: 

(i) Awarded a combat decoration. 

(ii) Furnished a certificate by a 

commanding general of a corps, higher 

unit, or independent force that he 

actually participated in combat. 

(iii) Served at a normal post of duty 

(as contrasted to occupying the status of 

an inspector, observer, or visitor). 

(iv) Aboard a vessel other than in a 

passenger status and furnished a 

certificate by the home port commander 

of the vessel that he served in the 

combat zone. 

(3) Was an evadee or escapee in the 

combat zone or recovered from a 

prisoner-of-war status in the combat 

zone during the time limitations of the 

campaign. Prisoners of war will not be 

accorded credit for the time spent in 

confinement or while otherwise in 

restraint under enemy control. 

(j) Description. The medal is Bronze, 

11⁄4 inches in diameter, an oriental 

dragon behind a grove of bamboo trees 

above the inscription ‘‘REPUBLIC OF 

VIETNAM SERVICE.’’ On the reverse, a 

crossbow surmounted a by a torch above 

the arched inscription ‘‘UNITED 

STATES OF AMERICA’’. The ribbon is 

13⁄8 inches wide and consists of the 

following stripes: 1⁄8 inch Primitive 

Green 67188; 5⁄16 inch Air Force Yellow 

67103; 1⁄16 inch Old Glory Red 67156; 5⁄32 inch Air Force Yellow; center 1⁄16

inch Old Glory Red; 5⁄32 inch Air Force 

Yellow; 1⁄16 inch Old Glory Red; 5⁄16

inch Air Force Yellow; and 1⁄8 inch 

Primitive Green. 

(k) The Vietnam campaigns are 

provided in Table 7 below: 

TABLE 7 

Campaigns Inclusive dates Streamer Inscription 

Vietnam Advisory Campaign .............................. March 15, 1962 to March 7, 1965 ................... Vietnam Advisory 1962–1965. 

Vietnam Defense Campaign .............................. March 8, 1965 to December 24, 1965 ............ Vietnam Defense 1965. 

Vietnam Counteroffensive .................................. December 25, 1965 to June 30, 1966 ............. Vietnam Counteroffensive 1965–1966. 

Vietnam Counteroffensive Phase II .................... July 1, 1966 to May 31, 1967 (see footnote 

below).

Vietnam Phase II 1966, 1967. 

Vietnam Counteroffensive Phase III .................. June 1, 1967 to January 29, 1968 .................. Vietnam Counteroffensive, Phase III, 1967–

1968. 

Tet Counteroffensive .......................................... January 30, 1967 to April 1, 1968 ................... Tet Counteroffensive 1968. 

Vietnam Counteroffensive Phase IV .................. April 2, 1968 to June 30, 1968 ........................ Vietnam Counteroffensive, Phase IV 1968. 

Vietnam Counteroffensive Phase V ................... July 1, 1968 to November 1, 1968 .................. Vietnam Counteroffensive, Phase V 1968. 

Vietnam Counteroffensive Phase VI .................. November 2, 1968 to February 22, 1969 ........ Vietnam Counteroffensive, Phase VI 1968–

1969. 

66620 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 

TABLE 7—Continued 

Campaigns Inclusive dates Streamer Inscription 

Tet 69 Counteroffensive ..................................... February 23, 1969 to June 8, 1969 ................. Tet 69/Counteroffensive, 1969. 

Vietnam Summer-Fall 1969 ............................... June 9, 1969 to October 31, 1969 .................. Vietnam Summer-Fall 1969. 

Vietnam Winter-Spring 1970 .............................. November 1, 1969 to April 30, 1970 ............... Vietnam Winter-Spring 1970. 

Sanctuary Counteroffensive ............................... May 1, 1970 to June 30, 1970 ........................ Sanctuary Counteroffensive 1970. 

Vietnam Counteroffensive Phase VII ................. July 1, 1970 to June 30, 1971 ......................... Vietnam Counteroffensive, Phase VII, 1970–

1971. 

Consolidation I .................................................... July 1, 1971 to November 30, 1971 ................ Consolidation I 1971. 

Consolidation II ................................................... December 1, 1971 to March 29, 1972 ............ Consolidation II 1971–1972. 

Vietnam Cease-Fire ........................................... March 30, 1972 to January 28, 1973 .............. Vietnam Cease-Fire 1972–1973. 

Arrowhead device authorized only for members of the 173d Airborne Brigade who actually participated in the landing in the vicinity of Katum, 

Republic of Vietnam, between the hours of 0800–0907, inclusive on February 27, 1967. A bronze service star affixed to the Parachutist Badge is 

authorized for members of the 173d Airborne Brigade for participation in combat parachute jump on February 22, 1967 per Department of the 

Army General Orders 18, 1979. 

§ 578.27 Southwest Asia Service Medal. 

(a) The Southwest Asia Service Medal 

(SWASM) was established by Executive 

Order 12754, March 12, 1991. It is 

awarded to all members of the Armed 

Forces of the United States serving in 

Southwest Asia and contiguous waters 

or airspace thereover, on or after August 

2, 1990 to November 30, 1995. 

Southwest Asia and contiguous waters, 

as used herein, is defined as an area 

which includes the Persian Gulf, Red 

Sea, Gulf of Oman, Gulf of Aden, that 

portion of the Arabian Sea that lies 

north of 10 degrees N. latitude and west 

of 68 degrees E. longitude, as well as the 

total land areas of Iraq, Kuwait, Saudi 

Arabia, Oman, Bahrain, Qatar, and 

United Arab Emirates. 

(b) Members of the Armed Forces of 

the United States serving in Israel, 

Egypt, Turkey, Syria, and Jordan 

(including the airspace and territorial 

waters) between January 17, 1991 and 

April 11, 1991, will also be eligible for 

this award. Members serving in these 

countries must have been under the 

command and control of U.S. Central 

Command or directly supporting 

military operations in the combat 

theater. 

(c) To be eligible, a service member 

must meet one or more of the following 

criteria: 

(1) Be attached to or regularly serving 

for one or more days with an 

organization participating in ground or 

shore (military) operations. 

(2) Be attached to or regularly serving 

for one or more days aboard a naval 

vessel directly supporting military 

operations. 

(3) Be actually participating as a crew 

member in one or more aerial flights 

directly supporting military operations 

in the areas designated in paragraphs (a) 

and (b) of this section. 

(4) Be serving on temporary duty for 

30 consecutive days or 60 

nonconsecutive days. These time 

limitations may be waived for people 

participating in actual combat 

operations. 

(d) The SWASM may be awarded 

posthumously to any person who lost 

his or her life while, or as a direct result 

of, participating in Operation DESERT 

SHIELD or Operation DESERT STORM 

without regard to the length of such 

service, if otherwise eligible. 

(e) One bronze service star will be 

worn on the suspension and service 

ribbon of the SWASM for participation 

in each designated campaign. Service 

stars are described in § 578.61. The 

designated campaigns for Southwest 

Asia are provided in Table 8 below: 

TABLE 8 

Campaign Inclusive dates Streamer inscription 

Defense of Saudi Arabia .................................... August 2, 1990 to January 16, 1991 ............... Defense of Saudi Arabia 1990–1991. 

Liberation and Defense of Kuwait ...................... January 17, 1991 to April 11, 1991 ................. Liberation and Defense of Kuwait 1991. 

Southwest Asia Cease-Fire ................................ April 12, 1991 to November 30, 1995 ............. Southwest Asia Cease-Fire, 1991–1995. 

(f) See AR 670–20 for the Civilian 

Service in Southwest Asia Medal. 

(g) Description. The medal is Bronze 

11⁄4 inches wide, with the words 

‘‘SOUTHWEST ASIA SERVICE’’ across 

the center background. Above the center 

is a desert scene with a tank, armored 

personnel carrier, helicopter and camels 

with the rising sun in the background. 

Below the center is a seascape with 

ship, tanker, aircraft and clouds in the 

background. On the reverse, is an 

upraised sword entwined with a palm 

frond and ‘‘UNITED STATES OF 

AMERICA’’ around the edge. The ribbon 

is 13⁄8 inches wide and consists of the 

following stripes: 1⁄16 inch Black 67138; 1⁄8 inch Chamois 67142; 1⁄16 inch Old 

Glory Blue 67178; 1⁄16 inch White 

67101; 1⁄16 inch Old Glory Red 67156; 3⁄16 inch Chamois; 3⁄32 inch Myrtle 

Green 67190; center 1⁄16 inch Black; 3⁄32

inch Myrtle Green; 3⁄16 inch Chamois; 1⁄16 inch Old Glory Red; 1⁄16 inch White; 1⁄16 inch Old Glory Blue; 1⁄8 inch 

Chamois; and 1⁄16 inch Black. 

§ 578.28 Kosovo Campaign Medal. 

(a) Criteria. The Kosovo Campaign 

Medal (KCM) was established by 

Executive Order 13154, May 3, 2000. It 

is awarded to members of the Armed 

Forces of the United States who, after 

March 24, 1999, meet the following 

criteria: 

(1) Participated in or served in direct 

support of Kosovo Operation(s): ALLIED 

FORCE; JOINT GUARDIAN; 

ALLIEDHARBOUR; SUSTAIN HOPE/ 

SHINING HOPE; NOBLE ANVIL; or 

Kosovo TASK FORCE(S): HAWK, 

SABER; or HUNTER within the Kosovo 

Air Campaign or Kosovo Defense 

Campaign areas of eligibility. 

(i) Kosovo Air Campaign. The Kosovo 

Air Campaign began on March 24, 1999 

and ended on June 10, 1999. The area 

of eligibility for the Air Campaign 

includes the total land area and air 

space of Serbia (including Kosovo), 

Montenegro, Albania, Macedonia, 

Bosnia, Croatia, Hungary, Romania, 

Greece, Bulgaria, Italy and Slovenia; and 

the waters and air space of the Adriatic 

Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 66621 

and Ionian Sea north of the 39th North 

latitude. 

(ii) Kosovo Defense Campaign. The 

Kosovo Defense Campaign began on 

June 11, 1999 to a date to be 

determined. The area of eligibility for 

the Defense Campaign includes the total 

land area and air space of Serbia 

(including Kosovo), Montenegro, 

Albania, Macedonia, and the waters and 

air space of the Adriatic Seas within 12 

nautical miles of the Montenegro, 

Albania, and Croatia coastlines south of 

42 degrees and 52 minutes North 

latitude. 

(2) Service members must be bona 

fide members of a unit participating in 

or be engaged in direct support of the 

operation for 30 consecutive days in the 

area of eligibility or for 60 

nonconsecutive days provided this 

support involves entering the operations 

area of eligibility for meet one or more 

of the following criteria: 

(i) Be engaged in actual combat, or 

duty that is equally as hazardous as 

combat duty, during the operation with 

armed opposition, regardless of time in 

the area of eligibility; 

(ii) While participating in the 

operation, regardless of time, is 

wounded or injured and requires 

medical evacuation from the area of 

eligibility. 

(iii) While participating as a regularly 

assigned aircrew member flying sorties 

into, out of, within, or over the area of 

eligibility in direct support of the 

military operations. 

(b) The KCM may be awarded 

posthumously to any person who lost 

his or life without regard to the length 

of such service. 

(c) One bronze service star will be 

worn on the suspension and service 

ribbon of the KCM for participation in 

each campaign (Kosovo Air Campaign 

and Kosovo Defense Campaign). 

Qualification for a second bronze 

service star requires meeting the criteria 

for both campaigns. The 30 consecutive 

or 60 nonconsecutive days that begin 

during the Air Campaign and continues 

into the Defense Campaign entitles a 

member to only one bronze service star. 

(d) Description. The medal is bronze, 

13⁄8 inches in diameter, with the stylized 

wreath of grain, reflecting the 

agricultural domination of the area and 

its economy, symbolizes the basic 

human rights while highlighting the 

desire of all for peace, safety and 

prosperity. The rocky terrain, fertile 

valley, and mountain pass refer to the 

Dinartic Alps and the Campaign Theater 

of operations. The sunrise denotes the 

dawning of a new age of unity and hope; 

the right to forge a future of freedom, 

progress and harmony, thus fulfilling 

the goal of the Alliance. On the reverse 

an outline of the Yugoslavian Province 

of Kosovo, denoting the area of conflict, 

is combined with a NATO star and 

highlighted compass cardinal points, 

signifying the Alliance participants who 

stabilized the region and provided 

massive relief. The inscription ‘‘IN 

DEFENSE OF HUMANITY’’ reinforces 

the objective of the action. The ribbon 

is 13⁄8 inches in width. It is composed 

of the following vertical stripes: 15⁄32

inches Old Glory Blue 67178; 7⁄64 inch 

Scarlet 67111; 5⁄32 inch White 67101; 7⁄64 inch Old Glory Blue 67178; 15⁄32

inch Scarlet 67111. 

§ 578.29 Afghanistan Campaign Medal. 

(a) The Afghanistan Campaign Medal 

is authorized by Public Law 108–234, 

May 28, 2004 and Executive Order 

13363, November 29, 2004. It is 

authorized for award to individuals who 

served in direct support of Operation 

ENDURING FREEDOM. The area of 

eligibility encompasses all land area of 

the country of Afghanistan and all air 

spaces above the land. The period of 

eligibility is on or after October 24, 2001 

to a future date to be determined by the 

Secretary of Defense or the cessation of 

Operation ENDURING FREEDOM. 

(b) Criteria. Service members 

qualified for the Global War on 

Terrorism Expeditionary Medal by 

reasons of service between October 24, 

2001 and February 28, 2005, in an area 

for which the Afghanistan Campaign 

Medal was subsequently authorized, 

shall remain qualified for that medal. 

Upon application, any such service 

member may be awarded the 

Afghanistan Campaign Medal in lieu of 

the Global War on Terrorism 

Expeditionary Medal for such service. 

No service member shall be entitled to 

both medals for the same act, 

achievement or period of service. 

(c) General. Service members must 

have been assigned, attached, or 

mobilized to units operating in the area 

of eligibility for 30 consecutive days or 

for 60 non-consecutive days or meet one 

of the following criteria: 

(1) Be engaged in combat during an 

armed engagement, regardless of the 

time in the area of eligibility. 

(2) While participating in an 

operation or on official duties, is 

wounded or injured and requires 

medical evacuation from the area of 

eligibility. 

(3) While participating as a regularly 

assigned air crewmember flying sorties 

into, out of, within or over the area of 

eligibility in direct support of the 

military operations; each day of 

operations counts as one day of 

eligibility. 

(d) Rules. The following rules apply to 

award of the Afghanistan Campaign 

Medal: 

(1) The Afghanistan Campaign Medal 

may be awarded posthumously. 

(2) Only one award of this medal may 

be authorized for any individual. 

(3) Under no condition shall 

personnel or units receive the 

Afghanistan Campaign Medal, the 

Global War on Terrorism Expeditionary 

Medal, the Global War on Terrorism 

Service Medal, the Iraq Campaign 

Medal, or the Armed Forces 

Expeditionary Medal for the same 

action, time period or service. 

(e) Precedence. The Afghanistan 

Campaign Medal shall be positioned 

below the Kosovo Campaign Medal and 

above the Iraq Campaign Medal. 

(f) Description. On a bronze metal 13⁄8

inches (3.49 cm) in diameter above a 

range of mountains is a map of 

Afghanistan. Around the top is the 

inscription ‘‘AFGHANISTAN 

CAMPAIGN.’’ On the reverse, a 

radiating demisun superimposed by an 

eagle’s head couped. Inscribed across 

the bottom half of the reverse side are 

the three lines ‘‘FOR SERVICE’’ ‘‘IN’’

‘‘AFGHANISTAN’’ all enclosed by a 

laurel wreath. The ribbon is 13⁄8 inches 

wide and consists of the following 

stripes: 5⁄64 inch Emerald 67128: 3⁄16

inch Scarlet 67111; 1⁄8 inch Black 67138; 7⁄32 inch White 67101; 1⁄32 inch Scarlet 

67111; 1⁄32 inch White 67101; 1⁄32 inch 

Old Glory Blue 67178; 1⁄32 inch White 

67101; 1⁄32 inch Scarlet 67111; 7⁄32 inch 

White 67101; 1⁄8 inch Black 67138; 3⁄16

inch Scarlet 67111; 5⁄64 inch Emerald 

67128. 

§ 578.30 Iraq Campaign Medal. 

(a) The Iraq Campaign Medal is 

authorized by Public Law 108–234, May 

28, 2004 and Executive Order 13363, 

November 29, 2004. It is authorized for 

award to individuals who have served 

in direct support of Operation IRAQI 

FREEDOM. The area of eligibility 

encompasses all land area of the country 

of Iraq, and the contiguous water area 

out to 12 nautical miles, and all air 

spaces above the land area of Iraq and 

above the contiguous water area out to 

12 nautical miles. The period of 

eligibility is on or after March 19, 2003 

to a future date to be determined by the 

Secretary of Defense or the cessation of 

Operation IRAQI FREEDOM. 

(b) Criteria. Service members 

qualified for the Global War on 

Terrorism Expeditionary Medal by 

reasons of service between March 19, 

2003 and February 28, 2005, in an area 

for which the Iraq Campaign Medal was 

subsequently authorized, shall remain 

qualified for that medal. Upon 

66622 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 

application, any such service member 

may be awarded the Iraq Campaign 

Medal in lieu of the Global War on 

Terrorism Expeditionary Medal for such 

service. No service member shall be 

entitled to both medals for the same act, 

achievement or period of service. 

(c) General. Service members must 

have been assigned, attached, or 

mobilized to units operating in the area 

of eligibility for 30 consecutive days or 

for 60 non-consecutive days or meet one 

of the following criteria: 

(1) Be engaged in combat during an 

armed engagement, regardless of the 

time in the area of eligibility. 

(2) While participating in an 

operation or on official duties, is 

wounded or injured and requires 

medical evacuation from the area of 

eligibility. 

(3) While participating as a regularly 

assigned air crewmember flying sorties 

into, out of, within or over the area of 

eligibility in direct support of the 

military operations; each day of 

operations counts as one day of 

eligibility. 

(d) Rules. The following rules apply to 

award of the Iraq Campaign Medal: 

(1) The Iraq Campaign Medal may be 

awarded posthumously. 

(2) Only one award of this medal may 

be authorized for any individual. 

(3) Under no condition shall 

personnel receive the Iraq Campaign 

Medal, the Global War on Terrorism 

Expeditionary Medal, the Global War on 

Terrorism Service Medal, the Iraq 

Campaign Medal, or the Armed Forces 

Expeditionary Medal for the same 

action, time period or service. 

(e) Precedence. The Iraq Campaign 

Medal shall be positioned below the 

Afghanistan Campaign Medal and above 

the Global War on Terrorism 

Expeditionary Medal. 

(f) Description. On a bronze metal 1⁄38

inches (3.49 cm) in diameter the relief 

of Iraq, surmounted by two lines 

throughout, surmounting a palm wreath. 

Above is the inscription ‘‘IRAQ 

CAMPAIGN.’’ On the reverse, the Statue 

of Freedom surmounting a sunburst, 

encircled by two scimitars points down 

crossed at tip of blades, all above the 

inscription ‘‘FOR SERVICE IN IRAQ.’’

The ribbon is 13⁄8 inches wide and 

consists of the following stripes: 5⁄32

inch Scarlet 67111; 1⁄16 inch White 

67101; 1⁄32 inch Green 67129; 1⁄16 inch 

White 67101; 5⁄32 inch Black 67138; 7⁄16

inch Chamois 67142; 5⁄32 inch Black 

67138; 1⁄16 inch White 67101; 1⁄32 inch 

Green 67129; 1⁄16 inch White 67101; 5⁄32

inch Scarlet 67111. 

§ 578.31 Global War on Terrorism 

Expeditionary Medal. 

(a) The Global War on Terrorism 

Expeditionary Medal (GWOTEM) was 

established by Executive Order 13289, 

March 12, 2003. It is authorized for 

award to members of the Armed Forces 

of the United States who deploy abroad 

for service in the Global War on 

Terrorism operations on or after 

September 11, 2001 to a date to be 

determined. Operations approved for 

the GWOTEM are provided in paragraph 

(g) of this section. 

(b) Procedures. (1) The Secretary of 

Defense in consultation with the 

Chairman, Joint Chiefs of Staff will 

designate approved operations on a 

case-by-case basis when requested by 

the Combatant Commanders. 

(2) The general area of eligibility 

(AOE) encompasses all foreign land, 

water, and air spaces outside the fifty 

states of the United States and outside 

200 nautical miles of the shores of the 

United States. The Secretary of Defense, 

when recommended by the Chairman, 

Joint Chiefs of Staff, shall designate the 

specific area of eligibility per qualifying 

operation. 

(3) Because counter-terrorism 

operations are global in nature, the AOE 

for an approved operation may be 

deemed to be non-contiguous. The 

Combatant Commander has the 

authority to approve award of the medal 

for units and personnel deployed within 

his or her theater. Under no conditions 

will units or personnel within the 

United States, the general region 

excluded in paragraph (b)(2) this section 

be deemed eligible for the GWOTEM. 

(c ) Criteria. Service members must be 

assigned, attached or mobilized to a unit 

participating in designated operations 

for 30 consecutive days or 60 

nonconsecutive days in the AOE, or 

meet one of the following criteria: 

(1) Be engaged in actual combat 

against the enemy and under 

circumstances involving grave danger of 

death or serious bodily injury from 

enemy action, regardless of time in the 

AOE. 

(2) While participating in the 

designated operation, regardless of time, 

is killed, wounded or injured requiring 

medical evacuation from the AOE. 

(3) Service members participating as a 

regularly assigned air crew member 

flying sorties into, out of, within, or over 

the AOE in direct support of Operations 

Enduring Freedom and/or Iraqi Freedom 

are eligible to qualify for award of the 

GWOTEM. Each day that one or more 

sorties are flown in accordance with 

these criteria shall count as one day 

toward the 30 or 60 day requirement. 

(d) General. (1) The GWOTEM may be 

awarded posthumously. 

(2) Service members may be awarded 

both the GWOTEM and the Global War 

on Terrorism Service Medal (GWOTSM) 

if they meet the criteria for both awards; 

however, the qualifying period of 

service used to establish eligibility for 

one award cannot be used to justify 

eligibility for the other award. 

(3) Order of Precedence. The 

GWOTEM will be worn before the 

GWOTSM and both shall directly follow 

the Kosovo Campaign Medal (KCM) 

(i.e., KCM, GWOTEM, GWOTSM, Korea 

Defense Service Medal (KDSM), etc.). 

(4) Subsequent awards. Only one 

award of the GWOTEM may be 

authorized to any individual; therefore, 

an appurtenance (e.g., oak leaf cluster, 

bronze service star) is authorized for 

wear on the GWOTEM. 

(e) Battle stars. (1) Battle stars may be 

applicable for service members who 

were engaged in actual combat against 

the enemy and under circumstances 

involving grave danger of death or 

serious bodily injury from enemy 

action. Only the Combatant Commander 

can initiate a request for a Battle Star. 

The request will contain the specific 

unit(s) or individual(s) engaged in 

actual combat, the duration for which 

actual combat was sustained, and a 

detailed description of the actions 

against the enemy. 

(2) The Chairman, Joint Chiefs of Staff 

(CJCS) is the approving authority for 

Battle Stars. 

(3) The approval of battle stars by the 

CJCS is the authority for the senior 

Army commander in the combat theater 

to approve campaign participation 

credit. See paragraph 7–18, Table 7–1 

and Figure 7–1, AR 600–8–22. 

(f) Approved operations. Initial award 

of the GWOTEM is limited to service 

members deployed abroad in Operations 

ENDURING FREEDOM and IRAQI 

FREEDOM in the following designated 

specific geographic areas of eligibility 

AOE: Afghanistan, Bahrain, Bulgaria 

(Bourgas), Crete, Cyprus, Diego Garcia, 

Djibouti, Egypt, Eritrea, Ethiopia, Iran, 

Iraq, Israel, Jordan, Kazahstan, Kenya, 

Kuwait, Kyrgyzstan, Lebanon, Oman, 

Pakistan, Philippines, Qatar, Romania 

(Constanta), Saudi Arabia, Somalia, 

Syria, Tajikstan, Turkey (east of 35 

degrees east latitude), Turkmenistan, 

United Arab Emirates, Uzbekistan, 

Yemen, that portion of the Arabian Sea 

north of 10 degrees north latitude and 

west of 68 degrees longitude, Bab El 

Mandeb, Gulf of Aden, Gulf of Aqaba, 

Gulf of Oman, Gulf of Suez, that portion 

of the Mediterranean Sea east of 28 

degrees east longitude, Persian Gulf, 

Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 66623 

Red Sea, Strait of Hormuz, and Suez 

Canal. 

(g) Description. (1) Ribbon. The 

different topographies our Armed 

Forces operate in are represented by the 

colors tan for the deserts, green for the 

grass or woodlands, blue for the 

waterways and white for the snowy 

regions. Blue also alludes the 

atmosphere, the zone of airstrikes. Gold 

is emblematic of excellence and high 

achievement. The red, white and blue 

stripes at center highlight this nation’s 

role in the global war on terrorism. 

(2) Obverse. The eagle, strong, keen of 

eye and vigilant, represents the United 

States and our resolve to make the 

world safe from the terrorism. The 

polestar and globe highlight the 

worldwide scope of this mission to 

secure our freedoms. 

(3) Reverse. The torch and fasces 

denote freedom and justice. The laurel 

represents honor and high esteem. 

§ 578.32 Global War on Terrorism Service 

Medal. 

(a) The Global War on Terrorism 

Service Medal (GWOTSM) was 

established by Executive Order 13289, 

March 12, 2003. It is authorized for 

award to members of the Armed Forces 

of the United States who have 

participated in or served in support of 

the Global War on Terrorism operations 

outside of the designated areas of 

eligibility defined in § 578.31 of this 

part, on or after September 11, 2001 to 

a future date to be determined. 

Operations approved for the GWOTSM 

are provided in paragraph (e) of this 

section. 

(b) Procedures. (1) The Chairman, 

Joint Chiefs of Staff will designate 

approved operations on a case-by-case 

basis when requested by the Combatant 

Commanders. 

(2) At the request of the Combatant 

Commander, the Chairman, Joint Chiefs 

of Staff may approve specific efforts that 

are rendered by unit(s) or individual(s) 

that meet all other requirements for 

award of the Global War on Terrorism 

Service Medal however, are not issued 

specific orders for the approved 

operation(s). 

(3) Battalion commanders and 

commanders of separate units have the 

authority to award the Global War on 

Terrorism Service Medal for approved 

operations to units and personnel 

within his or her command. 

(c) Criteria. Service members must be 

assigned, attached; or mobilized to a 

unit supporting designated operations 

listed in § 578–31 of this part for 30 

consecutive days or for 60 

nonconsecutive days, or meet one of the 

following criteria: 

(1) Initial award of the Global War on 

Terrorism Service Medal will be limited 

to airport security operations from 

September 27, 2001 through May 31, 

2002 and service members who 

supported Operations NOBLE EAGLE, 

ENDURING FREEDOM, and IRAQI 

FREEDOM. 

(2) All service members on active 

duty, including Reserve Components 

mobilized, or National Guardsmen 

activated on or after September 11, 2001 

to a date to be determined having served 

30 consecutive days or 60 

nonconsecutive days are authorized the 

Global War on Terrorism Service Medal. 

(d) General. (1) The GWOTSM may be 

awarded posthumously. 

(2) Service members may be awarded 

both the GWOTEM and the GWOTSM if 

they meet the requirements of both 

awards; however, the qualifying period 

used to establish eligibility for one 

cannot be used to justify eligibility for 

the other award. 

(3) Order of Precedence. The 

GWOTSM will be worn directly below 

the GWOTEM and both shall directly 

follow the Kosovo Campaign Medal. 

(4) Subsequent awards. Only one 

award of the GWOTSM may be 

authorized for any individual; therefore, 

an appurtenance (e.g., oak leaf cluster, 

bronze service star) is not authorized. 

(e) Approved operations. Initial 

approved operations for the Global War 

on Terrorism Service Medal are Airport 

Security Operations from September 27, 

2001 through May 31, 2002 and 

Operations NOBLE EAGLE, ENDURING 

FREEDOM and IRAQI FREEDOM. 

(f) Description. (1) Ribbon. The dark 

red stripe denotes sacrifice. The gold 

stripes symbolize achievement. The 

blue stripes signify justice. 

(2) Obverse. The obverse has a 

stylized globe, the universal symbol of 

the world. Surmounting the globe is six 

arrows exemplifying fighting power and 

readiness, also representing the area that 

terrorism is being fought; diplomatic, 

military, financial, intelligence, 

investigative and law enforcement. 

Below, a olive branch exemplifies peace 

and an oak branch emphasizing strength 

and protection. 

(3) Reverse. The reverse is inscribed 

‘FOR INTERNATIONAL RESPONSES 

AGAINST TERRORISM’ between three 

stars commemorate achievement and 

below the year ‘2002’. 

§ 578.33 Korea Defense Service Medal. 

(a) Eligibility Requirements. The 

Korea Defense Service Medal (KDSM) 

was authorized by Section 543, 2003 

National Defense Authorization Act. It 

is awarded to members of the Armed 

Forces who have served on active duty 

in support of the defense of the 

Republic of Korea from July 28, 1954 to 

a date to be determined. 

(1) The area of eligibility encompasses 

all land area of the Republic of Korea, 

and the contiguous water out to 12 

nautical miles, and all air spaces above 

the land and water areas. 

(2) The KDSM period of eligibility is 

July 28, 1954, to a future date to be 

determined by the Secretary of Defense. 

(b) Specific. Service members must 

have been assigned, attached, or 

mobilized to units operating in the area 

of eligibility for 30 consecutive or for 60 

nonconsecutive days, or meet the 

following criteria: 

(1) Be engaged in combat during an 

armed engagement, regardless of the 

time in the area of eligibility. 

(2) Is wounded or injured in the line 

of duty and requires medical evacuation 

from the area of eligibility. 

(3) While participating as a regularly 

assigned air crewmember flying sorties 

into, out of, or within the area of 

eligibility in direct support of military 

operations. Each day that one or more 

sorties are flown in accordance with 

these criteria shall count as one day 

toward the 30 or 60-day requirement. 

(4) Personnel who serve in operations 

and exercises conducted in the area of 

eligibility are considered eligible for the 

award as long as the basic time criteria 

is met. Due to the extensive time period 

for KDSM eligibility, the 

nonconsecutive service period for 

eligibility remains cumulative 

throughout the entire period. 

(c) Awarding. (1) The KDSM may be 

awarded posthumously. 

(2) Only one award of the KDSM is 

authorized for any individual. 

(d) Precedence. The KDSM shall be 

positioned below the Global War on 

Terrorism Service Medal in precedence; 

and shall be positioned above the 

Armed Forces Service Medal. 

(e) Description. The ribbon is dark 

green represents the land of Korea, blue 

indicates overseas service and 

commitment to achieving peace. Gold 

denotes excellence, white symbolizes 

idealism and integrity. The obverse is a 

bronze-color disc bearing a Korean 

‘‘circle dragon’’ within an encircling 

scroll inscribed ‘‘Korea Defense Service 

Medal’’ with, in base, two sprigs, laurel 

to dexter side, bamboo to sinister. The 

four-clawed dragon is a traditional 

symbol of Korea and represents 

intelligence and strength of purpose. 

The sprig of laurel denotes honorable 

endeavor and victory, the bamboo refers 

to the land of Korea. The reverse is a 

representation of the land mass of Korea 

surmounted by two swords points up 

saltirewise within a circlet garnished of 

66624 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 

five points. The swords placed 

saltirewise over a map of Korea signify 

defense of freedom in that country and 

the readiness to engage in combat to that 

end. The circlet enclosing the device 

recalls the forms of five-petal symbols 

common in Korean armory. 

§ 578.34 Armed Forces Service Medal. 

(a) Criteria. The Armed Forces Service 

Medal (AFSM) was established by 

Executive Order 12985, January 11, 

1996. It is awarded to members of the 

Armed Forces of the United States who, 

after June 1, 1992 meet the following 

criteria: 

(1) Participate, or have participated, 

as members of U.S. military units, in a 

U.S. military operation that is deemed 

to be a significant activity; and 

(2) Encounter no foreign armed 

opposition or imminent threat of hostile 

action. 

(b) Eligibility requirements. To qualify 

for award of the AFSM service members 

must be bona fide members of a unit 

participating for one or more days in the 

operation within the designated area of 

eligibility, or meet one or more of the 

following criteria: 

(1) Be engaged in direct support for 30 

consecutive days in the area of 

eligibility (or for the full period when an 

operation is of less than 30 days 

duration) or for 60 nonconsecutive days 

provided this support involves entering 

the area of eligibility. 

(2) Participate as a regularly assigned 

crew member of an aircraft flying into, 

out of, within, or over the area of 

eligibility in support of the operation. 

(c) Qualifying operations. (1) The 

AFSM may be authorized for significant 

U.S. military activities for which no 

other U.S. campaign or service medal is 

appropriate, such as—

(i) Peacekeeping operations. 

(ii) Prolonged humanitarian 

operations. 

(2) The AFSM may be awarded for 

U.S. military operations in direct 

support of the United Nations (UN) or 

the North Atlantic Treaty Organization 

(NATO), and for operations of assistance 

to friendly foreign nations. 

(d) General criteria. (1) The AFSM 

provides recognition to participants 

who deploy to the designated area of 

eligibility for the qualifying operation. 

Outstanding or meritorious performance 

of non-deployed or remotely located 

support units and individuals is not 

justification for award of the AFSM. 

Such performance may be recognized by 

appropriate unit and/or individual 

decorations. 

(2) Because the AFSM may be 

awarded for a prolonged humanitarian 

operation, distinction between the 

AFSM and the Humanitarian Service 

Medal (HSM) must be maintained. The 

following rules apply: 

(i) The HSM is an individual U.S. 

service medal, presented to individuals 

who are physically present at the site of 

immediate relief and who directly 

contribute to and influence the 

humanitarian action. The HSM is only 

awarded for service during the 

identified ‘‘period of immediate relief’’; 

eligibility for the HSM terminates once 

(if) the humanitarian action evolves into 

an ‘‘established ongoing operation 

beyond the initial emergency 

condition.’’

(ii) The AFSM is a theater award, 

authorized for presentation to all 

participants who meet the eligibility 

requirements established for a 

designated operation. 

(iii) For operations in which all 

deployed participants are awarded the 

HSM and for which the ‘‘period of 

immediate relief’’ coincides with the 

duration of significant deployed 

operations, award of the AFSM is not 

authorized. 

(iv) Humanitarian operations for 

which some (or all) participants are 

awarded the HSM, which continue 

beyond the ‘‘period of immediate 

relief,’’ may be recognized by award of 

the AFSM. The AFSM may be awarded 

for the entire period of the operation; 

individuals awarded the HSM for direct 

participation during the ‘‘period of 

immediate relief’’ are also eligible for 

the AFSM if awarded. 

(e) Limitations on awarding the 

AFSM. The following limitations apply 

when determining whether the AFSM 

should be awarded for a particular 

mission or operation or when 

determining eligibility for award to an 

individual: 

(1) The AFSM shall be awarded only 

for operations for which no other U.S. 

campaign or service medal is approved. 

(2) For operations in which personnel 

for only one Service participates, the 

AFSM shall be awarded only if there is 

no other suitable award available to that 

Service. 

(3) The military service of the 

individual on which qualification for 

the award of the AFSM is based shall 

have been honorable. 

(4) Award of the AFSM is not 

authorized for participation in national 

or international exercises. 

(5) The AFSM will not be awarded for 

NATO or United Nations operations not 

involving significant, concurrent U.S. 

military support operations. 

(f) Approval and designation of area 

of eligibility. 

(1) Approval of operations. The 

Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff 

(CJCS) shall designate U.S. military 

operations subsequent to June 1, 1992 

that qualify for the AFSM. 

(2) Designation of area of eligibility. 

(i) The CJCS shall specify the qualifying 

area of eligibility for award of the 

AFSM. 

(ii) Prior to submission to the CJCS for 

consideration, the proposed qualifying 

area of eligibility will be coordinated 

with the Joint Chiefs of Staff and the 

Commander in Chiefs (CINCs) to ensure 

all appropriate locations are included. 

(iii) Upon the recommendation of a 

CINC and in coordination with the Joint 

Chiefs of Staff, the CJCS may adjust the 

area of eligibility to reflect changes in 

the location, scope and degree of 

participation of forces deployed to, and 

in direct support of, an operation for 

which the AFSM has been awarded. 

(g) Subsequent awards. No more than 

one medal shall be awarded to any one 

Service member. One bronze service star 

is worn to denote second and 

subsequent awards of the AFSM. To be 

eligible for additional awards, service 

must be rendered in more than one 

designated area and period of service. 

No two awards will be made for service 

in the same designated area. (Service 

stars are described in § 578.61) 

(h) Manner of wearing. The AFSM 

shall take precedence immediately after 

the Southwest Asia Service Medal. 

(i) Posthumous awards. The AFSM 

may be awarded posthumously to 

eligible soldier’s primary next of kin 

(primary next of kin is defined in the 

Glossary). 

(j) Designated U.S. military 

operations, area and dates are as 

follows: 

(1) Operations PROVIDE PROMISE, 

JOINT ENDEAVOR, ABLE SENTRY, 

DENY FLIGHT, MARITME MONITOR, 

and SHARP GUARD, from November 

20, 1995 to December 19, 1996. 

(2) Operation JOINT GUARD from 

December 20, 1996 to June 20, 1998. 

(3) Operation JOINT FORGE from 

June 21, 1998 to a date to be 

determined. 

(4) Operation UNITED NATIONS 

MISSION in HAITI; U.S. FORCES in 

HAITI and U.S. SUPPORT GROUPHAITI from April 1, 1995 to January 31, 

2000. 

(5) Operation PROVIDE COMFORT 

from December 1, 1995 to December 31, 

1996. 

(k) See AR 672–20 for the Armed 

Forces Civilian Service Medal. 

(l) Description. The medal is Bronze, 

11⁄4 inches in diameter with a demitorch (as on the Statue of Liberty) 

encircled at the top by the inscription 

‘‘ARMED FORCES SERVICE MEDAL’’

on the obverse side. On the reverse side 

Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 66625 

is an eagle (as on the seal of the DOD) 

between a wreath of laurel in base and 

the inscription ‘‘IN PURSUIT OF 

DEMOCRACY’’ at the top. The ribbon is 

13⁄8 inches wide and consists of the 

following stripes: 1⁄16 inch Goldenlight 

67107; 1⁄8 inch Jungle Green 67191; 1⁄8

inch Green 67129; 1⁄8 inch Mosstone 

67127; 1⁄8 inch Goldenlight; Center 1⁄4

inch Bluebird 67117; 1⁄8 inch 

Goldenlight; 1⁄8 inch Mosstone; 1⁄8 inch 

Green; 1⁄8 inch Jungle Green; and 1⁄16

inch Goldenlight. 

§ 578.35 Humanitarian Service Medal. 

(a) Criteria. The Humanitarian Service 

Medal (HSM) was established by 

Executive Order 11965, January 19, 

1977. It is awarded to members of the 

Armed Forces of the United States who, 

after April 1, 1975, distinguished 

themselves by meritorious direct 

participation in a DOD approved 

significant military act or operation of a 

humanitarian nature. It is not awarded 

for participation in domestic 

disturbances involving law 

enforcement, equal rights to citizens, or 

protection of properties. 

(b) To be eligible, a service member 

must meet the following requirements: 

(1) Must be on active duty at the time 

of direct participation in a DOD 

approved humanitarian act or operation. 

‘‘Active duty’’ means full-time duty in 

the active military service of the United 

States. It includes duty on the active 

duty list, full-time training duty, annual 

training duty, and attendance, while in 

the active military service, at a school 

designated as a Service school by law or 

by the Secretary of the Military 

Department concerned per 10 U.S.C. 

101(22). This includes service as a cadet 

at the U.S. Military Academy. Members 

of the Army National Guard are eligible 

provided that the use of active forces 

has been authorized in the act or 

operation. 

(2) Must have directly participated in 

the humanitarian act or operation 

within the designated geographical area 

of operation and within specified time 

limits. ‘‘Direct participation’’ is defined 

as ‘‘hands on’’ activity at the site or sites 

of the military act or operation. 

Specifically excluded from eligibility for 

this medal are personnel or elements 

remaining at geographically separated 

military headquarters. 

(3) Must provide evidence which 

substantiates direct participation in a 

DOD approved humanitarian act or 

operation except when by-name 

eligibility lists are published. 

Acceptable evidence includes the 

following: 

(i) Certificates, letters of 

commendation or appreciation. 

(ii) Officer or enlisted evaluation 

reports. 

(iii) Copies of TDY or special duty 

orders reflecting participation within 

the specified timeframe and 

geographical location cited. 

(iv) After-action reports, situation 

reports, rosters, unit files or any other 

records or documentation which verify 

the service members participation. 

(v) Statements from commanders, 

supervisors, or other officials who were 

in a position to substantiate the service 

members direct participation in the area 

of operation. 

(c) The HSM is a U.S. service medal 

and does not preclude or conflict with 

other service medals or decorations 

awarded on the basis of valor, 

achievement or meritorious service. 

(d) No person will be awarded more 

than one HSM for participation in the 

same military act or operation. 

(e) A service star will be worn to 

denote direct participation in second or 

subsequent humanitarian acts or 

operations. The approved HSM 

operations are provided in AR 600–8–22 

and the HQDA Military Awards Branch 

Web site https:// 

www.perscomonline.army.mil/tagd/ 

awards/HSM.doc. 

(f) See AR 672–20 for Civilian Award 

for Humanitarian Service. 

(g) Description. The medal is Bronze, 

11⁄4 inches in diameter, surmounted by 

an open hand, palm up, extending to the 

upper left. On the reverse is a sprig of 

oak in a left oblique slant between the 

inscription ‘‘FOR HUMANITARIAN 

SERVICE’’ in three horizontal lines, and 

‘‘UNITED STATES ARMED FORCES’’ in 

an arc around the base. The ribbon is 

13⁄8 inches wide and consists of the 

following stripes: 3⁄16 inch Imperial 

Purple 67161; 1⁄16 inch White 67101; 5⁄16

inch Bluebird 67117; 1⁄4 inch Flag Blue 

67124; 5⁄16 inch Bluebird; 1⁄16 inch 

White; and 3⁄16 inch Imperial Purple. 

§ 578.36 Military Outstanding Volunteer 

Service Medal. 

(a) Criteria. The Military Outstanding 

Volunteer Service Medal (MOVSM) was 

established by Executive Order 12830, 

January 9, 1993. It may be awarded to 

members of the Armed Forces of the 

United States and their Reserve 

Components, who subsequent to 

December 31, 1992, perform outstanding 

volunteer community service of a 

sustained, direct and consequential 

nature. 

(b) To qualify for award of the 

MOVSM a service members volunteer 

service must meet the following 

requirements: 

(1) Be to the civilian community, to 

include the military family community. 

(2) Be significant in nature and 

produce tangible results. 

(3) Reflect favorably on the Military 

Service and the DOD. 

(4) Be of a sustained and direct 

nature. 

(c) While there is no specific time 

period to qualify for the MOVSM (for 

example, 500 hours of community 

service within 24 calendar months), 

approval authorities shall ensure the 

service to be honored merits the special 

recognition afforded by this medal. The 

MOVSM is intended to recognize 

exceptional community support over 

time and not a single act or 

achievement. Further, it is intended to 

honor direct support of community 

activities. For the purpose of this award, 

attending membership meetings or 

social events of a community service 

group is not considered qualifying 

service, while manning a community 

crisis action telephone line is 

considered qualifying service. 

(d) Approval authority for award of 

the MOVSM will be commanders 

(overseas and CONUS (continental 

United States) serving in the rank of 

Lieutenant Colonel or higher. Before the 

recommendation is forwarded to the 

award approval authority, the 

recommender must certify that the 

service member meets the eligibility 

criteria for award of the MOVSM. 

Substantiating documentation, such as 

record of hours contributed, letters or 

certificates from activity supervisors, or 

other proof of the service member’s 

volunteer services may be attached as 

enclosures to the recommendation. 

(e) Description. The medal is Bronze, 

13⁄8 inches in diameter bearing on the 

obverse, five annulets interlaced enfiled 

by a star and environed by a wreath of 

laurel. On the reverse is a sprig of oak 

between the inscription 

‘‘OUTSTANDING VOLUNTEER 

SERVICE’’ at the top and ‘‘UNITED 

STATES ARMED FORCES’’ at the 

bottom. The ribbon is 13⁄8 inches wide 

and consists of the following stripes: 1⁄8

inch Bluebird 67117; 1⁄8 inch 

Goldenlight 67107; 3⁄16 inch Bluebird; 1⁄16 inch Green 67129; 5⁄32 inch 

Goldenlight; center 1⁄16 inch Green; 5⁄32

inch Goldenlight; 1⁄16 inch Green; 3⁄16

inch Bluebird; 1⁄8 inch Goldenlight; and 1⁄8 inch Bluebird 

§ 578.37 Army Good Conduct Medal. 

(a) Criteria. The Army Good Conduct 

Medal (AGCM) was established by 

Executive Order 8809, June 28, 1941 

and was amended by Executive Order 

9323, 1943 and by Executive Order 

10444, April 10, 1953. It is awarded for 

exemplary behavior, efficiency, and 

fidelity in active Federal military 

66626 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 

service. It is awarded on a selective 

basis to each soldier who distinguishes 

himself or herself from among his or her 

fellow soldiers by his exemplary 

conduct, efficiency, and fidelity 

throughout a specified period of 

continuous enlisted active Federal 

military service. There is no right or 

entitlement to the medal until the 

immediate commander has approved 

the award and the award has been 

announced in permanent orders. 

(b) Personnel eligible: (1) Active 

Component enlisted soldiers. 

(2) Active Guard Reserve (AGR) 

enlisted personnel serving on extended 

periods of active duty (other than for 

training) under 10 U.S.C. and 32 U.S.C. 

are eligible for award of the AGCM for 

qualifying service beginning on or after 

September 1, 1982, provided no period 

of the service has been duplicated by 

the same period of service for which the 

soldier has been awarded the Army 

Reserve Components Achievement 

Medal (ARCAM). The AGCM 

qualification period may commence 

anytime during the 3 years immediately 

preceding the September 1, 1982 

effective date provided no portion of 

service for the AGCM is included in a 

period of service for which the ARCAM 

was awarded. 

(3) Retroactively to eligible Army of 

the United States (AUS) enlisted 

personnel. 

(4) Other Army enlisted personnel as 

may be directed by the Secretary of the 

Army. 

(c) Awarding authority. Unit 

commanders are authorized to award 

the AGCM to enlisted personnel serving 

under their command jurisdiction who 

meet the established criteria. Send 

requests for award of the AGCM for 

former soldiers to NPRC (see § 578.8(e) 

for address). Requests for award of the 

AGCM for Army National Guard and 

Army Reserve members for periods of 

active duty based on qualifying prior 

active Federal military service (Regular 

Army and AUS) will be forwarded 

through normal command channels to 

the Commander, USA HRC–St. Louis, 

ATTN: ARPC–PSP–R, One Reserve Way, 

St. Louis, MO 63132–5200. Separation 

transfer points will review the records 

of enlisted personnel being separated to 

determine whether they qualify for the 

AGCM. Where possible, make a 

reasonable effort to contact the unit 

commander before awarding the medal 

to qualified members. 

(d) Basis for approval. The immediate 

unit commander’s decision to award the 

AGCM will be based on his or her 

personal knowledge and of the 

individual’s official records for periods 

of service under previous commanders 

during the period for which the award 

is to be made. The lack of official 

disqualifying comment by such 

previous commanders qualifies the use 

of such period toward the award by 

current commander. 

(e) Qualifying periods of service. Any 

one of the following periods of 

continuous enlisted active Federal 

military service qualifies for award of 

the AGCM or of an AGCM Clasp (see 

paragraph (h) of this section in 

conjunction with the criteria in 

paragraph (f) of this section): 

(1) Each 3 years completed on or after 

August 27, 1940. 

(2) For first award only, 1 year served 

entirely during the period December 7, 

1941 to March 2, 1946. 

(3) For first award only, upon 

termination of service on or after June 

27, 1950, of less than 3 years but more 

than 1 year. 

(4) For first award only, upon 

termination of service, on or after June 

27, 1950, of less than 1 year when final 

separation was by reason of physical 

disability incurred in line of duty. 

(5) For first award only, for those 

individuals who died before completing 

1 year of active Federal military service 

if the death occurred in the line of duty. 

(f) Character of service. Throughout a 

qualifying period, each enlisted soldier 

must meet all of the following criteria 

for an award: 

(1) The immediate commander 

evaluates the soldier’s character as 

above reproach. 

(2) The record of service indicates that 

the soldier has—

(i) Willingly complied with the 

demands of the military environment. 

(ii) Been loyal and obedient to their 

superiors. 

(iii) Faithfully supported the goals of 

their organization and the Army. 

(iv) Conducted themselves in such an 

exemplary manner as to distinguish 

them from their fellow soldiers. 

(3) While any record of non-judicial 

punishment could be in conflict with 

recognizing the soldier’s service as 

exemplary, such record should not be 

viewed as automatically disqualifying. 

The commander analyzes the record, 

giving consideration to the nature of the 

infraction, the circumstances under 

which it occurred and when. Conviction 

by court-martial terminates a period of 

qualifying service; a new period begins 

following the completion of sentence 

imposed by court-martial. 

(4) In terms of job performance, the 

soldier’s efficiency must be evaluated 

and must meet all requirements and 

expectations for that soldier’s grade, 

Military Occupational Specialty (MOS), 

and experience. 

(5) Individuals whose retention is not 

warranted under standards prescribed 

in AR 604–10, or for whom a bar to 

reenlistment has been approved under 

the provisions of AR 601–280, chapter 

6 (specifically for the reasons 

enumerated in paragraphs 6–4a, b, and 

d), are not eligible for award of the 

AGCM. 

(g) Additional implementing 

instructions. (1) Qualifying periods of 

service (paragraph (e) of this section) 

must be continuous enlisted active 

Federal military service. When an 

interval in excess of 24 hours occurs 

between enlistments, that portion of 

service before to the interruption is not 

creditable toward an award. 

(2) Release from enlisted status for 

entry into service as a cadet or 

midshipman at any U.S. service 

academy, or discharge from enlisted 

status for immediate entry on active 

duty in an officer status is considered 

termination of service for awarding the 

AGCM. A minimum of 12 months 

enlisted service is required and must 

have been completed for first award of 

the AGCM; otherwise, the full 3 years of 

qualifying enlisted service is required. 

(3) A qualified person scheduled for 

separation from active Federal military 

service should receive the award at his 

or her last duty station. Such award is 

authorized up to 30 days before the 

soldier’s departure en route to a 

separation processing installation in 

CONUS or overseas. Orders announcing 

such advance awards will indicate the 

closing date for the award prefixed with 

date of separation, on or about, as the 

response to the ‘‘Dates or period of 

service’’ lead line. Example: From 

October 31, 1977 to date of separation 

on or about October 30, 1980. For 

soldiers who are granted terminal leave 

prior to retirement or End Tour of 

Service (ETS), orders awarding second 

and subsequent awards of the AGCM 

may be issued up to 90 days before 

retirement or ETS date. 

(4) An award made for any authorized 

period of less than 3 years must be for 

the total period of obligated active 

Federal military service. This applies to 

first award only, all other awards of the 

AGCM require 3 full years qualifying 

service. 

(5) Discharge under provisions of AR 

635–200 for immediate (re)enlistment is 

not termination of service. 

(h) Disqualification for the Army 

Good Conduct Medal. (1) Conviction by 

courts-martial terminates a period of 

qualifying service; a new period begins 

the following day after completion of 

the sentence imposed by the courtmartial. 

Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 66627 

(2) Individual whose retention is not 

warranted under standards prescribed 

in AR 604–10, or for whom a bar to 

reenlistment has been approved under 

the provisions of AR 601–280, chapter 

6 (specifically for the reasons 

enumerated in, paragraphs 6–4a, b, and 

d, AR 601–280), are not eligible for 

award of the AGCM. 

(3) In instances of disqualification as 

determined by the unit commander, the 

commander will prepare a statement of 

the rationale for his or her decision. 

This statement will include the period 

of disqualification and will be referred 

to the individual according to AR 600–

37. The unit commander will consider 

the affected individual’s statement. If 

the commander’s decision remains the 

same, the commander will forward his 

or her statement, the individual’s 

statement, and his or her consideration 

for filing in the individual’s military 

record. 

(4) Disqualification for an award of 

the AGCM can occur at any time during 

a qualifying period (for example, when 

manner of performance or efficiency 

declines). The custodian of the soldier’s 

record will establish the new 

‘‘beginning date’’ for the soldier’s 

eligibility for award of the AGCM, 

annotate the date on the soldier’s DA 

Form 2–1, and submit an automated 

transaction. These procedures do not 

apply if soldier disqualified under the 

provisions of paragraph (h)(2) of this 

section. 

(i) Subsequent awards and clasps. A 

clasp is authorized for wear on the 

AGCM to denote a second or subsequent 

award. Clasps authorized for second and 

subsequent award are: 

(1) Award: 2d; Clasp: Bronze, 2 loops; 

(2) Award: 3d; Clasp: Bronze, 3 loops; 

(3) Award: 4th; Clasp: Bronze, 4 

loops; 

(4) Award: 5th; Clasp: Bronze, 5 

loops; 

(5) Award: 6th; Clasp: Silver, 1 loop; 

(6) Award: 7th; Clasp: Silver, 2 loops; 

(7) Award: 8th; Clasp: Silver, 3 loops; 

(8) Award: 9th; Clasp: Silver, 4 loops; 

(9) Award: 10th; Clasp: Silver, 5 

loops; 

(10) Award: 11th; Clasp: Gold, 1 loop; 

(11) Award: 12th; Clasp: Gold, 2 

loops; 

(12) Award: 13th; Clasp: Gold, 3 

loops; 

(13) Award: 14th; Clasp: Gold, 4 

loops; and 

(14) Award: 15th; Clasp: Gold, 5 

loops. 

(j) Army Good Conduct Medal 

certificate policy. (1) The DA Form 4950 

(Good Conduct Medal Certificate) may 

be presented to enlisted soldiers only on 

the following occasions: 

(i) Concurrent with the first award of 

the AGCM earned on or after January 1, 

1981. 

(ii) Concurrent with retirement on or 

after January 1, 1981. 

(2) When presented at retirement, the 

DA Form 4950 will reflect the last 

approved award of the AGCM earned by 

the soldier before retirement. The 

number of the last earned will be 

centered immediately beneath the line 

‘‘THE GOOD CONDUCT MEDAL;’’ for 

example, ‘‘Sixth Award.’’ The period 

shown on the certificate will be the 

period cited in the last award earned by 

the soldier. The words ‘‘UPON HIS OR 

HER RETIREMENT’’ may be typed 

below the soldier’s name. 

(3) The DA Form 4950 will not be 

presented for second or subsequent 

awards of the AGCM except as provided 

in paragraph (j)(2) of this section. 

(4) DA Form 4950 is available from 

the U.S. Army Publications Distribution 

Center, St. Louis, MO. 

(k) Retroactive award. (1) Retroactive 

award to enlisted personnel, and to 

officer personnel who qualified in an 

enlisted status, is authorized provided 

evidence is available to establish 

qualification. Where necessary, to 

correct conflicting or duplicate awards, 

previous general or permanent orders 

may be revoked and new orders 

published, citing this paragraph as 

authority. 

(2) Requests for retroactive awards to 

enlisted persons which cannot be 

processed due to lack of information 

will be forwarded to Commander, U.S. 

Army Enlisted Records and Evaluation 

Center, Fort Benjamin Harrison, IN 

46249–5301, by the commander having 

command jurisdiction. Upon receipt of 

eligibility information from U.S. Army 

Enlisted Records and Evaluation Center 

(USAEREC), the commander can take 

action to confirm retroactive award of 

the AGCM by publication of orders, or 

by informing the soldier of findings of 

ineligibility. 

(l) Description. The medal is Bronze, 

11⁄4 inches in diameter, with an eagle, 

wings spread, standing on a closed book 

and sword, encircled by the words 

‘‘EFFICIENCY HONOR FIDELITY’’. On 

the reverse is a five-pointed star and a 

scroll between the words ‘‘FOR GOOD’’

and ‘‘CONDUCT’’, surrounded by a 

wreath formed by a laurel branch on the 

left and an oak branch on the right. 

Clasps are placed on the ribbon to 

represent subsequent awards. The 

ribbon is A 13⁄8 inches ribbon consisting 

of the following stripes: 1⁄16 inch Soldier 

Red 67157; 1⁄16 inch White 67101; 1⁄16

inch Soldier Red; 1⁄16 inch White; 1⁄16

inch Soldier Red; 1⁄16 inch White; center 5⁄8 inch Soldier Red; 1⁄16 inch White; 1⁄16

inch Soldier Red; 1⁄16 inch White; 1⁄16

inch Soldier Red; 1⁄16 inch White; and 1⁄16 inch Soldier Red. 

§ 578.38 Army Reserve Components 

Achievement Medal. 

(a) Criteria. The Army Reserve 

Components Achievement Medal 

(ARCAM) was established by the 

Secretary of the Army on March 3, 1971 

and amended by Department of the 

Army General Orders (DAGO) 4, 1974. 

It is awarded for exemplary behavior, 

efficiency, and fidelity while serving as 

a member of an Army National Guard 

(ARNG) or USAR troop program unit 

(TPU) or as an individual mobilization 

augmentee (IMA). The first design bears 

the inscription ‘‘United States Army 

Reserve,’’ the other design bears the 

inscription, ‘‘Army National Guard.’’

(b) Personnel eligible. The ARCAM is 

authorized for award to Army personnel 

including Active Guard Reserve (AGR) 

officers in the rank of colonel and 

below. Individual must have been a 

member of an ARNG unit or USAR TPU, 

excluding enlisted soldiers in an AGR 

status. AGR enlisted soldiers are eligible 

for the AGCM under the provisions of 

§ 578.37(b). The medal is also awarded 

to USAR soldiers serving as IMA after 

completing qualifying service and on 

recommendation of the unit commander 

or HQDA official to which the IMA is 

assigned. 

(c) Award approval authority. 

Approval authority for award of the 

ARCAM for ARNG units and USAR TPU 

soldiers is the soldier’s unit 

commander. Commander, USA HRC-St. 

Louis, One Reserve Way, St. Louis, MO 

63132–5200, is the approval authority 

for award of the ARCAM to USAR IMA 

soldiers. Orders are not published for 

the award of this medal. Approved 

ARCAM is announced using an official 

memorandum. The records custodian 

will then annotate the records. 

(d) Peacetime and wartime 

applicability. The ARCAM is awarded 

to eligible Army Reserve Component 

soldiers during times of peace and war. 

However, during periods of war, the 

length of qualifying service is subject to 

change at the discretion of the Secretary 

of the Army. 

(e) Basis or criteria for approval. (1) 

Between March 3, 1972 and March 28, 

1995, the medal was authorized on 

completion of 4 years’ service with a 

Reserve Component unit. Individual 

must have completed 4 years of 

qualifying service on or after March 3, 

1972 and before March 28, 1995. A 

qualifying year of service is one in 

which a Reserve soldier earns a 

minimum of 50 retirement points during 

his/her retirement year. Qualifying 

66628 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 

service for computation purposes is 

based only by retirement ending year 

dates. 

(2) Effective March 28, 1995, the 

period of qualifying service for award of 

the ARCAM is reduced from 4 to 3 

years. That is, soldiers completing 3 

years of qualified service on or after 

March 28, 1995 are eligible for ARCAM 

consideration. This change is not 

retroactive. 

(3) All awards of the ARCAM must be 

made under the following conditions: 

(i) Such years of qualifying service 

must have been consecutive. A period of 

more than 24 hours between Reserve 

enlistments or officer’s service will be 

considered a break in service. Credit 

toward earning the award must begin 

anew after a break in service. Service 

while attending Officer Candidate 

School or Warrant Officer Candidate 

school will be considered enlisted 

service, and termination will occur 

when the soldier is commissioned or 

appointed a warrant officer. 

(ii) Although only unit service may be 

credited for award of this medal, 

consecutive Ready Reserve service 

between periods of unit service will not 

be considered as a break in service and 

service in the first unit may be added to 

service in the second unit to determine 

total qualifying service. 

(iii) Soldiers who are ordered to active 

duty in the AGR program will be 

awarded the ARCAM if they have 

completed 2 of the 3 years required 

(Army Good Conduct Medal eligibility 

starts on the effective date of the AGR 

order). Soldiers with less than 2 years 

will not receive an award. Service lost 

may be recovered if the soldier is 

separated honorably from the AGR 

program and reverts to troop program 

unit service, for example, a soldier 

serves 1 year and 6 months of qualifying 

service and is ordered to an AGR tour. 

This service is not sufficient for award 

of the ARCAM. When the soldier leaves 

the AGR program that 1 year and 6 

months is granted towards the next 

award of the ARCAM. Only the State 

adjutant general may determine that the 

AGR service was not sufficiently 

honorable enough to revoke the 

previously earned time, regardless of the 

type of separation given. 

(iv) The member must have exhibited 

honest and faithful service as is in 

accordance with the standards of 

conduct, courage and duty required by 

law and customs of the service, of a 

member of the same grade as the 

individual to whom the standard is 

being applied. 

(4) A member must be recommended 

for the award by his or her unit 

commander whose recommendation is 

based on personal knowledge of the 

individual and the individual’s official 

records of periods of service under prior 

commanders during the period for 

which the award is made. 

(5) A commander may not delay 

award or extend the qualifying period 

for misconduct. A determination that 

service is not honorable as prescribed 

negates the entire period of the award. 

(f) Unqualified service. (1) Service 

performed in the Reserve Components 

of the U.S. Air Force, Navy, Marine 

Corps, or Coast Guard may not be 

credited for award of the ARCAM. 

(2) Release from Army Reserve 

Component status for entry into service 

as a cadet or midshipman at any U.S. 

service academy or discharge from 

Army Reserve Component for 

immediate entry in the Regular Army, in 

an officer or enlisted status, is 

considered termination of service for the 

purpose of qualifying for the ARCAM. 

(3) Service while in an enlisted AGR 

status may not be credited for award of 

the ARCAM. 

(g) Subsequent awards and Oak Leaf 

Clusters. Second and succeeding awards 

of the ARCAM are denoted by Oak Leaf 

Clusters. 

(h) Description. The medal is Bronze, 

11⁄4 inches in diameter, consisting of a 

faceted twelve-pointed star with a 

beveled edge, the points surmounting a 

wreath of laurel and bearing on a disc 

within a smaller wreath of laurel, a 

torch between two swords crossed 

saltirewise, points up and flanked by 

two mullets. The reverse has the cuirass 

from the DA seal centered below 

‘‘ARMY NATIONAL GUARD’’ or 

‘‘UNITED STATES ARMY RESERVE’’

and above ‘‘FOR ACHIEVEMENT’’. The 

ribbon is 13⁄8 inches wide ribbon 

consisting of the following stripes: 5⁄16

inch Old Gold 67105; 1⁄8 inch 

Ultramarine Blue 67118; 1⁄16 inch White 

67101; center 3⁄8 inch Scarlet 67111; 1⁄16

inch White; 1⁄8 inch Ultramarine Blue; 

and 5⁄16 inch Old Gold. 

§ 578.39 Army Reserve Components 

Overseas Training Ribbon. 

(a) Criteria. The Army Reserve 

Components Overseas Training Ribbon 

(ARCOTR) was established by the 

Secretary of the Army on July 11, 1984. 

It is awarded to members of the Reserve 

Components of the Army, (Army 

National Guard and U.S. Army Reserve), 

for successful completion of annual 

training (AT) or active duty for training 

(ADT) for a period not less than 10 

consecutive duty days on foreign soil. 

ARNG and USAR soldiers who 

accompany the Reserve Component (RC) 

unit (including unit cells) to which they 

are assigned or attached as full-time unit 

support (FTUS) during overseas training 

are also eligible for the award. 

(b) Effective July 11, 1984, all 

members of the ARNG and USAR are 

eligible for this award if they were 

active Reserve status members of the 

Army National Guard, U.S. Army 

Reserve (not on active duty in the 

Active Army), or AGR FTUS soldiers at 

the time their unit underwent AT or 

ADT on foreign soil. 

(c) AGR personnel, not assigned to a 

TPU, are also eligible for award of the 

ARCOTR provided they are ordered 

overseas specifically as advance party 

to, simultaneously with, or in support of 

mop-up operations of RC units training 

overseas. Ten consecutive days overseas 

must be met. Other AGR members 

overseas for any other reason are not 

eligible for the ARCOTR. 

(d) The ARCOTR may be awarded 

retroactively to those personnel who 

successfully completed AT or ADT on 

foreign soil in a Reserve status prior to 

July 11, 1984 provided they have an 

active status as defined above on or after 

July 11, 1984. 

(e) Soldiers must be credited with 

completion of at least 10 consecutive 

duty days outside the 50 States, the 

District of Columbia and U.S. 

possessions and territories in the 

performance of duties in conjunction 

with Active Army, joint services, or 

Allied Forces. The day of departure 

counts; the day of return does not. 

(f) The ARCOTR is a training ribbon, 

which does not conflict with service 

medals or decorations. 

(g) Numerals will be used to denote 

second and subsequent awards of the 

ARCOTR. (See § 578.61 Appurtenances 

to military decorations) 

(h) Description. The ribbon is 13⁄8

inches in width; however, it is mounted 

on the ribbon bar horizontally so that 

the horizontal center stripe is 3⁄32 inch 

Old Glory Red with a 3⁄64 inch White 

stripe on each side. The remainder of 

the ribbon is Ultramarine Blue. 

§ 578.40 Overseas Service Ribbon. 

(a) Criteria. The Overseas Service 

Ribbon (OSR) was established by the 

Secretary of the Army on April 10, 1981. 

It is awarded to members of the U.S. 

Army for successful completion of 

overseas tours. 

(b) Effective August 1, 1981, all 

members of the Active Army, Army 

National Guard and Army Reserve in an 

active Reserve status are eligible for this 

award. The ribbon may be awarded 

retroactively to those personnel who 

were credited with a normal overseas 

tour completion before August 1, 1981 

provided they had an Active Army 

Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 66629 

status as defined above on or after 

August 1, 1981. 

(c) Soldiers must be credited with a 

normal overseas tour completion 

according to AR 614–30. Service 

member who had overseas service with 

another branch of service (U.S. Navy, 

Air Force, or Marine Corps) must be 

credited with a normal overseas tour 

completion by that service to qualify for 

award of the Army OSR. 

(d) Numerals will be used to denote 

second and subsequent awards of the 

OSR. 

(e) Posthumous award of the OSR. For 

first award of the OSR only, an 

individual may be posthumously 

awarded (on or after August 1, 1981) the 

OSR before completion of the overseas 

tour, provided the soldier’s death is 

ruled ‘‘Line of duty-Yes.’’

(f) Description. The Army Overseas 

Service ribbon is 13⁄8 inches in with. It 

is composed of the following vertical 

stripes: 3⁄16 inch National Flag Blue 

67124, 5⁄16 inch Grotto Blue 67165, 1⁄16

inch Golden Yellow 67104, 1⁄4 inch 

Brick Red 67113, 1⁄16 inch Golden 

Yellow, 5⁄16 inch Grotto Blue, and 3⁄16

inch National Flag Blue. 

§ 578.41 Army Service Ribbon. 

(a) Criteria. The Army Service Ribbon 

(ASR) was established by the Secretary 

of the Army on April 10, 1981. It is 

awarded to members of the U.S. Army 

for successful completion of initial entry 

training. 

(b) Effective August 1, 1981, all 

members of the Active Army, Army 

National Guard, and U.S. Army Reserve 

in an active Reserve status are eligible 

for this award. The ribbon may be 

awarded retroactively to those 

personnel who completed the required 

training before August 1, 1981 provided 

they had an Active Army status as 

defined above on or after August 1, 

1981. 

(c) Officers will be awarded this 

ribbon upon successful completion of 

their basic/orientation or higher level 

course. For those officer personnel 

assigned a specialty, special skill 

identifier, or MOS based on civilian or 

other service acquired skills, this ribbon 

will be awarded upon honorable 

completion of 4 months active service. 

(d) Enlisted soldiers will be awarded 

this ribbon upon successful completion 

of their initial MOS producing course. 

For those enlisted soldiers assigned a 

MOS based on civilian or other service 

acquired skills, this ribbon will be 

awarded on honorable completion of 4 

months active service. 

(e) Only one award of the ASR is 

authorized, regardless of whether a 

soldier completes both officer and 

enlisted initial entry training. 

(f) For first award only, an individual 

may be posthumously awarded (on or 

after August 1, 1981) the Army Service 

Ribbon prior to completion of the 

requisite training or time in service, 

provided the soldier’s death is ruled 

‘‘Line of duty-Yes.’’

(g) Description. The ribbon is 13⁄8

inches in width. It is composed of the 

following vertical stripes: 7⁄32 inch 

Scarlet 67111, 5⁄32 Orange 67110, 3⁄32

inch Golden Yellow 67104, 1⁄8 inch 

Emerald 67128, Ultramarine Blue 

67118, 1⁄8 inch Emerald, 3⁄32 inch 

Golden Yellow, 5⁄32 inch Orange, and 7⁄32 inch Scarlet. 

§ 578.42 Noncommissioned Officer 

Professional Development Ribbon. 

(a) Criteria. The Noncommissioned 

Officer (NCO) Professional Development 

Ribbon (NPDR) was established by the 

Secretary of the Army on April 10, 1981. 

It is awarded to members of Active 

Army, ARNG, and USAR soldiers for 

successful completion of designated 

NCO professional development courses. 

(b) Subsequent awards. The NPDR 

consist of the basic ribbon with numeral 

devices of 2, 3, or 4, which signify 

satisfactory completion of the respective 

levels of NCO professional development 

courses. Numerals used in conjunction 

with this service ribbon are the same 

type as those used for subsequent 

awards of the Air Medal. 

(c) Policy. (1) A change approved in 

February 1989 completely revamped the 

wear policy of numerals on ribbons and 

award suspension elements. Also, 

simultaneously U.S. Army Training and 

Doctrine Command (TRADOC) 

announced that the First Sergeant 

Course is not a recognized element of 

the NCO Professional Development 

Training System. Because of the impact 

of these two far-reaching policy 

changes, no grandfathering is allowed 

for Active Army or RC soldiers 

concerning the wear of numerals on the 

NPDR. Only the numerals 2, 3, and 4 are 

authorized for wear on the ribbon. 

(2) Once a service member has been 

awarded the NPDR upon graduation 

from Primary Leadership Development 

Course (PLDC) or Primary Leadership 

Development Course-RC, subsequent 

appropriate numerals will be awarded 

to identify completion of higher level 

NCO Education System (NCOES) or RC 

NCOES courses. 

(3) Senior NCOs selected by the U.S. 

Army Sergeants Major Academy 

(USASMA) who complete equivalent 

resident courses conducted by the other 

Services will wear the NPDR with 

numeral 4. 

(4) Soldiers who have been authorized 

by their local commanders to attend 

local NCO courses or training conducted 

by the other Services and who qualify 

for or are awarded another Service’s 

training ribbon will not wear the other 

Service’s ribbons on the Army uniform. 

(5) Soldiers who have attended NCO 

development courses, other than Senior 

Level, conducted by another Service 

while in the Army will not be granted 

Army course equivalency recognition. 

(6) Soldiers must successfully 

complete one or more of the courses 

listed in paragraph (d) of this section 

which are further described in AR 351–

1. Graduates of NCO Academy courses 

conducted prior to 1976 for the Active 

Army, and 1980 for Reserve 

Components, will be given credit for the 

Primary Level only. 

(7) Acceptable evidence of graduation 

is a diploma, certificate, or a letter 

signed by an appropriate service school 

official. 

(8) Effective March 30, 1989, a service 

member will be awarded the NPDR with 

the numeral which identifies the highest 

level of NCOES or RC–NCOES 

successfully completed as follows—Bar 

Ribbon Device=Primary Level; 2=Basic 

Level; 3=Advanced Level; and 4=Senior 

Level. 

(d) Requirements. Effective August 1, 

1981, all Active Army, Army National 

Guard and Army Reserve soldiers in an 

active status are eligible for this award 

for satisfactory completion of the 

respective NCOES or RC–NCOES 

courses as follows: 

(1) Primary level—Primary NCO 

Course, Combat Arms (PNCOC), Primary 

Leadership Course (PLC), Primary 

Technical Courses (Service School—

PTC), and Primary Leadership 

Development Course (PLDC) for award 

of the basic ribbon. 

(2) Basic level—Basic NCO Course, 

Combat Arms (BNCOC), Basic Technical 

Courses (Service School—BTC), and 

Basic NCO Course (CS/CSS–BNCOC) for 

award of numeral 2. 

(3) Advanced level—Advanced NCO 

Courses (Service School—ANCOC) for 

award of numeral 3. 

(4) Senior level—U.S. Army Sergeants 

Major Academy (USASMA) for award of 

numeral 4. (See paragraph (c)(3) of this 

section). 

(e) Special instructions. Special 

instructions for ARNG and USAR are as 

follows: 

(1) Primary Level—Primary NCO 

Course, Combat Arms-Reserve 

Components (PNCOC–RC), and effective 

October 1, 1985 Primary Leadership 

Development Course-Reserve 

Components (PLDC–RC). 

66630 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 

(2) Basic Level—Basic NCO CourseReserve Components (CS/CSS BNCOC–

RC) through September 30, 1985 

(PNCOC–RC and BNCOC–RC combined 

for CA/CS/CSS). Effective October 1, 

1987 Basic NCO Course/Reserve 

Components (CA, CS, CSS) as 

developed and implemented. 

(f) Description. The ribbon is 13⁄8

inches in width. It is composed of the 

following vertical stripes: 3⁄16 inch 

Green 67129, 1⁄8 inch Yellow 67108, 3⁄16

inch Green, 1⁄16 inch Yellow; 1⁄4 inch 

Flag Blue 67124, 1⁄16 inch Yellow, 3⁄16

inch Green, 1⁄8 inch Yellow, and 3⁄16

inch Green. 

§ 578.43 Armed Forces Reserve Medal. 

(a) Criteria. The Armed Forces 

Reserve Medal (AFRM) was established 

by Executive Order 10163, as 

announced in DA Bulletin 15, 1950, and 

was amended by Executive Order 

10439, announced in DA Bulletin 3, 

1953 and Executive Order 13013, dated 

August 6, 1996. 

(b) The reverse side of this medal is 

struck in two designs for award to 

personnel whose Reserve Component 

service has been primarily in the 

organized Reserve or primarily in the 

National Guard. The first design 

portrays the Minute Man from the 

Organized Reserve Crest; the other 

design portrays the National Guard 

insignia. 

(c) The AFRM is awarded for 

honorable and satisfactory service as a 

member or former member of one or 

more of the Reserve Components of the 

Armed Forces of the United States, 

including the Coast Guard Reserve and 

the Marine Corps Reserve, for a period 

of 10 years under the following 

conditions: 

(1) Such years of service must have 

been performed within a period of 12 

consecutive years. 

(2) Each year of active or inactive 

status honorable service prior to July 1, 

1949 in any Reserve Component listed 

in AR 135–180, will be credited toward 

award. For service performed on or after 

July 1, 1949, a member must 

accumulate, during each anniversary 

year, a minimum of 50 retirement points 

as prescribed in AR 135–180. 

(3) Service in a regular component of 

the Armed Forces, including the Coast 

Guard, is excluded except that service 

in a Reserve Component which is 

concurrent in whole or in part with 

service in a regular component will be 

included. (Example: regular component 

enlisted soldier with a Reserve 

commission.) 

(4) Any period during which Reserve 

service is interrupted by one or more of 

the following will be excluded in 

computing, but will not be considered 

as a break in the period of 12 years: 

(i) Service in a regular component of 

the Armed Forces. 

(ii) During tenure of office by a State 

official chosen by the voters of the 

entire State, territory, or possession. 

(iii) During tenure of office of member 

of the legislative body of the United 

States or of any State, territory, or 

possession. 

(iv) While service as judge of a court 

of record of the United States, or of any 

State, territory, possession, or the 

District of Columbia. 

(5) Members called to active duty. On 

or after August 1, 1990, the member was 

called to active duty and served under 

10 U.S.C. 12301(a), 12302, 12304, 

12406, or, in the case of the U.S. Coast 

Guard Reserve, 14 U.S.C. 712. The 

member volunteered and served on 

active duty in support of specific U.S. 

military operations or contingencies 

designated by the Secretary of Defense, 

as defined in of 10 U.S.C. 101(A) (13). 

AGR members who receive orders 

changing their current duty status (legal 

authority under which they perform 

duty), their duty location, or assignment 

to support a contingency operation are 

eligible for the award of the ‘‘M’’ Device. 

(d) The Ten-year-device is authorized 

for wear on the AFRM to denote each 

succeeding 10-year period as follows: 

(1) A bronze hourglass shall be 

awarded upon completion of the first 

10-year period award. 

(2) A silver hourglass shall be 

awarded upon completion of the second 

10-year period award. 

(3) A gold hourglass shall be awarded 

upon completion of the third 10-year 

period award. 

(4) A gold hourglass, followed by a 

bronze hourglass shall be awarded upon 

completion of the fourth 10-year period 

award. 

(e) ‘‘M’’ Device. The ‘‘M’’ Device is 

authorized for wear on the AFRM by 

members of the Reserve Components 

who are called or who volunteer and 

serve or active duty in support of 

specific U.S. military operations or 

contingencies designed by the Secretary 

of Defense, as defined in of 10 U.S.C. 

101(A)(13). 

(1) When a member qualifies for the 

‘‘M’’ Device, the Bronze ‘‘M’’ shall be 

awarded, positioned on the ribbon and 

medal, and a number shall be included 

on the ribbon and medal. No more than 

one AFRM may be awarded to any one 

person. Multiple periods of service 

during one designated contingency 

(under provisions of § 578.41(c) shall 

count as one ‘‘M’’ Device award. 

(2) If no ‘‘M’’ Device is authorized, the 

appropriate hourglass shall be 

positioned in the center of the ribbon. 

If no hourglass is authorized, the ‘‘M’’

Device shall be positioned in the center 

of the ribbon, followed by Arabic 

numerals indicating the number of 

times the device has been awarded, 

starting with the second award, no 

number is worn for the first award. 

(3) If both the hourglass and the ‘‘M’’

Device are awarded, the hourglass shall 

be positioned in first position on the 

ribbon (at the wearer’s right), the ‘‘M’’

Device in the middle position, and the 

number of times the ‘‘M’’ Device has 

been awarded in the remaining position 

(at the wearer’s left). 

(f) Description. The medal is Bronze, 

11⁄4 inches in diameter, with a flaming 

torch in front of a crossed powder horn 

and a bugle within a circle composed of 

thirteen stars and thirteen rays. On the 

reverse is a different design for each of 

the reserve components. The reverse of 

all medals have the inscription 

‘‘ARMED FORCES RESERVE’’ around 

the rim. Organized Reserve: On a 

wreath, the Lexington Minuteman statue 

as it stands on the Common in 

Lexington, Massachusetts encircled by 

thirteen stars. National Guard: The 

National Guard insignia (two crossed 

fasces superimposed on an eagle 

displayed with wings reversed. Air 

Force Reserve: The crest from the Air 

Forces seal (on a wreath, an eagle 

displayed in front of a cloud form). 

Naval Reserve: The center device of the 

Department of the Navy seal (an eagle 

displayed on an anchor in front of a 

ship in full sail). Marine Corps Reserve: 

The Marine Corps insignia (eagle 

perched on a globe superimposed on an 

anchor). Coast Guard Reserve: The 

central design of the Coast Guard seal 

(crossed anchors superimposed by a 

shield within an annulet). 

(1) The devices are Bronze hourglass 

to indicate 10 years service; silver 

hourglass to indicate 20 years service; 

gold hourglass to indicate 30 years 

service; letter ‘‘M’’ to indicate 

mobilization in support of U.S. Military 

operations or contingencies designated 

by the Secretary of Defense; and a 

numeral to indicate number of times 

mobilized. 

(2) The ribbon is 13⁄8 inches wide and 

consists of the following stripes: 1⁄16

inch Bluebird 67117; 1⁄32 inch Chamois 

67142; 1⁄16 inch Bluebird; 1⁄32 inch 

Chamois; 1⁄16 inch Bluebird; 3⁄8 inch 

Chamois; center 1⁄8 inch Bluebird; 3⁄8

inch Chamois; 1⁄16 inch Bluebird; 1⁄32

inch Chamois; 1⁄16 inch Bluebird; 1⁄32

inch Chamois; and 1⁄16 inch Bluebird. 

§ 578.44 Korean Service Medal. 

(a) Criteria. The Korean Service Medal 

(KSM) was established by Executive 

Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 66631 

Order 10179, dated November 8, 1950. 

It is awarded for service between June 

27, 1950 and July 27, 1954, under any 

of the following conditions: 

(1) Within the territorial limits of 

Korea or in waters immediately adjacent 

thereto. 

(2) With a unit under the operational 

control of the Commander in Chief, Far 

East, other than one within the 

territorial limits of Korea, which has 

been designated by the Commander in 

Chief, Far East, as having directly 

supported the military efforts in Korea. 

(3) Was furnished an individual 

certificate by the Commander in Chief, 

Far East, testifying to material 

contribution made in direct support of 

the military efforts in Korea. 

(b) The service prescribed must have 

been performed under any of the 

following conditions: 

(1) On permanent assignment. 

(2) On temporary duty for 30 

consecutive days or 60 nonconsecutive 

days. 

(3) In active combat against the enemy 

under conditions other than those 

prescribed in paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) 

of this section, provided a combat 

decoration has been awarded or an 

individual certificate has been furnished 

by the commander of an independent 

force or of a division, ship, or air group, 

or comparable or higher unit, testifying 

to such combat credit. 

(c) One bronze service star is 

authorized for each campaign under the 

following conditions: 

(1) Assigned or attached to and 

present for duty with a unit during the 

period in which it participated in 

combat. 

(2) Under orders in the combat zone 

and in addition meets any of the 

following requirements: 

(i) Awarded a combat decoration. 

(ii) Furnished a certificate by a 

commanding general of a corps, higher 

unit, or independent force that he 

actually participated in combat. 

(iii) Served at a normal post of duty 

(as contrasted to occupying the status of 

an inspector, observer, or visitor). 

(iv) Aboard a vessel other than in a 

passenger status and furnished a 

certificate by the home port commander 

of the vessel that he served in the 

combat zone. 

(3) Was an evader or escapee in the 

combat zone or recovered from a 

prisoner-of-war status in the combat 

zone during the time limitations of the 

campaign. Prisoners of war will not be 

accorded credit for the time spent in 

confinement or while otherwise in 

restraint under enemy control. (§ 578.61 

Appurtenances to military decorations) 

(d) The arrowhead device is 

authorized for wear on the KSM to 

denote participation in a combat 

parachute jump, helicopter assault 

landing, combat glider landing, or 

amphibious assault landing, while 

assigned or attached as a member of an 

organized force carrying out an assigned 

tactical mission. Additional information 

on the arrowhead device is in § 578.61. 

(e) Description. The medal is Bronze, 

11⁄4 inches in diameter, a Korean 

gateway, encircled by the inscription 

‘‘KOREAN SERVICE’’. On the reverse is 

the Korean symbol taken from the center 

of the Korean National flag with the 

inscription ‘‘UNITED STATES OF 

AMERICA’’ and a spray of oak and 

laurel encircling the design. The ribbon 

is 13⁄8 inches wide and consisting of the 

following stripes: 1⁄32 inch White 67101; 19⁄32 inch Bluebird 67117; center 1⁄8 inch 

White; 19⁄32 inch Bluebird; and 1⁄32 inch 

White. 

§ 578.45 Medal of Humane Action. 

(a) Criteria. The Medal of Humane 

Action was established by the act of 

Congress July 20, 1949 (63 Stat. 477). It 

is awarded to members of the Armed 

Forces of the United States and to other 

persons when recommended for 

meritorious participation, for service 

while participating in the Berlin airlift 

or in direct support thereof. 

(b) Service must have been for at least 

120 days during the period June 26, 

1948 and September 30, 1949, inclusive, 

with the following prescribed 

boundaries of area of Berlin airlift 

operations: 

(1) Northern boundary. 54th parallel 

north latitude; 

(2) Eastern boundary. 14th meridian 

east longitude; 

(3) Southern boundary. 48th parallel 

north latitude; 

(4) Western boundary. 5th meridian 

west longitude. 

(c) Posthumous award may be made 

to any person who lost his life while, or 

as a direct result of, participating in the 

Berlin airlift, without regard to the 

length of such service, if otherwise 

eligible. 

(d ) See DA Pamphlet 672–1 for the 

list of Army units entitled to the Berlin 

Airlift Device. 

(e) Description. The medal is Bronze 

is 11⁄4 inches in diameter. The miniature 

medal is 5⁄8 inch in diameter. On the 

obverse, in the center, a C–54 airplane 

(as viewed from above) within a wreath 

of wheat connected at the bottom by a 

coat of arms. On the reverse, an eagle, 

shield and arrows from the seal of the 

DOD, beneath the words ‘‘FOR 

HUMANE ACTION’’ and above the 

inscription in four lines, ‘‘TO SUPPLY 

NECESSITIES OF LIFE TO THE 

PEOPLE OF BERLIN GERMANY’’. The 

ribbon to the Medal for Humane Action 

is 13⁄8 inches in width and consists of 

the following stripes: 9⁄32 inch black; 1⁄16

inch white; 9⁄32 inch teal blue; 3⁄64 inch 

white; 1⁄32 inch scarlet; 3⁄64 inch white; 9⁄32 inch teal blue; 1⁄16 inch white; and 9⁄32 inch black. 

§ 578.46 Army of Occupation Medal. 

(a) Criteria. The Army of Occupation 

Medal (AOM) was established by War 

Department General Orders (WDGO) 32, 

1946. It is awarded for service for 30 

consecutive days at a normal post of 

duty (as contrasted to inspector, visitor, 

courier, escort, passenger, temporary 

duty, or detached service) while 

assigned to any of the following: 

(1) Army of Occupation of Germany 

(exclusive of Berlin) between May 9, 

1945 and May 5, 1955. (Service between 

May 9 and November 8, 1945 will be 

counted only if the European-AfricanMiddle Eastern Campaign Medal was 

awarded for service before May 9, 1945.) 

(2) Service for the prescribed period 

with a unit which has been designated 

in DA general orders as having met the 

requirement for the Berlin airlift device. 

(3) Service for which the individual 

was awarded the Berlin airlift device in 

orders issued by appropriate field 

authority. 

(4) Army of Occupation of Austria 

between May 9, 1945 and July 27, 1955. 

(Service between May 9 and November 

8, 1945 will be counted only if the 

European-African-Middle Eastern 

Campaign Medal was awarded for 

service before May 9, 1945.) 

(5) Army of Occupation of Berlin 

between May 9, 1945 and October 2, 

1990. (Service between May 9 and 

November 8, 1945 will be counted only 

if the European-African-Middle Eastern 

Campaign Medal was awarded for 

service before May 9, 1945.) 

(6) Army of Occupation Italy between 

May 9, 1945 and September 15, 1947 in 

the compartment of Venezia Giulia E. 

Zara or Province of Udine, or with a 

unit in Italy as designated in DAGO 4, 

1947. (Service between May 9 and 

November 8, 1945 will be counted only 

if the European-African-Middle Eastern 

Campaign Medal was awarded for 

service before May 9, 1945.) 

(7) Army of Occupation of Japan 

between September 3, 1945 and April 

27, 1952 in the four main islands of 

Hokkaido, Honshu, Shikoku, and 

Kyushu, the surrounding smaller 

islands of the Japanese homeland, the 

Ryukyu Islands, and the Bonin-Volcano 

Islands. (Service between September 3, 

1945 and March 2, 1946 will be counted 

only if the Asiatic-Pacific Campaign 

Medal was awarded for service before 

September 3, 1945. In addition, service 

66632 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 

which meets the requirements for the 

KSM as prescribed in § 578.44 will not 

be counted in determining eligibility for 

this medal.) 

(8) Army of Occupation of Korea 

between September 3, 1945 and June 29, 

1949, inclusive. (Service between 

September 3, 1945 and March 2, 1946 

will be counted only if the AsiaticPacific Campaign Medal was awarded 

for service before September 3, 1945.) 

(b) Clasps and the Berlin airlift device 

are authorized for wear on the Army of 

Occupation Medal. They are as follows: 

(1) Army of Occupation Medal Clasp. 

Soldiers who served in the European 

Theater during the occupation of Europe 

will wear the clasp inscribed 

‘‘Germany.’’ Soldiers who served in the 

Far East Theater during the occupation 

of the Far East will wear the Clasp 

inscribed ‘‘Japan.’’ Clasps bearing other 

inscriptions are not authorized. (The 

Army of Occupation Medal Clasp is 

described in § 578.61). 

(2) Berlin Airlift Device. This device is 

awarded for service of 92 consecutive 

days with a unit credited with 

participation in the Berlin airlift, or by 

competent field authority on an 

individual basis. Qualifying service 

must have been entirely within the 

period from June 26, 1948 to September 

30, 1949, inclusive. Orders announcing 

award of the Berlin Airlift device will 

specifically award the Army of 

Occupation Medal to persons not 

otherwise eligible therefor. 

(c) Description. The medal is Bronze, 

11⁄4 inches in width. On the obverse, the 

Remagen Bridge abutments below the 

words ‘‘ARMY OF OCCUPATION’’. On 

the reverse, Fujiyama with a low 

hanging cloud over two Japanese junks 

above a wave scroll and the date 

‘‘1945’’. A Bronze clasp 1⁄8 inch wide 

and 11⁄2 inches in length with the word 

‘‘GERMANY’’ or ‘‘JAPAN’’ is worn on 

the suspension ribbon to indicate 

service in Europe or the Far East. 

NAVY: On the obverse is Neptune 

mounted on a composite creature of a 

charging horse and a sea serpent with a 

trident grasped in right hand above 

wave scrolls. Around the bottom of the 

medal are the words ‘‘OCCUPATION 

SERVICE’’. The reverse is the same as 

the China Service Medal and is an eagle 

perched on the shank of a horizontal 

anchor with a branch of laurel entwined 

around the anchor. On the left is the 

word ‘‘FOR’’ and to the right is the word 

‘‘SERVICE’’ and around the top is the 

inscription ‘‘UNITED STATES NAVY’’. 

MARINE CORPS: The medal for the 

Marine Corps is the same as the Navy, 

except the inscription around the top of 

the reverse is ‘‘UNITED STATES 

MARINE CORPS’’. The ribbon is the 

same for both medals and is 13⁄8 inches 

wide and consists of the following 

stripes: 3⁄16 inch White 67101; 1⁄2 inch 

Black 67138; 1⁄2 inch Scarlet 67111; and 3⁄16 inch White. 

§ 578.47 World War II Victory Medal. 

(a) Criteria. The World War II Victory 

Medal was established by the act of 

Congress July 6, 1945 (59 Stat. 461). It 

is awarded for service between 

December 7, 1941 and December 31, 

1946, both dates inclusive. 

(b) Description. The medal is Bronze, 

13⁄8 inches in width. On the obverse is 

a figure of Liberation standing full 

length with head turned to dexter 

looking to the dawn of a new day, right 

foot resting on a war god’s helmet with 

the hilt of a broken sword in the right 

hand and the broken blade in the left 

hand, the inscription ‘‘WORLD WAR II’’

placed immediately below the center. 

On the reverse are the inscriptions 

‘‘FREEDOM FROM FEAR AND WANT’’

and ‘‘FREEDOM OF SPEECH AND 

RELIGION’’ separated by a palm branch, 

all within a circle composed of the 

words ‘‘UNITED STATES OF AMERICA 

1914 1945’’. The ribbon is 13⁄8 inches 

wide and consists of the following 

stripes: 3⁄8 inch double rainbow in 

juxtaposition (blues, greens, yellows, 

reds (center), yellows greens and blues); 

1⁄32 inch White 67101; center 9⁄16 inch 

Old Glory Red 67156; 1⁄32 inch White; 

and 3⁄8 inch double rainbow in 

juxtaposition. The rainbow on each side 

of the ribbon is a miniature of the 

pattern used in the WWI Victory Medal. 

§ 578.48 European-African-Middle Eastern 

Campaign Medal. 

(a) Criteria. The European-AfricanMiddle Eastern Campaign Medal was 

established by Executive Order 9265, 

announced in WD Bulletin 56, 1942, as 

amended by Executive Order 9706, 

March 15, 1947. It is awarded for service 

within the European-African-Middle 

Eastern Theater between December 7, 

1941 and November 8, 1945 under any 

of the conditions as prescribed in 

§ 578.49 (Asiatic-Pacific Campaign 

Medal). 

(b) The boundaries of EuropeanAfrican-Middle Eastern Theater are as 

follows: 

(1) Eastern boundary. The eastern 

boundary is coincident with the western 

boundary of the Asiatic-Pacific Theater 

(§ 578.49). 

(2) Western boundary. The western 

boundary is coincident with the eastern 

boundary of the American Theater 

(§ 578.50 American Campaign Medal). 

(c) One bronze service star is 

authorized for each campaign under the 

following conditions: (1) Assigned or 

attached to, and present for duty with, 

a unit during the period in which it 

participated in combat. 

(2) Under orders in the combat zone 

and in addition meets any of the 

following requirements: 

(i) Awarded a combat decoration. 

(ii) Furnished a certificate by a 

commanding general of a corps or 

higher unit or independent force that he 

actually participated in combat. 

(iii) Served at a normal post of duty 

(as contrasted to occupying the status of 

an inspector, observer, or visitor). 

(iv) Aboard a vessel other than in a 

passenger status and furnished a 

certificate by the home port commander 

of the vessel that he served in the 

combat zone. 

(3) Was an evadee or escapee in the 

combat zone or recovered from a 

prisoner-of-war status in the combat 

zone during the time limitations of the 

campaign. Prisoners of war will not be 

accorded credit for the time spent in 

confinement or while otherwise in 

restraint under enemy control. 

(d) The arrowhead is authorized for 

wear on this medal to denote 

participation in a combat parachute 

jump, helicopter assault landing, 

combat glider landing, or amphibious 

assault landing, while assigned or 

attached as a member of an organized 

force carrying out an assigned tactical 

mission. (The arrowhead is described in 

§ 578.61) 

(e) Description. The Bronze medal is 

11⁄4 inches in width. On the obverse is 

a LST landing craft and troops landing 

under fire with an airplane in the 

background below the words 

‘‘EUROPEAN AFRICAN MIDDLE 

EASTERN CAMPAIGN’’. On the reverse, 

an American bald eagle close between 

the dates ‘‘1941–1945’’ and the words 

‘‘UNITED STATES OF AMERICA’’. The 

ribbon is 13⁄8 inches wide and consists 

of the following stripes: 3⁄16 inch Brown 

67136; 1⁄16 inch Irish Green 67189; 1⁄16

inch White 67101; 1⁄16 inch Scarlet 

67111; 1⁄4 inch Irish Green; center 1⁄8

inch triparted Old Glory Blue 67178, 

White and Scarlet; 1⁄4 inch Irish Green; 1⁄16 inch White; 1⁄16 inch Black 67138; 1⁄16 inch White; and 3⁄16 inch Brown. 

§ 578.49 Asiatic-Pacific Campaign Medal. 

(a) Criteria. The Asiatic-Pacific 

Campaign Medal was established by 

Executive Order 9265 (WD Bulletin 56, 

November 6, 1942), as amended by 

Executive Order 9706, March 15, 1947. 

It is awarded for service with the 

Asiatic-Pacific Theater between 

December 7, 1941 and March 2, 1946 

under any of the following conditions: 

(1) On permanent assignment in the 

Asiatic-Pacific Theater. 

Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 66633 

(2) In a passenger status or on 

temporary duty for 30 consecutive days 

or 60 nonconsecutive days. 

(3) In active combat against the enemy 

and was awarded a combat decoration 

or furnished a certificate by the 

commanding general of a corps or 

higher unit or independent force 

showing that he actually participated in 

combat. 

(b) Boundaries of Asiatic-Pacific 

Theater.— (1) Eastern boundary.—

Coincident with the western boundary 

of the American Theater (§ 578.50 

American Campaign Medal). 

(2) Western boundary. From the North 

Pole south along the 60th meridian east 

longitude to its intersection with the 

east boundary of Iran, thence south 

along the Iran boundary to the Gulf of 

Oman and the intersection of the 60th 

meridian east longitude, thence south 

along the 60th meridian east longitude 

to the South Pole. 

(c) One bronze service star is 

authorized for each campaign under the 

conditions outlined in § 578.48 

European-African-Middle Eastern 

Campaign Medal. (Service stars are 

described in § 578.61). 

(d) The arrowhead is authorized for 

wear on this medal to denote 

participation in a combat parachute 

jump, helicopter assault landing, 

combat glider landing, or amphibious 

assault landing, while assigned or 

attached as a member of an organized 

force carrying out an assigned tactical 

mission. (The arrowhead is described in 

§ 578.61). 

(e) Description. The Bronze medal is 

11⁄4 inches in width. On the obverse is 

a tropical landing scene with a 

battleship, aircraft carrier, submarine 

and an aircraft in the background with 

landing troops and palm trees in the 

foreground with the words ‘‘ASIATIC 

PACIFIC CAMPAIGN’’ above the scene. 

On the reverse, an American bald eagle 

close between the dates ‘‘1941–1945’’

and the words ‘‘UNITED STATES OF 

AMERICA’’. The ribbon is 13⁄8 inches 

wide and consists of the following 

stripes: 3⁄16 inch Yellow 67108; 1⁄16 inch 

White 67101; 1⁄16 inch Scarlet 67111; 1⁄16 inch White; 1⁄4 inch Yellow; center 1⁄8 triparted Old Glory Blue 67178, 

White and Scarlet; 1⁄4 inch Yellow; 1⁄16

inch White; 1⁄16 inch Scarlet; 1⁄16 inch 

White; and 3⁄16 inch Yellow. 

§ 578.50 American Campaign Medal. 

(a) Criteria. The American Campaign 

Medal was established by Executive 

Order 9265 (WD Bulletin. 56, 1942), as 

amended by Executive Order 9706, 

March 15, 1947. It is awarded for service 

within the American Theater between 

December 7, 1941 and March 2, 1946 

under any of the following conditions: 

(1) On permanent assignment outside 

the continental limits of the United 

States. 

(2) Permanently assigned as a member 

of a crew of a vessel sailing ocean 

waters for a period of 30 consecutive 

days or 60 nonconsecutive days. 

(3) Outside the continental limits of 

the United States in a passenger status 

or on temporary duty for 30 consecutive 

days or 60 nonconsecutive days. 

(4) In active combat against the enemy 

and was awarded a combat decoration 

or furnished a certificate by the 

commanding general of a corps, higher 

unit, or independent force that the 

soldier actually participated in combat. 

(5) Within the continental limits of 

the United States for an aggregate period 

of 1 year. 

(b) The boundaries of American 

Theater are as follows: 

(1) Eastern boundary. The eastern 

boundary is located from the North 

Pole, south along the 75th meridian 

west longitude to the 77th parallel north 

latitude, thence southeast through Davis 

Strait to the intersection of the 40th 

parallel north latitude and the 35th 

meridian west longitude, thence south 

along the meridian to the 10th parallel 

north latitude, thence southeast to the 

intersection of the Equator and the 20th 

meridian west longitude, thence south 

along the 20th meridian west longitude 

to the South Pole. 

(2) Western boundary. The western 

boundary is located from the North 

Pole, south along the 141st meridian 

west longitude to the east boundary of 

Alaska, thence south and southeast 

along the Alaska boundary to the Pacific 

Ocean, thence south along the 130th 

meridian to its intersection with the 

30th parallel north latitude, thence 

southeast to the intersection of the 

Equator and the 100th meridian west 

longitude, thence south to the South 

Pole. 

(c) One bronze service star is 

authorized for wear on the American 

Campaign Medal to denote participation 

in the antisubmarine campaign. The 

individual must have been assigned or 

attached to, and present for duty with, 

a unit credited with the campaign. 

Information on the antisubmarine 

campaign. 

(d) Description. The Bronze medal is 

11⁄4 inches in width. On the obverse is 

a Navy cruiser under full steam with a 

B–24 airplane flying overhead with a 

sinking enemy submarine in the 

foreground on three wave symbols, in 

the background a few buildings 

representing the arsenal of democracy, 

above the scene the words ‘‘AMERICAN 

CAMPAIGN’’. On the reverse an 

American bald eagle close between the 

dates ‘‘1941–1945’’ and the words 

‘‘UNITED STATES OF AMERICA’’. The 

ribbon is 13⁄8 inches wide and consists 

of the following stripes: 3⁄16 inch 

Oriental Blue 67172; 1⁄16 inch White 

67101; 1⁄16 inch Black 67138; 1⁄16 inch 

Scarlet 67111; 1⁄16 inch White; 3⁄16 inch 

Oriental Blue; center 1⁄8 triparted Old 

Glory Blue 67178, White and Scarlet; 

3⁄16 inch Oriental Blue; 1⁄16 inch White; 1⁄16 inch Scarlet; 1⁄16 inch Black; 1⁄16

inch White; and 3⁄16 inch Oriental Blue. 

§ 578.51 Women’s Army Corps Service 

Medal. 

(a) Criteria. The Women’s Army Corps 

Service Medal was established by 

Executive Order 9365, announced in 

WD Bulletin 17, 1943. It is awarded for 

service in both the Women’s Army 

Auxiliary Corps between July 10, 1942 

and August 31, 1943 and the Women’s 

Army Corps between September 1, 1943 

and September 2, 1945. 

(b) Description. A Bronze medal, 11⁄4

inches in diameter, with the head of 

Pallas Athene in profile facing right, 

superimposed on a sheathed sword 

cross with oak leaves and a palm branch 

within a circle composed of the words 

‘‘WOMEN’S’’ in the upper half, and in 

the lower half ‘‘ARMY CORPS’’. On the 

reverse, within an arrangement of 13 

stars, is a scroll bearing the words ‘‘FOR 

SERVICE IN THE WOMEN’S ARMY 

AUXILIARY CORPS’’ in front of the 

letters ‘‘U S’’ in lower relief. At the top 

and perched on the scroll is an eagle 

with wings elevated and displayed and 

at the bottom, the date ‘‘1942–1943’’. 

The ribbon is 13⁄8 inches wide and 

consists of the following stripes: 1⁄8 inch 

Old Gold 67105; 11⁄8 inch Mosstone 

Green 67127; and 1⁄8 inch Old Gold. 

§ 578.52 American Defense Service Medal. 

(a) The American Defense Service 

Medal (ADSM) was established by 

Executive Order 8808, announced in 

WD Bulletin 17, 1941. It is awarded for 

service between September 8, 1939 and 

December 7, 1941 under orders to active 

duty for a period of 12 months or longer. 

(b) A clasp, with the inscription 

‘‘Foreign Service’’, is worn on the 

ADSM to denote service outside the 

continental limits of the United States, 

including service in Alaska, as a 

member of a crew of a vessel sailing 

ocean waters, flights over ocean waters, 

or as an assigned member of an 

organization stationed outside the 

continental limits of the United States. 

Possession of a clasp is denoted by the 

wearing of a bronze service star on the 

service ribbon. (See § 578.61 for 

66634 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 

descriptions of the clasp and service 

stars.) 

(c) Description. The Bronze medal is 

11⁄4 inches in width. On the obverse is 

a female Grecian figure symbolic of 

defense, holding in her sinister hand an 

ancient war shield in reverse and her 

dexter hand brandishing a sword above 

her head, and standing upon a 

conventionalized oak branch with four 

leaves. Around the top is the lettering 

‘‘AMERICAN DEFENSE’’. On the 

reverse is the wording ‘‘FOR SERVICE 

DURING THE LIMITED EMERGENCY 

PROCLAIMED BY THE PRESIDENT ON 

SEPTEMBER 8,1939 OR DURING THE 

UNLIMITED EMERGENCY 

PROCLAIMED BY THE PRESIDENT ON 

MAY 27, 1941’’ above a seven-leafed 

spray of laurel. The foreign service clasp 

is a Bronze bar 1⁄8 inch in width and 11⁄2

inches in length with the words 

‘‘FOREIGN SERVICE’’, with a star at 

each end of the inscription. The foreign 

service clasp is placed on the 

suspension ribbon of the medal. The 

ribbon is 13⁄8 inches wide and consists 

of the following stripes: 3⁄16 inch Golden 

Yellow 67104; 1⁄8 inch triparted Old 

Glory Blue 67178; White 67101; and 

Scarlet 67111; center 3⁄4 inch Golden 

Yellow; 1⁄8 inch triparted Scarlet; White; 

and Old Glory Blue 67178; and 3⁄16 inch 

Golden yellow. 

§ 578.53 Army of Occupation of Germany 

Medal. 

(a) Criteria. The Army of Occupation 

of Germany Medal was established by 

the act of November 21, 1941, (55 Stat. 

781). It is awarded for service in 

Germany or Austria-Hungary between 

November 12, 1918 and July 11, 1923. 

(b) Description. The medal is Bronze 

and 11⁄4 inches in diameter. On the 

obverse is a profile of General John J. 

Pershing, encircled by four stars 

indicating his insignia of grade as 

Commanding General of the Field 

Forces. In the lower left is the 

inscription ‘‘GENERAL JOHN J. 

PERSHING’’ and on the right is a laurel 

wreath superimposed by a sword with 

the dates ‘‘1918’’ and ‘‘1923’’ enclosed 

by the wreath. The reverse shows the 

American eagle perched with outspread 

wings standing on the Castle 

Ehrenbreitstein, encircled by the words 

‘‘U.S. ARMY OF OCCUPATION OF 

GERMANY’’ and three stars at the 

bottom of the medal. The ribbon is 13⁄8

inches in width consisting of the 

following stripes: 1⁄16 inch Ultramarine 

Blue 67118; 1⁄16 inch Scarlet 67111; 3⁄16

inch White 67101; 3⁄4 inch Black 67138 

(center); 3⁄16 inch White; 1⁄16 inch 

Scarlet; 1⁄16 inch Ultramarine Blue. 

§ 578.54 World War I Victory Medal. 

(a) The World War I Victory Medal 

was established by WDGO 48, 1919. The 

medal is awarded for service between 

April 6, 1917 and November 11, 1918 or 

with either of the following expeditions: 

(1) American Expeditionary Forces in 

European Russia between November 12, 

1918 and August 5, 1919. 

(2) American Expeditionary Forces 

Siberia between November 23, 1918 and 

April 1, 1920. 

(b) Battle clasps, service clasps, and 

service stars are authorized 

appurtenances to be worn on the World 

War I Victory Medal. (See § 578.61 for 

specific details.) 

(c) Description. The medal is Bronze 

and 13⁄8 inches in diameter. On the 

obverse is a winged Victory, standing 

full length and full face. On the reverse 

is the inscription ‘‘THE GREAT WAR 

FOR CIVILIZATION’’ and the United 

States shield with the letters ‘‘U.S.’’

surmounted by a fasces, and on either 

side the names of the allied and 

associated nations. The lapel button is 

a five-pointed star 5⁄8-inch in diameter 

on a wreath with the letters ‘‘U.S.’’ in 

the center. The medal is suspended by 

a ring from a silk ribbon 13⁄8 inches in 

width, representing two rainbows 

placed in juxtaposition and having the 

red in the middle. 

§ 578.55 Service medals and ribbons no 

longer available for issue. 

The medals listed below are no longer 

issued by HQDA. They may be 

purchased if desired from civilian 

dealers in military insignia and some 

Army exchanges. 

(a) Civil War Campaign Medal. This 

medal was established by WDGO 12, 

1907. It is awarded for service between 

April 15, 1861 and April 9, 1865, or in 

Texas between April 15, 1861 and 

August 20, 1866. 

(b) Indian Campaign Medal. This 

medal was established by WDGO 12, 

1907. It is awarded for service in a 

campaign against any tribes or in any 

areas listed below, during the indicated 

period. 

(c) Spanish Campaign Medal. This 

medal was established by WDGO 5, 

1905. It is awarded for service ashore in, 

or on the high seas en route to, any of 

the following countries: 

(1) Cuba between May 11 and July 17, 

1898. 

(2) Puerto Rico between July 24 and 

August 13, 1898. 

(3) Philippine Islands between June 

30 and August 16, 1898. 

(d) Spanish War Service Medal. This 

medal was established by the act of July 

9, 1918 (40 Stat. 873). It is awarded for 

service between April 20, 1898 and 

April 11, 1899, to persons not eligible 

for the Spanish Campaign Medal. 

(e) Army of Cuban Occupation Medal. 

This medal was established by WDGO 

40, 1915. It is awarded for service in 

Cuba between July 18, 1898 and May 20, 

1902. 

(f) Army of Puerto Rican Occupation 

Medal. This medal was established by 

War Department Compilation of Orders, 

changes 15, February 4, 1919. It is 

awarded for service in Puerto Rico 

between August 14 and December 10, 

1898. 

(g) Philippine Campaign Medal. This 

medal was established by WDGO 5, 

1905. It is awarded for service in the 

Philippine Islands under any of the 

following conditions: 

(1) Ashore between February 4, 1899 

and July 4, 1902. 

(2) Ashore in the Department of 

Mindanao between February 4, 1899 

and December 31, 1904. 

(3) Against the Pulajanes on Leyte 

between July 20, 1906 and June 30, 

1907, or on Samar between August 2, 

1904 and June 30, 1907. 

(4) With any of the following 

expeditions: (i) Against Pala on Jolo 

between April and May 1905. 

(ii) Against Datu Ali on Mindanao in 

October 1905. 

(iii) Against hostile Moros on Mount 

Bud-Dajo, Jolo, March 1906. 

(iv) Against hostile Moros on Mount 

Bagsac, Jolo, between January and July, 

1913. 

(v) Against hostile Moros on 

Mindanao or Jolo between 1910 and 

1913. 

(5) In any action against hostile 

natives in which U.S. troops were killed 

or wounded between February 4, 1899 

and December 31, 1913. 

(h) Philippine Congressional Medal. 

This medal was established by the act 

of June 29, 1906 (34 Stat. 621). It is 

awarded for service meeting all the 

following conditions: 

(1) Under a call of the President 

entered the Army between April 21 and 

October 26, 1898. 

(2) Served beyond the date on which 

entitled to discharge. 

(3) Ashore in the Philippine Islands 

between February 4, 1899 and July 4, 

1902. 

(i) China Campaign Medal. This 

medal was established by WDGO 5, 

1905. It is awarded for service ashore in 

China with the Peking Relief Expedition 

between June 20, 1900 and May 27, 

1901. 

(j) Army of Cuban Pacification Medal. 

This medal was established by WDGO 

96, 1909. It is awarded for service in 

Cuba between October 6, 1906 and April 

1, 1909. 

Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 66635 

(k) Mexican Service Medal. This 

medal was established by WDGO 155, 

1917. It is awarded for service in any of 

the following expeditions or 

engagements: 

(1) Vera Cruz Expedition in Mexico 

between April 24 and November 26, 

1914. 

(2) Punitive Expedition in Mexico 

between March 14, 1916 and February 

7, 1917. 

(3) Buena Vista, Mexico, December 1, 

1917. 

(4) San Bernardino Canon, Mexico, 

December 26, 1917. 

(5) Le Grulla, Texas, January 8 and 9, 

1918. 

(6) Pilares, Mexico, March 28, 1918. 

(7) Nogales, Arizona, November 1 to 

5, 1915 or August 27, 1918. 

(8) El Paso, Texas, and Juarez, Mexico, 

June 15 and 16, 1919. 

(9) Any action against hostile 

Mexicans in which U.S. troops were 

killed or wounded between April 12, 

1911 and February 7, 1917. 

(l) Mexican Border Service Medal. 

This medal was established by the act 

of July 9, 1918 (40 Stat. 873). It was 

awarded for service between May 9, 

1916 and March 24, 1917, or with the 

Mexican Border Patrol between January 

1, 1916 and April 6, 1917, to persons 

not eligible for the Mexican Service 

Medal. 

§ 578.56 United States Unit Awards. 

(a) Intent. Awards are made to 

organizations when the heroism 

displayed or meritorious service 

performed is a result of group effort. 

(b) Announcement. All unit awards 

approved at HQDA will be announced 

in HQ, DAGO. 

(c) Presentation. Unit awards will be 

presented at an appropriate formal 

ceremony at the earliest practicable date 

after the award is announced. FM 22–

5 prescribes the ceremony for 

presentation of unit awards at a formal 

review. 

§ 578.57 Presidential Unit Citation. 

(a) Criteria. The Presidential Unit 

Citation (PUC) (re-designated from the 

Distinguished Unit Citation on 

November 3, 1966) is awarded to unit of 

the Armed Forces of the United States 

and cobelligerent nations for 

extraordinary heroism in action against 

an armed enemy occurring on or after 

December 7, 1941. The unit must 

display such gallantry, determination, 

and esprit de corps in accomplishing its 

mission under extremely difficult and 

hazardous conditions as to set it apart 

from and above other units participating 

in the same campaign. The degree of 

heroism required is the same as that 

which would warrant award of a 

Distinguished Service Cross to an 

individual. Extended periods of combat 

duty or participation in a large number 

of operational missions, either ground 

or air is not sufficient. This award will 

normally be earned by units that have 

participated in single or successive 

actions covering relatively brief time 

spans. It is not reasonable to presume 

that entire units can sustain 

Distinguished Service Cross 

performance for extended periods 

except under the most unusual 

circumstances. Recommendations for 

units larger than brigade will not be 

submitted. 

(b) Awarding authorities. Approval 

authority for award of the PUC is the 

President of the United States who 

delegated authority to the Service 

Secretaries. 

(c) Award elements. The award 

elements for the PUC (Army) are as 

follows: 

(1) PUC Streamer (Army); 

(2) PUC Emblem (Army); 

(3) PUC Certificate and Citation; 

(4) DAGO. 

(d) Description. The PUC Emblem is 

17⁄16 inches wide and 9⁄16 inch in height. 

The emblem consists of a 1⁄16 inch wide 

gold frame with laurel leaves, which 

encloses an ultramarine blue 67118 

ribbon. 

§ 578.58 Valorous Unit Award. 

(a) Criteria. The Valorous Unit Award 

(VUA) may be awarded to units of the 

Armed Forces of the United States for 

extraordinary heroism in action against 

an armed enemy of the United States 

while engaged in military operations 

involving conflict with an opposing 

foreign force or while serving with 

friendly foreign forces engaged in an 

armed conflict against an opposing 

armed force in which the United States 

is not a belligerent party for actions 

occurring on or after August 3, 1963. 

(b) Requirements. The VUA requires a 

lesser degree of gallantry, 

determination, and esprit de corps than 

that required for the Presidential Unit 

Citation. Nevertheless, the unit must 

have performed with marked distinction 

under difficult and hazardous 

conditions in accomplishing its mission 

so as to set it apart from and above other 

units participating in the same conflict. 

The degree of heroism required is the 

same as that which would warrant 

award of the Silver Star to an 

individual. Extended periods of combat 

duty or participation in a large number 

of operational missions, either ground 

or air is not sufficient. 

(c) Unit eligibility. This award will 

normally be earned by units that have 

participated in single or successive 

actions covering relatively brief time 

spans. It is not reasonable to presume 

that entire units can sustain Silver Star 

performance for extended periods 

except under the most unusual 

circumstances. Recommendations for 

units larger than brigade will not be 

submitted. 

(d) Awarding authorities. The Deputy 

Chief of Staff (DCS), G–1 is approval 

authority for the VUA. 

Recommendations for award of the VUA 

will be forwarded to Commander, USA 

HRC, ATTN: AHRC–PDO–PA, 

Alexandria, VA 22332–0471, for 

processing to the DCS, G–1 for final 

action. 

(e) Award elements. The award 

elements for the VUA are as follows: 

(1) VUA Streamer; 

(2) VUA Emblem; 

(3) VUA Certificate and Citation; 

(4) DAGO. 

(f) Description. The VUA emblem is 

17⁄16 inches wide and 9⁄16 inch in height. 

The emblem consists of a 1⁄16 inch wide 

gold frame with laurel leaves which 

encloses a ribbon of the pattern of the 

Silver Star Medal ribbon centered on a 

red ribbon. The stripe dimensions of the 

ribbon are: 3⁄8 inch old glory red 67156; 1⁄16 inch ultramarine blue 67118; 1⁄64

inch white 67101; 3⁄32 inch ultramarine 

blue 67118; 3⁄32 inch white 67101; 

center 3⁄32 inch old glory red 67156; 3⁄32

inch white 67101; 3⁄32 inch ultramarine 

blue 67118; 1⁄64 inch white 67101; 1⁄16

inch ultramarine blue; and 3⁄8 inch old 

glory red 67156. The streamers are the 

same pattern as the silver star medal 

ribbon. 

§ 578.59 Meritorious Unit Commendation. 

(a) Criteria. (1) The Meritorious Unit 

Commendation (MUC) (Army) 

(previously called the Meritorious 

Service Unit Plaque) is awarded to units 

for exceptionally meritorious conduct in 

the performance of outstanding services 

for at least 6 continuous months during 

the period of military operations against 

an armed enemy occurring on or after 

January 1, 1944. Service in a combat 

zone is not required, but must be 

directly related to the combat effort. 

Units based in the continental United 

States are excluded from this award, as 

are other units outside the area of 

operation. The unit must display such 

outstanding devotion and superior 

performance of exceptionally difficult 

tasks as to set it apart and above other 

units with similar missions. The degree 

of achievement required is the same as 

that which would warrant award of the 

Legion of Merit to an individual. 

Recommendations for units larger than 

brigade will not be submitted. For 

66636 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 

services performed during World War II, 

awards will be made only to service 

units and only for services performed 

between January 1, 1944 and September 

15, 1946. 

(2) Effective March 1, 1961, the MUC 

was authorized for units and/or 

detachments of the Armed Forces of the 

United States for exceptionally 

meritorious conduct in performance of 

outstanding services for at least 6 

continuous months in support of 

military operations. Service(s), as used 

in this paragraph, is interpreted to relate 

to combat service support type activities 

and not to the type of activities 

performed by senior headquarters, 

combat, or combat support units. 

(b) Awarding authorities. Approval 

authority for the MUC is the Deputy 

Chief of Staff (DCS), G–1. 

Recommendations for award of the 

MUC will be forwarded to Commander, 

USA HRC, ATTN: AHRC–PDO–PA, 

Alexandria, VA 22332–0471, for 

processing to the DCS, G–1 for final 

action. 

(c) Award elements. The award 

elements for the MUC are as follows: 

(1) MUC Streamer; 

(2) MUC Emblem; 

(3) MUC Certificate and Citation; and 

(4) DAGO. 

(d) Description. The MUC emblem is 

17⁄16 inches wide and 9⁄16 inch in height. 

The emblem consists of a 1⁄16 inch wide 

gold frame with laurel leaves which 

encloses a scarlet 67111 ribbon. The 

previously authorized emblem was a 

gold color embroidered laurel wreath, 

15⁄8 inches in diameter on a 2 inch 

square of olive drab cloth. 

§ 578.60 Army Superior Unit Award. 

(a) Criteria. The Army Superior Unit 

Award (ASUA) was created in 1985 to 

recognize outstanding meritorious 

performance of a unit during peacetime 

of a difficult and challenging mission 

under extraordinary circumstances. 

Circumstances may be deemed to be 

extraordinary when they do not 

represent the typical day-to-day 

circumstances under which the unit 

normally performs, or may reasonably 

be expected to perform, its peacetime 

mission. The following additional 

criteria also applies: 

(1) The unit must display such 

outstanding devotion and superior 

performance of exceptionally difficult 

tasks as to set the unit apart from and 

above other units with similar missions. 

For the purpose of this award, 

peacetime is defined as any period 

during which wartime or combat awards 

are not authorized in the geographical 

area in which the mission was executed. 

The ASUA may be awarded to units that 

distinguish themselves while 

conducting humanitarian missions for a 

minimum of 30 days, however, the 

ASUA will not be awarded if the same 

act or period of service has already been 

recognized by another unit award. 

(2) The award applies to both TO&E 

units and TDA organizations of 

battalion size or equivalent. TDA 

organizations may be considered for this 

award, even if comprised mostly of 

civilians. As an exception to policy, 

organizations larger than battalion 

equivalent size may also be submitted, 

but the submitting headquarters must 

take care to highlight the logic 

associated with the request to justify an 

exception to policy. 

(b) Approval authority. The approval 

authority for the ASUA is the Deputy 

Chief of Staff (DCS), G–1. 

Recommendations for award of the 

ASUA will be forwarded to 

Commander, USA HRC, ATTN: AHRC–

PDO–PA, Alexandria, VA 22332–0471, 

for processing to the DCS, G–1 for final 

action. 

(c) Award elements. The award 

elements for the ASUA are as follows: 

ASUA Streamer; ASUA Emblem; 

ASUA Certificate and Citation; DAGO; 

Army Superior Unit Award Lapel Pin. 

The lapel pin is authorized for issue and 

wear by Department of the Army 

civilians in the employ of the decorated 

unit. Those individuals employed with 

the unit during the cited period may 

wear the lapel pin permanently. Those 

currently employed with a decorated 

unit, but who were not employed during 

the cited period may wear the lapel pin 

on a temporary basis as long as they 

remain employed by the unit. The lapel 

pin is also authorized for optional 

purchase and wear on civilian clothing 

by qualified military personnel. 

Permanent and temporary wear is 

governed by the provisions of AR 670–

1. 

(d) Description. The ASUA emblem is 

17⁄16 inches wide and 9⁄16 inch in height. 

The emblem consists of a 1⁄16 inch wide 

gold frame with laurel leaves which 

encloses a ribbon of the following 

pattern: 17⁄32 inch scarlet 67111; 1⁄32

inch yellow 67103; 1⁄4 inch green 67129; 1⁄32 inch yellow 67103; and 17⁄32 inch 

scarlet 67111. The streamers are the 

same pattern as the emblem ribbon. 

§ 578.61 Appurtenances to military 

decorations. 

Appurtenances are devices affixed to 

service or suspension ribbons or worn 

instead of medals or ribbons. They are 

worn to denote additional awards, 

participation in a specific event, or 

other distinguished characteristics of 

the award. The following is a list of 

authorized appurtenances: 

(a) Oak Leaf Clusters. A bronze or 

silver twig of four oak leaves with three 

acorns on the stem, 13⁄32-inch long for 

the suspension ribbon, and 5⁄16-inch 

long for the service ribbon bar and the 

unit award emblem is issued to denote 

award of second and succeeding awards 

of decorations (other than the Air 

Medal), the Army Reserve Components 

Achievement Medal, and unit awards. A 

silver Oak Leaf Cluster is worn instead 

of five bronze Oak Leaf Clusters. If the 

number of authorized Oak Leaf Clusters 

exceeds four and will not fit on a single 

ribbon, a second ribbon is authorized for 

wear. When wearing the second ribbon, 

place it after the first ribbon; the second 

ribbon counts as one award. Wear no 

more than four Oak Leaf Clusters on 

each ribbon. If the receipt of future 

awards reduces the number of Oak Leaf 

Clusters sufficiently (that is, a silver oak 

leaf cluster for five awards), remove the 

second ribbon and place the appropriate 

number of devices on a single ribbon. 

Oak Leaf Clusters are not issued for the 

Legion of Merit awarded in degrees to 

foreign nationals. Five-sixteenths inch 

Oak Leaf Clusters joined together in 

series of 2, 3, and 4 clusters are 

authorized for optional purchase and 

wear on service ribbons, and unit award 

emblems. 

(b) Numerals. Arabic numerals 3⁄16

inch in height are issued instead of a 

medal or ribbon for second and 

succeeding awards of the Air Medal, 

Multinational Force and Observers 

Medal, Overseas Service Ribbon and the 

Army Reserve Components Overseas 

Training Ribbon. The ribbon denotes the 

first award and numerals starting with 

the numeral 2 denote the number of 

additional awards. The numeral worn 

on the NCO Professional Development 

Ribbon will denote the highest 

completed level of NCO development. 

The numerals are to be centered on the 

suspension ribbon of the medal or the 

ribbon bar. 

(c) ‘‘V’’ device. The ‘‘V’’ (Valor) device 

is a bronze block letter, V, 1⁄4-inch high 

with serifs at the top of the members. It 

is worn to denote participation in acts 

of heroism involving conflict with an 

armed enemy. It was originally worn 

only on the suspension and service 

ribbons of the Bronze Star Medal to 

denote an award made for heroism 

(valor). Effective February 29, 1964, the 

‘‘V’’ device was also authorized for wear 

on the Air Medal and Army 

Commendation Medal for heroic acts or 

valorous deeds not warranting awards of 

the Distinguished Flying Cross or the 

Bronze Star Medal with ‘‘V’’ device. 

Effective June 25, 1963, the ‘‘V’’ device 

Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 66637 

was authorized additionally for wear on 

the Joint Service Commendation Medal 

when the award is for acts of valor 

(heroism) during participation in 

combat operations. In the case of 

multiple ‘‘V’’ devices for the same 

award, only one ‘‘V’’ device is worn on 

the service ribbons. 

(d) ‘‘M’’ device. The ‘‘M’’

(Mobilization) Device is a bronze letter, 

M, 1⁄4-inch high with serifs at the bottom 

of the members. It is authorized for wear 

on the Armed Forces Reserve Medal by 

members of the Reserve Components 

who are called or who volunteer and 

serve on active duty in support of 

specific U.S. Military operations or 

contingencies designated by the 

Secretary of Defense, as defined in 10 

U.S.C. 101(a)(13). AGR members who 

receive orders changing their current 

duty status (legal authority under which 

they perform duty), their duty location, 

or assignment to support a contingency 

operation are also eligible for award of 

the ‘‘M’’ Device. 

(e) Clasps. They are authorized for 

wear on the Army Good Conduct Medal, 

World War I Victory Medal, American 

Defense Service Medal, Army of 

Occupation Medal, and Antarctica 

Service Medal. All clasp, except the 

Army Good Conduct Medal clasp, are 

worn only on the suspension ribbon of 

the medal. The clasps are described as 

follows: 

(1) The Army Good Conduct Medal 

clasp is a bar 1⁄8-inch by 13⁄8 inches, of 

bronze, silver or gold, with loops 

indicative of each period of service. 

Paragraph 4–9 describes the clasps 

authorized for second and subsequent 

awards of the Army Good Conduct 

Medal. 

(2) The World War I Victory Medal 

battle clasp is a bronze bar 1⁄8-inch by 

11⁄2 inches with the name of the 

campaign or the words ‘‘Defensive 

Sector,’’ and with a star at each end of 

the inscription. The campaigns are as 

follows: 

(i) Cambrai; 

(ii) Somme, Defensive; 

(iii) Lys; 

(iv) Aisne; 

(v) Montdidier-Noyon; 

(vi) Champagne-Marne; 

(vii) Aisne-Marne; 

(viii) Somme, Offensive; 

(ix) Oise-Aisne; 

(x) Ypres-Lys; 

(xi) St. Mihiel; 

(xii) Meuse-Argonne; 

(xiii) Vittorio-Veneto; 

(xiv) Defensive Sector. 

(3) The World War I Victory Medal 

service clasp is a bronze bar 1⁄8-inch by 

11⁄2 inches with the name of the country 

which the service was performed 

inscribed thereon. The service clasps 

authorized are as follows: 

(i) England; 

(ii) France; 

(iii) Italy; 

(iv) Russia; 

(v) Siberia. 

(4) The American Defense Service 

Medal clasp is a bronze bar 1⁄8-inch by 

11⁄2 inches with the words ‘‘Foreign 

Service’’ and with a star at each end of 

the inscription. 

(5) The Army of Occupation Medal 

clasp is a bronze bar 1⁄8-inch by 11⁄2

inches with the word ‘‘Germany’’ or 

‘‘Japan’’ inscribed thereon, to denote 

occupation duty rendered in Europe 

and/or the Far East. 

(6) The Antarctica Service Medal is a 

clasp bearing the words ‘‘Wintered 

Over’’ for wear on the suspension 

ribbon of the medal awarded in bronze 

for the first winter, in gold for the 

second winter, and in silver for the third 

winter. 

(f) Service stars. Are worn on 

campaign and service ribbons to denote 

an additional award. The service star is 

a bronze or silver five-pointed star 3⁄16- 

inch in diameter. A silver star is worn 

instead of five bronze service stars. The 

bronze service star is also affixed to the 

parachutist badge to denote 

participation in a combat parachutist 

jump, retroactive to December 7, 1941. 

See § 578.74 on Parachutist badges for 

criteria for award of the combat 

parachutist badge. See AR 670–1 for 

proper wear of the service stars. Service 

stars are authorized for wear on the 

following campaign and service medals 

and or ribbons: 

(1) World War I Victory Medal; 

(2) American Defense Service Medal; 

(3) American Campaign Medal; 

(4) Asiatic-Pacific Campaign Medal; 

(5) European-African-Middle Eastern 

Campaign Medal; 

(6) Korean Service Medal; 

(7) Armed Forces Expeditionary 

Medal; 

(8) Vietnam Service Medal; 

(9) National Defense Service Medal; 

(10) Humanitarian Service Medal; 

(11) Prisoner of War Medal; 

(12) Southwest Asia Service Medal; 

(13) Military Outstanding Volunteer 

Service Medal. 

(g) Arrowhead. The arrowhead is a 

bronze replica of an Indian arrowhead 

1⁄4-inch high. It denotes participation in 

a combat parachute jump, helicopter 

assault landing, combat glider landing, 

or amphibious assault landing, while 

assigned or attached as a member of an 

organized force carrying out an assigned 

tactical mission. A soldier must actually 

exit the aircraft or watercraft, as 

appropriate, to receive assault credit. 

Individual assault credit is tied directly 

to the combat assault credit decision for 

the unit to which the soldier is attached 

or assigned at the time of the assault. 

Should a unit be denied assault credit, 

no assault credit will accrue to the 

individual soldiers of that unit. It is 

worn on the service and suspension 

ribbons of the Asiatic-Pacific Campaign, 

European-African-Middle Eastern 

Campaign, Korean Service Medal, 

Vietnam Service Medal, Armed Forces 

Expeditionary Medal, and Global War 

on Terrorism Expeditionary. Only one 

arrowhead will be worn on any ribbon. 

(h) Ten-Year Device. The Ten-year 

device is authorized for wear on the 

Armed Forces Reserve Medal to denote 

each succeeding 10-year period as 

follows: (1) A bronze hourglass shall be 

awarded upon completion of the first 

10-year period award. 

(2) A silver hourglass shall be 

awarded upon completion of the second 

10-year period award. 

(3) A gold hourglass shall be awarded 

upon completion of the third 10-year 

period award. 

(4) A gold hourglass, followed by a 

bronze hourglass shall be awarded upon 

completion of the fourth 10-year period 

award. 

(i) Berlin Airlift Device. A gold 

colored metal miniature of a C–54 type 

aircraft of 3⁄8-inch wingspan, other 

dimensions proportionate. It is worn on 

the service and suspension ribbons of 

the Army of Occupation Medal. (See 

§ 578.46 Army of Occupation Medal) 

(j) Army Astronaut Device. A gold 

colored device, 7⁄16-inches in length, 

consisting of a star emitting three 

contrails encircled by an elliptical orbit. 

It is awarded by the Chief of Staff, 

Army, to personnel who complete a 

minimum of one operational mission in 

space (50 miles above earth) and is 

affixed to the appropriate Army Aviator 

Badge, Flight Surgeon Badge, or 

Aviation Badge awarded to the 

astronaut. Individuals who have not 

been awarded one of the badges listed 

above but who meet the other astronaut 

criteria will be awarded the basic 

Aviation Badge with Army Astronaut 

Device. 

§ 578.62 Service ribbons. 

A ribbon identical in color with the 

suspension ribbon of the service medal 

it represents, attached to a bar 13⁄8

inches in width and 3⁄8 inch in length, 

equipped with a suitable attaching 

device. A service ribbon is issued with 

each service medal. 

§ 578.63 Lapel buttons. 

(a) Lapel buttons are miniature 

replicas of military decorations; service 

66638 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 

medals and ribbons; and identification 

badges. Lapel buttons are worn only on 

civilian clothing. The buttons will be 

worn on the left lapel of civilian 

clothing for male personnel and in a 

similar location for female personnel. 

(b) Lapel buttons for military 

decorations. Lapel buttons for military 

decorations are issued in the following 

two forms: (1) A rosette, 1⁄2-inch in 

diameter, for the Medal of Honor. 

(2) A colored enamel replica (1⁄8-inch 

by 21⁄32-inch) for the service ribbon for 

other decorations. 

(c) Lapel buttons for badges. The only 

badges that have an approved lapel 

button are certain identification badges 

as follows: 

(1) Presidential Service Badge; 

(2) Vice Presidential Service Badge; 

(3) Office of the Secretary of Defense 

Identification Badge; 

(4) Joint Chiefs of Staff Identification 

Badge; and 

(5) Army Staff Identification Badge. 

(d) World War I Victory Button. A 

five-pointed star 5⁄8-inch in diameter on 

a wreath with the letters ‘‘US’’ in the 

center. For persons wounded in action, 

the lapel button is silver; for all others, 

the lapel button is bronze. Eligibility 

requirements are the same for the World 

War I Victory Medal. 

(e) Honorable Service Lapel Button 

(World War II Victory Medal). A button 

of gold-color metal consists of an eagle 

perched within a ring composed of a 

chief and 13 vertical stripes. The button 

is 7⁄16-inch high and 5⁄8-inch wide. 

Eligibility requirements are honorable 

Federal military service between 

September 8, 1939 and December 31, 

1946. 

(f) Lapel button for service prior to 

September 8, 1939. (Not issued or sold 

by the Department of the Army.) A 

button 7⁄16-inch high and 5⁄8-inch wide, 

of gold-color metal consists of an eagle 

perched within a ring which displays 

seven white and six red vertical stripes 

and a blue chief bearing the words 

‘‘National Defense.’’ It may be worn 

only by a person who served honorably 

before September 8, 1939 as an enlisted 

man, warrant officer, nurse, contract 

surgeon, veterinarian, or commissioned 

officer, in the Regular Army or a 

Citizen’s Military Training Camp for 2 

months, or in the National Guard, 

Enlisted Reserve Corps, or Senior ROTC 

for 1 year, or in junior ROTC for 2 years. 

(g) Army Lapel Button. The Army 

Lapel Button is a gratuitous issue item 

made up of a minute man in gold color 

on a red enamel disk surrounded by 16- 

pointed gold rays with an outside 

diameter of 9⁄16-inch. Eligibility 

requirements are as follows: 

(1) Soldiers transitioning with an 

honorable characterization of service 

(those being transferred to another 

component for completion of a military 

service obligation, and those receiving 

an Honorable Discharge Certificate). 

(2) Non-adverse separation provision. 

(3) Minimum 9 months continuous 

service—a break is 24 hours or more. 

(4) Active Federal service on or after 

April 1, 1984; or, service in a Ready 

Reserve unit organized to serve as a unit 

(National Guard unit or Army Reserve 

troop program unit) on or after July 1, 

1986. 

(5) Retroactive issuance is not 

authorized. 

(6) No soldier separating from the 

Service is to be awarded more than one 

Army Lapel Button. 

(h) U.S. Army Retired Lapel Button. 

Retired Army personnel who are in 

possession of DD Form 2 (U.S. 

Uniformed Services Identification Card) 

(Retired)) are eligible to wear the Army 

Retired Lapel Button. Commanders will 

present the U.S. Army Retired Lapel 

Button to Army personnel at an 

appropriate ceremony before they retire. 

(i) Active Reserve Lapel Button. The 

Active Reserve Lapel Button is 

authorized for active membership in the 

Ready Reserve of the Army. It is made 

up of a minute man in gold color on a 

bronze color base and is 11⁄16-inch in 

length. The button is an optional 

purchase item, not issued or sold by the 

Department of the Army. It is not worn 

on the uniform. 

(j) Lapel Button for Korean 

Augmentation to the U.S. Army 

(KATUSA). The KATUSA Lapel Button 

(KLB) was approved by the Secretary of 

the Army on March 22, 1988 as a 

gratuitous issue item. The KLB is a 

round disk with an outside diameter of 

9⁄16-inch that is comprised of a Korean 

Taeguk that consists of the 

characteristics from both the U.S. and 

Republic of Korea National Flags resting 

on a white background. The words 

‘‘Honorable Service * KATUSA’’ are 

situated on the border of the outer edge 

of the KLB. 

(1) The following requirements must 

be met to be eligible for award of the 

KLB: 

(i) Individual must have been a 

Republic of Korea Army soldier who has 

been assigned as a KATUSA soldier to 

a U.S. Army unit or activity for 

minimum of 9 months of continuous 

honorable active service on or after 

March 22, 1988. 

(ii) Must be separating from active 

duty with the Republic of Korea Army. 

(iii) Disqualifying characterization of 

service for the award of the KLB is 

identical with that used for the Army 

Lapel Button. 

(2) Issuance requirements are as 

follows: 

(i) The KLB will be awarded to all 

eligible KATUSA soldiers. 

(ii) The U.S. Army unit commander 

will coordinate with the appropriate 

Republic of Korea staff officer/NCO to 

obtain Republic of Korea Army 

concurrence prior to presentation of the 

KLB. 

(iii) Presentation will normally be 

made by the U.S. Army unit commander 

to which last assigned prior to 

separation from active service or by his 

designated U.S. Army commissioned 

officer representative during a troop 

formation or other appropriate 

ceremony. 

(3) Orders will not be published to 

confirm award of the KLB. 

(k) Gold Star Lapel Button. The Gold 

Star Lapel Button was established by 

Act of Congress (Pub. L. 80–306) August 

1, 1947, codified at 10 U.S.C. 1126 in 

order to provide an appropriate 

identification for widows, widowers, 

parents, and next of kin of members of 

the Armed Forces of the United States 

who lost their lives during World War 

I, April 6, 1917 to March 3, 1921; World 

War II, September 8, 1939 to July 25, 

1947; any subsequent period of armed 

hostilities in which the United States 

was engaged before July 1, 1958 (United 

Nations action in Korea, June 27, 1950 

to July 27, 1954); or who lost their lives 

after June 30, 1958, while engaged in an 

action against an enemy of the United 

States; or while engaged in military 

operations involving conflict with an 

opposing foreign force; or while serving 

with friendly foreign forces engaged in 

an armed conflict in which the United 

States is not a belligerent party against 

an opposing Armed Force; or who lost 

or lose their lives after March 28, 1973, 

as a result of an international terrorist 

attack against the United States or a 

foreign nation friendly to the United 

States, recognized as such an attack by 

the Secretary of Defense; or while 

serving in a military operation while 

serving outside the United States 

(including the commonwealths, 

territories, and possessions of the 

United States) as part of a peacekeeping 

force. 

(1) The Gold Star Lapel Button 

consists of a gold star on a purple 

circular background, bordered in gold 

and surrounded by gold laurel leaves. 

On the reverse is the inscription 

‘‘United States of America, Act of 

Congress, August 1966’’ with space for 

engraving the initials of the recipient. 

Gold Star Lapel Buttons inscribed 

Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 66639 

August 1947 may be issued until 

present inventories are exhausted. 

(2) One Gold Star Lapel Button will be 

furnished without cost to the widow or 

widower, to each of the parents, each 

child, stepchild, child through 

adoption, brother, half brother, sister, 

and half sister of a member of the 

Armed Forces who lost his or her life 

while in the active military service 

during the periods indicated above. The 

term ‘‘widow or widower’’ includes 

those who have since remarried, and the 

term ‘‘parents’’ includes mother, father, 

stepmother, stepfather, mother through 

adoption, father through adoption, and 

foster parents who stood in loco 

parentis. Request for replacement of the 

Gold Star Lapel Button (lost, destroyed 

or unserviceable) will be submitted on 

DD Form 3 (Application for Gold Star 

Lapel Button) to NPRC (see § 578.16 

(a)(3).) 

(3) Each casualty area commander and 

major overseas commander will stock 

Gold Star Lapel Buttons and ensure that 

survivor assistance officers are provided 

them for issue to eligible next of kin. 

Normally, delivery should not be made 

before to the first visit to the next of kin 

following interment. 

(l) Lapel Button for Next of Kin of 

Deceased Personnel. The Lapel Button, 

Next of Kin of Deceased Personnel is 

provided to widows(ers), parents, and 

primary next of kin of armed services 

members who lose their lives while 

serving on active duty or while assigned 

in an Army Reserve or Army National 

Guard unit in a drill status. 

(1) The button consists of a gold star 

within a circle (commemorating 

honorable service) surrounded by sprigs 

of oak (referring to the Army, Navy, Air 

Force, and Marine Corps). 

(2) One lapel button will be furnished 

without cost to the widow or widower, 

to each of the parents, each child, 

stepchild, child through adoption, 

brother, half brother, sister, and half 

sister of a member of the Armed Forces 

who lost his or her life while on active 

duty. The term widow or widower 

includes those who have since 

remarried, and the term parents 

includes mother, father, stepmother, 

stepfather, mother through adoption, 

father through adoption, and foster 

parents who stood in place of a parent. 

(3) Casualty area commands will stock 

the button and ensure that survivor 

assistance officers issue them to eligible 

next of kin. 

(4) The Lapel Button, Next of Kin of 

Deceased Personnel is authorized for 

issue retroactive to March 29, 1973. The 

next of kin of soldiers who died since 

that date may request issue of the button 

by writing to the NPRC (see § 578.16 

(a)(3)). Furnish the name, grade, SSN, 

and date of death of the deceased 

soldier. The names and relationships of 

the next of kin must also be provided. 

(m) Army Superior Unit Award Lapel 

Pin. The Army Superior Unit Award 

Lapel Pin is authorized for issue and 

wear by DA civilians in the employ of 

a unit awarded the Army Superior Unit 

Award. The lapel pin is also authorized 

for optional purchase and wear on 

civilian clothing by qualified military 

personnel. 

§ 578.64 Miniature decorations. 

(a) Decorations. Miniature replicas of 

all medals except the Medal of Honor 

and the Legion of Merit in the Degrees 

of Chief Commander and Commander 

are authorized for wear on certain 

uniforms instead of the issued medals. 

Miniatures of decorations are issued 

only to foreign nationals and with the 

award of the Distinguished Service 

Medal to U.S. personnel. 

(b) Miniature badges. Replicas of 

combat and special skill badges in 

miniature size are authorized for wear 

on certain uniforms instead of the fullsize badges. 

§ 578.65 Supply, Service, and Requisition 

of Medals and Badges. 

(a) Medals and appurtenances listed 

are issued by DA: 

(1) Decorations; 

(2) Service medals; 

(3) Service ribbons; 

(4) Palms; 

(5) Rosettes; 

(6) Clasps; 

(7) Arrowheads; 

(8) Service stars; 

(9) French Fourragere; 

(10) Netherlands Orange Lanyard; 

(11) Army Good Conduct Medals; 

(12) Oak Leaf Cluster; 

(13) Numerals; 

(14) Letter ‘‘V’’ devices; 

(15) Certificate for decorations; 

(16) Lapel buttons for decorations; 

(17) Miscellaneous lapel buttons 

listed in Lapel buttons for badges and 

Lapel buttons for service; 

(18) Ten-year devices; 

(19) Berlin Airlift devices; 

(20) Containers for decorations; 

(21) Miniature decorations to foreign 

military personnel; 

(22) Letter ‘‘V’’ Device; 

(23) Letter ‘‘M’’ Device; 

(b) Badges and appurtenances listed 

below are issued by Department of the 

Army: 

(1) Combat and special skill badges; 

(2) Basic Marksmanship Designation 

Badges; 

(3) Distinguished marksmanship 

designation badges; 

(4) Excellence in competition badges; 

(5) Basic marksmanship qualification 

badges and bars; 

(6) Army Staff Identification Badge; 

(7) The Guard, Tomb of the Unknown 

Soldier Identification Badge (an item of 

organizational equipment); 

(8) Army ROTC Nurse Cadet Program 

Identification Badge; 

(9) Drill Sergeant Identification Badge; 

(10) U.S. Army Recruiter 

Identification Badge; 

(11) Career Counselor Badge; 

(12) Army National Guard Recruiting 

and Retention Identification Badge; 

(13) U.S. Army Reserve Recruiter 

Identification Badge. 

§ 578.66 Original issue or replacement. 

(a) General. All U.S. Army medals are 

presented without cost to an awardee. 

Replacement of medals or service 

ribbons for individuals not on active 

duty may be made at cost price. 

Requests will be honored from the 

original recipient of the award, or if 

deceased, from his or her primary next 

of kin in the following order: surviving 

spouse, eldest surviving child, father or 

mother, eldest surviving brother or 

sister, or eldest surviving grandchild. 

(b) Issue or replacement of service 

medals and service ribbons antedating 

the World War I Victory Medal is no 

longer accomplished. These awards are 

not available from the supply system, 

but may be purchased from private 

dealers in military insignia. 

(c) No money should be mailed until 

instructions are received by NPRC. 

Requests for medals should be directed 

to the following addresses as shown 

below. 

(1)(i) Request for: Personnel in active 

Federal military service or in the Army 

National Guard or U.S. Army Reserve. 

(ii) Submit to: Unit Commander. 

(2)(i) Request for: Medals on behalf of 

individuals having no current U.S. 

Army status or deceased prior to 

October 1, 2002. 

(ii) Submit to: National Personnel 

Records Center, 9700 Page Avenue, St. 

Louis, MO 63132–5100. 

(3)(i) Request for: Medals for 

individuals who retired, were 

discharged or died (except general 

officers) after October 1, 2002. 

(ii) Submit to: Commander, U.S. Army 

Human Resources Command, ATTN: 

AHRC–CC–B, 1 Reserve Way, St. Louis, 

MO 63132–5200. 

(4)(i) Request for: Personnel receiving 

retired pay, except general officers. 

(ii) Submit to: National Personnel 

Records Center, 9700 Page Avenue, St. 

Louis, MO 63132–5100. 

(5)(i) Request for: Retired general 

officers. 

66640 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 

(ii) Submit to: Commander, USA HRC, 

ATTN: AHRC–PDO–PA, 200 Stovall 

Street, Alexandria, VA 22332–0471. 

(d) Issue of medals, other than Army. 

Medals and appurtenances awarded 

while in active Federal service in one of 

the other U.S. military Services will be 

issued on individual request to 

appropriate Service as shown below. 

(1)(i) Request for: Navy awards. 

(ii) Submit to: Office of the Chief of 

Naval Operations, Awards, Code: 

09B33, 2000 Navy Pentagon, 

Washington, DC 20350–2000. 

(2)(i) Request for: Air Force awards. 

(ii) Submit to: Commander, U.S. Air 

Force Personnel Center/DPPPRA, 550 C 

Street West, Suite 12, Randolph Air 

Force Base, TX 78150–6001. 

(3)(i) Request for: Marine Corps 

awards. 

(ii) Submit to: Commandant, U.S. 

Marine Corps, Manpower and Reserve 

Affairs, Code: MMMA, 3280 Russell 

Road, Quantico, VA 22134–5103. 

(4)(i) Request for: Coast Guard awards. 

(ii) Submit to: Commandant, United 

States Coast Guard, 2100 Second Street, 

SW, ATTN: G–PS–5/TP41, Washington, 

DC 20593–0001. 

§ 578.67 Manufacture, sale, and illegal 

possession. 

Sections 507.1 to 507.8 of this chapter 

prescribe: 

(a) Restrictions on manufacture and 

sale of service medals and appurtenance 

by civilians. 

(b) Penalties for illegal possession and 

wearing of service medals and 

appurtenances. 

§ 578.68 Badges and tabs; general. 

(a) Purpose. The purpose of awarding 

badges is to provide for public 

recognition by tangible evidence of the 

attainment of a high degree of skill, 

proficiency, and excellence in tests and 

competition, as well as in the 

performance of duties. Awards of 

badges promote esprit de corps, and 

provide an incentive to greater effort, 

thus becoming instrumental in building 

and maintaining morale. Types of 

badges authorized to be awarded as 

hereinafter prescribed, are combat and 

special skill badges, marksmanship 

qualification badges, identification 

badges and tabs. 

(b) Recommendations and approval 

authority. (1) Recommendations for 

awards of badges will be submitted by 

memorandum or DA Form 4187 through 

command channels to the commander 

authorized to make the award. 

(2) Badges may be approved and 

awarded in the field only by the 

commanders authorized to award the 

respective badge. 

(3) Award of badges to Active Army 

personnel which cannot be resolved by 

local commanders will be forwarded 

through command channels to HQ, USA 

HRC, (see address § 578.3(c)). 

(c) Posthumous awards. When an 

individual who has qualified for a badge 

dies before the award is made, the badge 

may be presented to the next of kin. 

(d) Retroactive awards. Retroactive 

awards of the Combat Infantryman 

Badge and the Combat Medical Badge 

may be made to fully qualified 

individuals. Such awards will not be 

made except where evidence of injustice 

is presented. Active duty soldiers will 

forward their applications through 

command channels to HQ, AHRC, (see 

address § 578.3(c)). Reserve Component 

soldiers should address their 

application to Commander, USA HRCSt. Louis, One Reserve Way, St. Louis, 

MO 63132–5200. Retirees and veterans 

should address their application to the 

NPRC (see § 578.16(a)(3) for address). 

(e) Announcement of awards. 

Permanent awards of badges, except 

basic marksmanship qualification 

badges, identification badges, and the 

Physical Fitness Badge, will be 

announced in Permanent Orders by 

commanders authorized to make the 

award or Permanent Orders of HQDA. 

(f) Presentation of awards. Whenever 

practical, badges will be presented to 

military personnel in a formal 

ceremony. Presentations should be 

made as promptly as practical following 

announcement of awards, and when 

possible, in the presence of the troops 

with whom the recipients were serving 

at the time of the qualification. 

(g) Supply of badges. (1) Badges listed 

below are issued by the DA. 

(i) Combat and special skill badges; 

(ii) Basic Marksmanship Designation 

Badges; 

(iii) Distinguished marksmanship 

designation badges; 

(iv) Excellence in competition badges; 

(v) Basic marksmanship qualification 

badges and bars; 

(vi) Army Staff Identification Badge; 

(vii) The Guard, Tomb of the 

Unknown Soldier Identification Badge 

(an item of organizational equipment); 

(viii) Army ROTC Nurse Cadet 

Program Identification Badge; 

(ix) Drill Sergeant Identification 

Badge; 

(x) U.S. Army Recruiter Identification 

Badge; 

(xi) Career Counselor Badge; 

(xii) Army National Guard Recruiting 

and Retention Identification Badge; 

(xiii) U.S. Army Reserve Recruiter 

Identification Badge. 

(2) Items not issued or sold by the DA: 

(i) Identification badges, except as 

provided in paragraph (g)(1) of this 

section; 

(ii) Lapel buttons for badges; 

(iii) Certificates for badges; 

(iv) Foreign badges; 

(v) Miniature Combat Infantryman, 

Expert Infantryman, Combat Medical, 

Expert Field Medical, and Aviation 

badges; 

(vi) Dress miniature badges. 

(Miniatures may be purchased from 

dealers in military insignia.) 

(h) Requisition. Combat and special 

skill badges, basic marksmanship 

qualification badges, and authorized 

bars, may be requisitioned by 

commanders through normal channels. 

Requisitions will contain a statement 

that issue is to be made to authorized 

personnel. Commanders authorized to 

make the award may requisition bulk 

delivery of badges to meet needs for 60 

days. Care should be taken that 

excessive stocks are not requisitioned. 

Initial issue or replacement for a badge 

lost, destroyed, or rendered unfit for use 

without fault or neglect on the part of 

the person to whom it was awarded, 

will be made upon application, without 

charge to military personnel on active 

duty and at stock fund standard price to 

all others. 

(i) Character of service. A badge will 

not be awarded to any person who, 

subsequent to qualification therefore, 

has been dismissed, dishonorably 

discharged, or convicted of desertion by 

court-martial. 

(j) Special guidance. (1) Effective 

September 30, 1986, local established 

special skill badges are no longer 

authorized for wear. Authority for major 

commanders to approve local badges is 

rescinded. 

(2) The wear of badges issued by other 

Services is governed by AR 670–1. 

Those cases that cannot be resolved 

should be forwarded to Office of the 

Deputy Chief of Staff, G–1, ATTN: 

DAPE–HR–S, 300 Army Pentagon, 

Washington, DC 20310–0300. 

(3) Authority must be obtained from 

HQ, USA HRC (AHRC–PDO–PA) before 

wearing on the Army uniform badges 

awarded by other U.S. Services and the 

Director of Civilian Marksmanship. 

(k) To whom awarded. (1) The Combat 

Infantryman Badge may be awarded 

only to members of the U.S. Army. 

(2) The Combat Medical Badge may be 

awarded only to members of the U.S. 

Army, Navy, or Air Force. 

(3) Awards of U.S. Army badges to 

foreign military personnel will be made 

only with the prior consent of his or her 

Government and upon completion of 

the full requirements established for 

each badge. Foreign military personnel 

Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 66641 

may also qualify for Army badges while 

attending U.S. Army service schools or 

while participating in combined or joint 

operations. 

(4) All other special skill badges may 

be earned by U.S. military personnel 

who qualify while performing honorable 

active duty or Reserve service in an 

active status or while formally assigned 

or attached to the U.S. Army. 

(5) In certain cases, civilian personnel 

may be awarded special skill badges 

provided specific criteria are met. 

Requests or recommendations for award 

of special skill badges to civilians 

should be directed to designated 

approval authorities or Commander, 

USA HRC (see § 578.3(c) for address). 

(6) Table 9 below lists the U.S. Army 

combat and special skill badges 

authorized and who is authorized to be 

awarded each badge. 

TABLE 9.—U.S. ARMY BADGES AND TABS

Order of precedence may be awarded to: Members of 

other services 

Department of 

the army 

civilians 

Foreign military 

personnel 

Combat Infantryman Badge ................................................................................................ YES .................. NO .................... YES. 

Combat Medical Badge ...................................................................................................... YES .................. NO .................... NO. 

Combat Action Badge ......................................................................................................... YES .................. NO .................... YES. 

Expert Infantryman Badge .................................................................................................. NO .................... NO .................... NO. 

Expert Field Medical Badge ............................................................................................... YES .................. YES .................. YES. 

Parachutist Badges ............................................................................................................. YES .................. YES .................. YES. 

Parachute Rigger Badge .................................................................................................... YES .................. YES .................. YES. 

Military Free-Fall Parachutist Badge .................................................................................. NO .................... NO .................... NO. 

Army Aviator Badge ............................................................................................................ YES .................. YES .................. YES. 

Astronaut Device ................................................................................................................ YES .................. YES .................. YES. 

Flight Surgeon Badge ......................................................................................................... YES .................. YES .................. YES. 

Divers Badges .................................................................................................................... YES .................. YES .................. YES. 

Special Operations Diver Badge ........................................................................................ YES .................. NO .................... NO. 

Explosive Ordnance Disposal Badges ............................................................................... YES .................. YES .................. YES. 

Pathfinder Badge ................................................................................................................ YES .................. YES .................. YES. 

Air Assault Badge ............................................................................................................... YES .................. YES .................. YES. 

Aviation Badge .................................................................................................................... YES .................. YES .................. YES. 

Driver & Mechanic Badge ................................................................................................... YES .................. YES .................. YES. 

Ranger Tab ......................................................................................................................... YES .................. YES .................. YES. 

Special Forces Tab ............................................................................................................. YES .................. YES .................. YES. 

Sapper Tab ......................................................................................................................... YES .................. YES .................. YES. 

Notes: 1. Badges authorized to foreign military personnel will be made only after obtaining prior consent from his or her Government and after 

completion of the full requirements established for each badge. 

2. DA civilians must complete full requirements for the respective badge before it is awarded. 

§ 578.69 Combat Infantryman Badge. 

(a) Specific eligibility requirements. 

There are basically three requirements 

for award of the Combat Infantryman 

Badge (CIB): 

(1) The Soldier must be an 

infantryman satisfactorily performing 

infantry duties. 

(2) Must be assigned to an infantry 

unit during such time as the unit is 

engaged in active ground combat. 

(3) Must actively participate in such 

ground combat. (Campaign or battle 

credit alone is not sufficient for award 

of the CIB.) 

(b) The specific eligibility criteria for 

the CIB requires that: 

(1) A Soldier must be an Army 

infantry or special forces officer (SSI 11 

or 18) in the grade of colonel or below, 

or an Army enlisted Soldier or warrant 

officer with an infantry or Special 

Forces Military Occupational 

Specialties (MOS), who subsequent to 

December 6, 1941 has satisfactorily 

performed duty while assigned or 

attached as a member of an infantry, 

ranger or special forces unit of brigade, 

regimental, or smaller size during any 

period such unit was engaged in active 

ground combat. Eligibility for Special 

Forces personnel in MOS 18B, 18E, 18F, 

and 18Z (less Special Forces medical 

sergeant) accrues from December 20, 

1989. Retroactive awards of the CIB to 

Special Forces personnel are not 

authorized prior to December 20, 1989. 

(2) A recipient must be personally 

present and under hostile fire while 

serving in an assigned infantry or 

Special Forces primary duty, in a unit 

actively engaged in ground combat with 

the enemy. The unit in question can be 

of any size smaller than brigade. For 

example, personnel possessing an 

infantry MOS in a rifle squad of a 

cavalry platoon in a cavalry troop would 

be eligible for award of the CIB. Battle 

or campaign participation credit alone is 

not sufficient; the unit must have been 

in active ground combat with the enemy 

during the period. 

(3) Personnel with other than an 

infantry or Special Forces MOS are not 

eligible, regardless of the circumstances. 

The infantry or Special Forces SSI or 

MOS does not necessarily have to be the 

Soldier’s primary specialty, as long as 

the Soldier has been properly trained in 

infantry or Special Forces tactics, 

possesses the appropriate skill code, 

and is serving in that specialty when 

engaged in active ground combat as 

described above. Commanders are not 

authorized to make any exceptions to 

this policy. 

(4) Awards will not be made to 

general officers or to members of 

headquarters companies of units larger 

in size than brigade. 

(5) On or after September 18, 2001, 

the following rules apply: 

(i) A Soldier must be an Army 

infantry or special forces (SSI 11 or 18) 

in the grade of colonel or below, or an 

Army enlisted Soldier or warrant officer 

with an infantry or special forces MOS, 

who has satisfactorily performed duty 

while assigned or attached as a member 

of an infantry, ranger or special forces 

unit of brigade, regimental, or smaller 

size during any period such unit was 

engaged in active ground combat, to 

close with and destroy the enemy with 

direct fire. 

(ii) A Soldier must be personally 

present and under fire while serving in 

an assigned infantry or Special Forces 

primary duty, in a unit engaged in 

active ground combat, to close with and 

destroy the enemy with direct fire. 

66642 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 

(iii) Soldiers possessing MOS of 18D 

(Special Forces Medical Sergeant) who 

satisfactorily perform special forces 

duties while assigned or attached to a 

special forces unit of brigade, 

regimental, or smaller size during any 

period such unit was engaged in active 

ground combat may be awarded the CIB. 

These Soldiers must have been 

personally present and engaged in 

active ground combat, to close with and 

destroy the enemy with direct fires. 

Retroactive awards under these criteria 

are not authorized for service prior to 

September 18, 2001. 

(iv) Those Soldiers possessing MOS of 

18D who qualify for award of the 

Combat Medical Badge from September 

18, 2001 to June 3, 2005 will remain 

qualified for the badge. Upon request 

any such Soldier may be awarded the 

CIB instead of the Combat Medical 

Badge. In such instances, the Soldier 

must submit a request through the chain 

of command to the Commander, USA 

HRC (see § 578.3(c) for address), for 

conversion of the Combat Medical 

Badge to the CIB. 

(v) Service members from other U.S. 

Armed Forces and foreign military 

(infantry and Special Forces 

equivalents) assigned or attached as a 

member of a U.S. Army infantry or 

Special Forces unit of brigade, 

regimental, or smaller size may be 

considered for award of the CIB. The 

specific eligibility requirements listed in 

§ 578.69(a) must be met. Retroactive 

awards under these criteria are not 

authorized for service prior to 

September 18, 2001. 

(c) The CIB is authorized for award for 

the following qualifying periods: 

(1) World War II (December 7, 1941 to 

September 3, 1945). 

(2) The Korean War (June 27, 1950 to 

July 27, 1953). 

(3) Republic of Vietnam Conflict 

(March 2, 1961 to March 28, 1973), 

combined with qualifying service in 

Laos (April 19, 1961 to October 6, 1962). 

(4) Dominican Republic (April 28, 

1965 to September 1, 1966). 

(5) Korea on the DMZ (January 4, 1969 

to March 31, 1994). 

(6) El Salvador (January 1, 1981 to 

February 1, 1992). 

(7) Grenada (October 23 to November 

21, 1983). 

(8) Joint Security Area, Panmunjom, 

Korea (November 23, 1984). 

(9) Panama (December 20, 1989 to 

January 31, 1990). 

(10) Southwest Asia Conflict (January 

17 to April 11, 1991). 

(11) Somalia (June 5, 1992 to March 

31, 1994). 

(12) Afghanistan (Operation 

ENDURING FREEDOM, December 5, 

2001 to a date to be determined). 

(13) Iraq (Operation IRAQI 

FREEDOM, March 19, 2003 to a date to 

be determined). 

(d) The special provisions authorized 

for the Vietnam Conflict, Laos, and 

Korea on the DMZ are outlined in 

paragraphs (d)(1) through (5) of this 

section. 

(1) During the Vietnam Conflict, any 

officer whose branch is other than 

infantry who, under appropriate orders, 

has commanded a line infantry (other 

than a headquarters unit) unit of 

brigade, regimental, or smaller size for 

at least 30 consecutive days is deemed 

to have been detailed in infantry and is 

eligible for award of the CIB 

notwithstanding absence of a written 

directive detailing that Soldier in the 

infantry, provided all other 

requirements for the award have been 

met. Orders directing the officer to 

assume command will be confirmed in 

writing at the earliest practicable date. 

(i) In addition, any officer, warrant 

officer, or enlisted Soldier whose branch 

is other than infantry, who under 

appropriate orders was assigned to 

advise a unit listed in paragraphs (d)(2) 

and (3) of this section or was assigned 

as a member of a White Star Mobile 

Training Team or a member of MAAGLaos as indicated in paragraphs (d)(4)(i) 

and (ii) of this section will be eligible 

for award of the CIB provided all other 

requirements have been met. 

(ii) After December 1, 1967 for service 

in the Republic of Vietnam, 

noncommissioned officers serving as 

Command Sergeants Major of infantry 

battalions and brigades for periods of at 

least 30 consecutive days in a combat 

zone are eligible for award of the CIB 

provided all other requirements have 

been met. 

(2) Subsequent to March 1, 1961, a 

Soldier must have been—

(i) Assigned as advisor to an infantry 

unit, ranger unit, infantry-type unit of 

the civil guard of regimental or smaller 

size, and/or infantry-type unit of the 

self-defense corps unit of regimental or 

smaller size of the Vietnamese 

government during any period such unit 

was engaged in actual ground combat. 

(ii) Assigned as advisor of an irregular 

force comparable to the above infantry 

units under similar conditions. 

(iii) Personally present and under fire 

while serving in an assigned primary 

duty as a member of a tactical advisory 

team while the unit participated in 

ground combat. 

(3) Subsequent to May 24, 1965, to 

qualify for the CIB, personnel serving in 

U.S. units must meet the requirements 

of paragraph (b)(1) of this section. 

Individuals who performed liaison 

duties with the Royal Thai Army of the 

Army of the Republic of Korea combat 

units in Vietnam are eligible for award 

of the badge provided they meet all 

other requirements. 

(4) In Laos from April 19, 1961 to 

October 6, 1962, a Soldier must have 

been—

(i) Assigned as member of a White 

Star Mobile Training Team while the 

team was attached to or working with a 

unit of regimental (groupment mobile) 

or smaller size of Forces Armee du 

Royaume (FAR), or with irregular type 

forces of regimental or smaller size. 

(ii) A member of MAAG-Laos 

assigned as an advisor to a region or 

zone of FAR, or while serving with 

irregular type forces of regimental or 

smaller size. 

(iii) Personally under hostile fire 

while assigned as specified in 

paragraphs (d)(4)(i) and (ii) of this 

section. 

(5) In Korea on the DMZ. The special 

requirements for award of the CIB for 

service in the Republic of Korea are 

rescinded. Army veterans and service 

members who served in Korea on or 

after July 28, 1953 and meet the criteria 

for award of the CIB outlined in 

paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, 

may submit an application (to include 

supporting documentation) for award of 

the CIB to the Commander, USA HRC, 

(see § 578.3(c) for address). Retroactive 

awards under these criteria are not 

authorized for service prior to July 29, 

1953. 

(e) Subsequent awards. To date, a 

separate award of the CIB has been 

authorized for qualified soldiers in any 

of the following four qualifying periods: 

(1) World War II (December 7, 1941 to 

September 3, 1945). 

(2) The Korean Conflict (June 27, 1950 

to July 27, 1953). 

(3) The Vietnam Conflict. Service in 

the Republic of Vietnam conflict (after 

March 1, 1961) combined with 

qualifying service in Laos (April 19, 

1961 to October 6, 1962); the Dominican 

Republic (April 28, 1965 to September 

1, 1966); Korea on the DMZ (after 

January 4, 1969); El Salvador (January 1, 

1981 to February 1, 1992); Grenada 

(October 23 to November 21, 1983); 

Joint Security Area, Panmunjom, Korea 

(November 23, 1984); Panama 

(December 20, 1989 to January 31, 

1990); Southwest Asia (January 17 to 

April 11, 1991); and Somalia (June 5, 

1992 to March 31, 1994) is recognized 

by one award only regardless of whether 

a soldier has served one or multiple 

tours in any or all of these areas. 

Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 66643 

(4) Global War on Terrorism. 

Operation ENDURING FREEDOM 

(November 20, 2001 to date to be 

determined) and Operation IRAQI 

FREEDOM (March 19, 2003 to a date to 

be determined). 

(f) If a Soldier has been awarded the 

CIB in one of the qualifying periods 

outlined in paragraph (c) of this section, 

that Soldier is not eligible to earn the 

CMB in the same period. 

(g) Who may award. (1) Current 

awards. Current awards of the CIB may 

be awarded by the Commanding 

General, USA HRC and any commander 

delegated authority by the Secretary of 

the Army during wartime. 

(2) Retroactive awards. Retroactive 

awards of the Combat Infantryman 

Badge and the Combat Medical Badge 

may be awarded by the Commanding 

General, USA HRC to active duty 

Soldiers and Reserve Component 

Soldiers. Applications for retroactive 

award of the CIB and CMB will be 

forwarded through command channels 

to the Commander, USA HRC, (see 

§ 578.3(c) for address). Retirees and 

veterans should address their 

application to the NPRC, (see 

§ 578.16(a)(3) for address). Retroactive 

award of the CIB and CMB are 

authorized for time periods specified 

above to fully qualified individuals. 

Such awards will not be made except 

where evidence of injustice is 

presented. 

(j) Description. A silver and enamel 

badge 1 inch in height and 3 inches in 

width, consisting of an infantry musket 

on a light blue bar with a silver border, 

on and over an elliptical oak wreath. 

Stars are added at the top of the wreath 

to indicate subsequent awards; one star 

for the second award, two stars for the 

third award and three stars for the 

fourth award. 

§ 578.70 Combat Medical Badge. 

(a) Eligibility requirements. (1) The 

Combat Medical Badge (CMB) may be 

awarded to members of the Army 

Medical Department (colonels and 

below), the Naval Medical Department 

(captains and below), the Air Force 

Medical Service (colonels and below), 

assigned or attached by appropriate 

orders to an infantry unit of brigade, 

regimental, or smaller size, or to a 

medical unit of company or smaller 

size, organic to an infantry unit of 

brigade or smaller size, during any 

period the infantry unit is engaged in 

actual ground combat on or after 

December 6, 1941. Battle participation 

credit alone is not sufficient; the 

infantry unit must have been in contact 

with the enemy. 

(2) Award of the CMB will not be 

made to general or flag officers. 

(b) The following individuals are also 

eligible for the CMB: 

(1) Effective December 19, 1989—

Special Forces personnel possessing 

military occupational specialty 18D 

(Special Operations Medical Sergeant) 

who satisfactorily performed medical 

duties while assigned or attached to a 

Special Forces unit during any period 

the unit is engaged in actual ground 

combat, provided they are personally 

present and under fire. Retroactive 

awards under these criteria are not 

authorized prior to December 19, 1989. 

(2) Effective January 16, 1991—

Medical personnel outlined in 

paragraph (a) of this section, assigned or 

attached to armor and ground cavalry 

units of brigade or smaller size, who 

satisfactorily perform medical duties 

while the unit is engaged in actual 

ground combat, provided they are 

personally present and under fire. 

Retroactive awards under these criteria 

are not authorized prior to January 16, 

1991. 

(3) Effective September 11, 2001, 

Medical personnel outlined in 

paragraphs (a) (1) and (b)(2) of this 

section, assigned or attached to or under 

operational control of any ground 

Combat Arms units (not to include 

members assigned or attached to 

Aviation units) of brigade or smaller 

size, who satisfactorily perform medical 

duties while the unit is engaged in 

actual ground combat, provided they are 

personally present and under fire. 

Retroactive awards under these criteria 

are not authorized prior to September 

11, 2001. 

(4) Effective on or after September 18, 

2001: 

(i) Medical personnel assigned or 

attached to or under operational control 

of any ground Combat Arms units (not 

to include members assigned or 

attached to Aviation units) of brigade or 

smaller size, who satisfactorily perform 

medical duties while the unit is engaged 

in active ground combat, provided they 

are personally present and under fire. 

Retroactive awards under these criteria 

are not authorized for service prior to 

September 18, 2001. 

(ii) Effective June 5, 2005, Soldiers 

possessing a MOS of 18D are no longer 

eligible for award of the CMB (see 

§ 578.69 (b)(5)(iii) of this part). 

(c) Subsequent awards. The CMB is 

authorized for award for the following 

qualifying wars, conflicts, and 

operations: 

(1) World War II (December 7, 1941 to 

September 3, 1945). 

(2) The Korean War (June 27, 1950 to 

July 27, 1953). 

(3) Republic of Vietnam Conflict 

(March 2, 1961 to March 28, 1973), 

combined with qualifying service in 

Laos (April 19, 1961 to October 6, 1962). 

(4) Dominican Republic (April 28, 

1965 to September 1, 1966). 

(5) Korea on the DMZ (January 4, 1969 

to March 31, 1994). 

(6) El Salvador (January 1, 1981 to 

February 1, 1992). 

(7) Grenada (October 23 to November 

21, 1983). 

(8) Joint Security Area, Panmunjom, 

Korea (November 23, 1984). 

(9) Panama (December 20, 1989 to 

January 31, 1990). 

(10) Southwest Asia Conflict (January 

17 to April 11, 1991). 

(11) Somalia (June 5, 1992 to March 

31, 1994). 

(12) Afghanistan (Operation 

ENDURING FREEDOM, December 5, 

2001 to a date to be determined). 

(13) Iraq (Operation IRAQI 

FREEDOM, March 19, 2003 to a date to 

be determined). 

(d) The special provisions for the 

Vietnam Conflict, Laos and Korea on the 

DMZ are as follows: 

(1) For service in Vietnam Conflict: 

(i) On or after March 1, 1961, a 

Soldier must have been assigned to a 

Vietnamese unit engaged in actual 

ground combat or as a member of a U.S. 

Army infantry unit of brigade or smaller 

size, including Special Forces 

Detachments, serving with a Republic of 

Vietnam unit engaged in actual ground 

combat. The Republic of Vietnam unit 

must have been of regimental size or 

smaller and either an infantry, ranger, 

infantry-type unit of the civil guard, 

infantry-type unit of the self-defense 

corps, or the irregular forces. The 

Soldier must have been personally 

present and under hostile fire while 

assigned as specified. 

(ii) On or after May 24, 1965, Soldiers 

serving in U.S. units must meet the 

requirements of paragraph (b) (1) of this 

section. Soldiers who perform liaison 

duties with the Royal Thai Army or the 

Army of the Republic of Korea combat 

units in Vietnam are eligible for award 

of the badge provided they meet all 

other requirements. 

(2) For service in Laos, from April 19, 

1961 to October 6, 1962, the Soldier 

must have been—

(i) Assigned as member of a White 

Star Mobile Training Team while the 

team was attached to or working with a 

unit of regimental (groupment mobile) 

or smaller size of Forces Armee du 

Royaume (FAR), or with irregular-type 

forces of regimental or smaller size. 

(ii) A member of the Military 

Assistance Advisory Group (MAAG), 

Laos, assigned as an advisor to a region 

66644 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 

or zone of FAR, or while serving with 

irregular-type forces of regimental or 

smaller size. 

(iii) Personally under hostile fire 

while assigned as specified in 

paragraphs (d)(2)(i) and (ii) of this 

section. 

(3) For service in Korea on the DMZ. 

The special requirements for award of 

the CMB for service in the Republic of 

Korea are rescinded. Army veterans and 

service members who served in Korea 

on or after July 28, 1953 and meet the 

criteria for award of the CMB outlined 

in paragraph (a) of this section, may 

submit an application (to include 

supporting documentation) for award of 

the CMB to the Commander, USA HRC, 

(see § 578.3(c) for address). Retroactive 

awards under these criteria are not 

authorized for service prior to July 29, 

1953. 

(e) Second and subsequent awards of 

the CMB are as follows: 

(1) Second and third awards of the 

CMB are indicated by superimposing 1 

and 2 stars respectively, centered at the 

top of the badge between the points of 

the oak wreath. To date, a separate 

award of the CMB has been authorized 

for qualified soldiers who service in the 

follow four qualifying periods: 

(i) World War II. 

(ii) The Korean War. 

(iii) Vietnam Conflict. Service in the 

Republic of Vietnam conflict combined 

with qualifying service in Laos; the 

Dominican Republic; Korea on the 

DMZ; El Salvador; Grenada; Joint 

Security Area, Panmunjom, Korea; 

Panama; and Southwest Asia Conflict; 

and Somalia regardless of whether a 

Soldier has served one or multiple tours 

in any or all of these areas. The Vietnam 

Conflict Era officially terminated on 

March 10, 1995. 

(iv) Global War on Terrorism 

(Afghanistan, Operation ENDURING 

FREEDOM) and Iraq, Operation IRAQI 

FREEDOM. 

(2) If a Soldier has been awarded the 

CIB in one of the qualifying periods that 

Soldier is not eligible to earn the CMB 

in the same period. 

(f) Who may award. The award 

approval authority for the CMB is the 

same as the CIB (see § 578.69(g) of this 

part). 

(g) Description. An oxidized silver 

badge 1 inch in height and 11⁄2 inches 

in width, consisting of a stretcher 

crossed by a caduceus surmounted at 

top by a Greek cross, all on and over an 

elliptical oak wreath. Stars are added to 

indicate subsequent awards; one star at 

top for the second award, one star at top 

and one at bottom for the third award, 

one star at top and one at each side for 

the fourth award. 

§ 578.71 Combat Action Badge. 

(a) On May 2, 2005, the Chief of Staff, 

Army, approved the creation of the 

Combat Action Badge (CAB) to provide 

special recognition to Soldiers who 

personally engage, or are engaged by the 

enemy. 

(b) Basic eligibility requirements. The 

requirements for award of the CAB are 

Branch and MOS immaterial. 

Assignment to a Combat Arms unit or a 

unit organized to conduct close or 

offensive combat operations, or 

performing offensive combat operations 

is not required to qualify for the CAB. 

However, it is not intended to award all 

Soldiers who serve in a combat zone or 

imminent danger area. 

(c) Specific eligibility requirements. 

(1) May be awarded to any Soldier. 

(2) Soldier must be performing 

assigned duties in an area where hostile 

fire pay or imminent danger pay is 

authorized. 

(3) Soldier must be personally present 

and actively engaging or being engaged 

by the enemy, and performing 

satisfactorily in accordance with the 

prescribed rules of engagement. 

(4) Soldier must be assigned or 

attached to a unit that would qualify the 

Soldier for the CIB or CMB. For 

example, an 11B assigned to Corps staff 

is eligible for award of the CAB. 

However, an 11B assigned to an infantry 

battalion is not eligible for award of the 

CAB. 

(d) In addition to Army Soldiers, the 

CAB may be awarded to members of 

other U.S. Armed Forces and foreign 

military personnel assigned to a U.S. 

Army unit, provided they meet the 

criteria (for example, Korean 

Augmentation to U.S. Army (KATUSA) 

personnel in the 2d Infantry Division 

would be eligible). 

(e) Award of the CAB is authorized 

from September 18, 2001, to a date to be 

determined. Award for qualifying 

service in any previous conflict is not 

authorized. 

(f) Second and subsequent awards of 

the CAB are as follows: 

(1) Only one CAB may be awarded 

during a qualified period. 

(2) Second and subsequent awards of 

the CAB will be indicated by 

superimposing one and two stars 

respectively, centered at the top of the 

badge between the points of the oak 

wreath. 

(g) Retroactive awards of the CAB are 

not authorized prior to September 18, 

2001. For service on or after September 

18, 2001, applications (with supporting 

documentation) for retroactive awards 

of the CAB will be forwarded through 

the first 2-star general in the chain of 

command to the Commander, USA 

HRC, (see § 578.3(c) for address). 

(h) The CAB is categorized as a Group 

1 Badge. See Army Regulation 670–1 for 

specific wear instructions. 

(i) Soldier’s may be awarded the CIB, 

CMB and CAB for the same qualifying 

period, provided the criteria for each 

badge are met. However, subsequent 

awards of the same badge within the 

same qualifying period are not 

authorized. 

(j) The CAB may be awarded by a 

commander delegated authority by the 

Secretary of the Army during wartime or 

the Cdr, USA HRC. Effective June 3, 

2005, commanders delegated authority 

to award the CAB may further delegate 

award authority to commanders in the 

grade of major general or above. The 

CAB will be announced in permanent 

orders. 

(k) Description. A silver badge 2 

inches (5.08 cm) in width overall 

consisting of an oak wreath supporting 

a rectangle bearing a bayonet 

surmounting a grenade, all silver. Stars 

are added at the top to indicate 

subsequent awards; one star for the 

second award, two stars for the third 

award and three stars for the fourth 

award. 

§ 578.72 Expert Infantryman Badge. 

(a) Basic eligibility criteria. (1) 

Specialty skill identifier and Military 

Occupational Specialty (MOS) 

requirement. Candidates must be in an 

Active Army status and must possess a 

primary MOS in CMF 11 or 18B, 18C, 

18E, 18F, or 18Z; be warrant officers 

identified as 180A; or be infantry or 

special operations branch officers 

serving in infantry positions. 

(2) Duty requirement. All personnel 

having a Career Management Field 

(CMF) 11 or Specialty Code 11 code, 

regardless of their present assignment, 

are eligible to participate in the Expert 

Infantryman Badge (EIB) program. They 

must meet the prerequisites and take the 

test with an infantry unit of at least 

battalion size. 

(b) Test requirement. Personnel must 

meet all prerequisites and proficiency 

tests prescribed by U.S. Army Infantry 

Center. 

(c) Authority to test and award the 

badge. The following commanders are 

authorized to give EIB tests and award 

the badge to qualified soldiers in their 

commands: 

(1) Division commanders; 

(2) Commanders of separate infantry 

brigades and regiments; 

(3) Commanders of divisional 

brigades when authority is delegated to 

them by their division commanders; 

Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 66645 

(4) Separate infantry battalion 

commanders when authority is 

delegated to them by the commander 

exercising general court-martial 

authority over the battalion; 

(5) Commanders of U.S. Army 

Training Centers; 

(6) Commandant, U.S. Army Infantry 

School; 

(7) Commanders of Special Forces 

Groups; 

(8) Commanders of separate Special 

Forces battalions when authority is 

delegated to them by the commander 

exercising general court-martial 

authority over their units; 

(9) Commanders of Reserve 

Component combat and training 

divisions, and brigade size units are 

authorized to administer EIB tests and 

award the badge to qualified personnel 

in the command. 

(d) Description. A silver and enamel 

badge 7⁄16 inch in height and 3 inches 

in width, consisting of an Infantry 

musket on a light blue bar with a silver 

border. 

§ 578.73 Expert Field Medical Badge. 

(a) Basic eligibility criteria. (1) 

Officers must be assigned or detailed to 

an Army Medical Department (AMEDD) 

corps. This includes Army officers in 

training at the Uniformed Services 

University of Health Sciences. It also 

includes Army officers enrolled in the 

Health Professions Scholarship 

Program. 

(2) Warrant officers must have an 

AMEDD primary MOS controlled by 

The Surgeon General. Warrant officer 

pilots are also eligible, if they have a 

‘‘D’’ SQI (Aeromedical Evacuation Pilot) 

and are assigned to an air ambulance 

unit. 

(3) Enlisted personnel must have a 

primary Military Occupational Specialty 

(MOS) in the Medical Career 

Management Field or an MOS of 18D. 

(4) Other U.S. Armed Services and 

foreign military must either be medical 

personnel or serving in comparable 

medical positions. The approval for 

wear of the badge by other U.S. Armed 

Services and foreign military is 

governed according to their respective 

Services guidance. 

(b) Duty requirement. Eligible 

personnel must be on active duty or 

assigned to a troop program unit in the 

Reserve component unit or an AMEDD 

mobilization augmentation agency. 

(c) Authority to test and award. The 

following commanders in the grade of 

Lieutenant Colonel or above are 

authorized to conduct the test and 

award the badge. Commanders must 

have the resources and facilities to 

conduct the test as prescribed by the 

U.S. Army Medical Department Center 

and School. 

(1) Active Army Table of Organization 

and Equipment (TOE) and Table of 

Distribution and Allowances (TDA) 

medical units. 

(2) Division support commands. 

(3) Separate regiments and brigades. 

(4) Commanders of U.S. Army Reserve 

and National Guard units. Reserve and 

National Guard units must conduct the 

test during their annual active duty 

training. 

(d) Description. An oxidized silver 

badge 15⁄16 inch in height and 17⁄16

inches in width consisting of a stretcher 

crossed by a caduceus surmounted at 

top by a Greek cross. 

§ 578.74 Parachutist badges. 

(a) Three degrees of badges are 

authorized for award: Basic Parachutist 

Badge, Senior Parachutist Badge, and 

Master Parachutist Badge. 

(b) Eligibility criteria for each badge 

as set forth in Parachutist Badge—Basic, 

Senior Parachutist Badge, and Master 

Parachutist Badge. 

(c) Special eligibility for awards will 

be determined from the DA Form 1307 

(Individual Jump Record) in their 

military record. Each entry on this form 

will include pay period covered and 

initials of the personnel officer; the 

entry will be made only from a DA Form 

1306 (Statement of Jump and Loading 

Manifest) completed by an officer or 

jumpmaster. 

(d) Jumps with civilian parachute 

clubs will not be counted in the number 

of total jumps required for each badge. 

(e) Award of the basic Parachutist 

Badge or advanced parachutist badges 

awarded by other U.S. Services may 

only be awarded if the soldier meets the 

Army criteria for the badge. 

(f) Approval authority. Award 

approval authorities for all three badges 

are as follows: 

(1) Commanding Generals of major 

Army commands (MACOM) and 

continental United States (CONUS); 

(2) Commanders of U.S. Army Corps 

with organic long-range reconnaissance 

companies, commanders of airborne 

corps, airborne divisions; 

(3) Commander, 4th Psychological 

Operations Group (Airborne); 

(4) Infantry divisions containing 

organic airborne elements; 

(5) Commandants of the Infantry 

School and the Quartermaster School; 

(6) Commanders of separate airborne 

regiments, separate airborne battalions, 

Special Forces Group (Airborne), and 

the U.S. Army John F. Kennedy Special 

Warfare Center and School; 

(7) The President, U.S. Army 

Airborne, Communications and 

Electronics Board; 

(8) Commander, U.S. Army Special 

Forces Command (Airborne); 

(9) Commander, U.S. Army Special 

Operations Support Command 

(Airborne). 

(g) Subsequent awards. A bronze 

service star is authorized to be worn on 

the Parachutist Badges to denote a 

soldier’s participation in a combat 

parachute jump. Orders are required to 

confirm award of these badges. A 

soldier’s combat parachute jump credit 

is tied directly to the combat assault 

credit decision for the unit to which the 

soldier is attached or assigned at the 

time of the assault. Should a unit be 

denied air assault credit, no air assault 

credit for purpose of this badge will 

accrue to the individual soldiers of that 

unit. Each soldier must physically exit 

the aircraft to receive combat parachute 

jump credit and the Parachutist badge 

with bronze service star. 

(h) Description. An oxidized silver 

badge 113⁄64 inches in height and 11⁄2

inches in width, consisting of an open 

parachute on and over a pair of stylized 

wings displayed and curving inward. A 

star and wreath are added above the 

parachute canopy to indicate the degree 

of qualification. A star above the canopy 

indicates a Senior Parachutist; the star 

surrounded by a laurel wreath indicates 

a Master Parachutist. Small stars are 

superimposed on the appropriate badge 

to indicate combat jumps as follows: 

(1) One jump: A bronze star centered 

on the shroud lines 3⁄16 inch below the 

canopy; 

(2) Two jumps: A bronze star on the 

base of each wing; 

(3) Three jumps: A bronze star on the 

base of each wing and one star centered 

on the shroud lines 3⁄16 inch below the 

canopy; 

(4) Four jumps: Two bronze stars on 

the base of each wing; 

(5) Five jumps: A gold star centered 

on the shroud lines 5⁄16 inch below the 

canopy. 

§ 578.75 Parachutist Badge—Basic. 

General. To be eligible for award of 

the basic Parachutist Badge, an 

individual must have satisfactorily 

completed the prescribed proficiency 

tests while assigned or attached to an 

airborne unit or the Airborne 

Department of the Infantry School, or 

have participated in at least one combat 

parachute jump as follows: 

(a) A member of an organized force 

carrying out an assigned tactical mission 

for which the unit was credited with an 

airborne assault landing by the theater 

commander; 

(b) While engaged in military 

operations involving conflict with an 

opposing foreign force; 

66646 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 

(c) While serving with friendly foreign 

forces engaged in an armed conflict 

against an opposing armed force in 

which the United States is not a 

belligerent party. 

§ 578.76 Senior Parachutist Badge. 

To be eligible for the Senior 

Parachutist Badge, an individual must 

have been rated excellent in character 

and efficiency and have met the 

following requirements: 

(a) Participated in a minimum of 30 

jumps to include the following: 

(1) Fifteen jumps with combat 

equipment to consist of normal TOE 

equipment including individual weapon 

carried in combat whether the jump was 

in actual or simulated combat. In cases 

of simulated combat the equipment will 

include water, rations (actual or 

dummy), ammunition (actual or 

dummy), and other essential items 

necessary to sustain an individual in 

combat. 

(2) Two night jumps made during the 

hours of darkness (regardless of time of 

day with respect to sunset) one of which 

will be as jumpmaster of a stick. 

(3) Two mass tactical jumps which 

culminate in an airborne assault 

problem with either a unit equivalent to 

a battalion or larger; a separate company 

battery; or an organic staff of regimental 

size or larger. The soldier must fill a 

position commensurate with his or her 

rank or grade during the problem. 

(4) For award of the Senior 

Parachutist Badge, the prerequisite 

requirements above must be obtained by 

static line parachuting. 

(b) Either graduated from the 

Jumpmaster Course of the Airborne 

Department of the Infantry School or the 

Jumpmaster School of a separate 

airborne battalion or larger airborne 

unit, or infantry divisions and separate 

infantry brigades containing organic 

airborne elements, to include the U.S. 

Army Alaska Jumpmaster Course or 

served as jumpmaster on one or more 

combat jumps or as a jumpmaster on 15 

noncombat jumps. 

(c) Have served on jump status with 

an airborne unit or other organizations 

authorized parachutists for a total of at 

least 24 months. 

§ 578.77 Master Parachutist Badge. 

To be eligible for the Master 

Parachutist Badge, an individual must 

have been rated excellent in character 

and efficiency and have met the 

following requirements: 

(a) Participated in a minimum of 65 

jumps to include: (1) Twenty-five jumps 

with combat equipment to consist of 

normal TOE equipment, including 

individual weapon carried by the 

individual in combat whether the jump 

was in actual or simulated combat. In 

cases of simulated combat the 

equipment will include water rations 

(actual or dummy), ammunition (actual 

or dummy), and other essential items 

necessary to sustain an individual in 

combat. 

(2) Four night jumps made during the 

hours of darkness (regardless of the time 

of day with respect to sunset) one of 

which will be as jumpmaster of a stick. 

(3) Five mass tactical jumps which 

culminate in an airborne assault 

problem with a unit equivalent to a 

battalion or larger; a separate company/ 

battery; or an organic staff of regimental 

size or larger. The individual must fill 

a position commensurate with their 

rank or grade during the problem. 

(4) For award of the Master 

Parachutist Badge, the prerequisite 

requirements in paragraphs (a)(1), (2) 

and (3) of this section must be obtained 

by static line parachuting. 

(b) Either graduated from the 

Jumpmaster Course of the Airborne 

Department of the Infantry School or the 

Jumpmaster School of a separate 

airborne battalion or larger airborne 

unit, or infantry divisions and separate 

infantry brigades containing organic 

airborne elements, to include the U.S. 

Army Alaska Jumpmaster Course, or 

served as jumpmaster on one or more 

combat jumps or as jumpmaster on 33 

noncombat jumps. 

(c) Have served on jump status with 

an airborne unit or other organization 

authorized parachutists for a total of at 

least 36 months. 

§ 578.78 Parachute Rigger Badge. 

(a) Eligibility requirements. Any 

individual who successfully completes 

the Parachute Rigger course conducted 

by the U.S. Army Quartermaster School 

and holds an awarded MOS of 43E 

(enlisted) or 401A (warrant officers) may 

be awarded the Parachute Rigger Badge. 

Officers qualify upon successful 

completion of one of the following 

courses: Aerial Delivery and Materiel 

Officer Course; Parachute Maintenance 

and Aerial Supply Officer Course; 

Parachute Maintenance and Airdrop 

Course (officer or enlisted) or Parachute 

Rigger Course (enlisted). Sergeants 

Major and Master Sergeants who hold 

by career progression a MOS of 00Z or 

76Z and formerly held an awarded MOS 

of 43E are qualified for award of the 

Parachute Rigger Badge. 

(b) Retroactive award. The Parachute 

Rigger Badge may be awarded 

retroactively to any individual who 

graduated from the Parachute Rigger 

school after May 1951 and holds or at 

anytime held an awarded MOS listed in 

paragraph (a) of this section. Officers 

must have successfully completed one 

of the courses listed in paragraph (a) of 

this section to qualify for retroactive 

award of the badge. The badge may also 

be awarded retroactively to any 

individual who performed as a rigger 

prior to May 1951 and did not attend or 

graduate from the U.S. Army 

Quartermaster Center and School. 

(c) Who may award. (1) Current 

awards. Current awards of the Parachute 

Rigger Badge will be made by the 

Commandant, U.S. Army Quartermaster 

School, Fort Lee, VA 23801–5152, and 

the Commander, USA HRC (§ 578.3 (c) 

for address). 

(2) Retroactive awards. (i) After 1951. 

Requests for award of the badge from 

individuals having no current Army 

status (veterans and retirees) who 

qualified after 1951 will be forwarded to 

the NPRC (see § 578.16 (a)(3) for 

address). 

(ii) Before 1951. Requests for award of 

the badge from individuals (Active duty, 

veterans and retirees) who qualified 

before 1951 will be submitted to the 

Commandant, U.S. Army Quartermaster 

Center and School, ATTN: ATSM–Q–

MG (Historian), Fort Lee, VA 23801–

1601. Requests must include written 

justification and will be considered on 

a case-by-cases basis. 

(d) Description. A silver winged 

hemispherical canopy with conically 

arrayed cords, 13⁄4 inches wide, with a 

band centered on the badge inscribed 

‘‘RIGGER.’’

§ 578.79 Military Free Fall Parachutist 

Badge. 

(a) The Military Free Fall Parachutist 

Badges identify Special Operations 

Forces (SOF) personnel who have 

qualified in one of the military’s most 

demanding and hazardous skills, 

military free fall parachuting. 

(b) Badge authorized. Two degrees of 

the Military Free Fall Parachutist 

Badges are authorized for award: Basic 

and Jumpmaster. 

(c) Eligibility requirements. (1) 

Military Free Fall Parachutist Badge, 

Basic. To be eligible for the basic badge, 

an individual must meet one of the 

following criteria: 

(i) Have satisfactorily completed a 

prescribed program of instruction in 

military free fall approved by the U.S. 

Army John F. Kennedy Special Warfare 

Center and School (USAJFKSWC&S); or 

(ii) Have executed a military free fall 

combat jump. 

(2) Military Free Fall Parachutist 

Badge, Jumpmaster. To be eligible for 

the Jumpmaster Badge, an individual 

must have satisfactorily completed a 

prescribed military free fall jumpmaster 

Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 66647 

program of instruction approved by 

USAJFKSWC&S. 

(d) Approval authority. (1) The 

Commander in Chief, U.S. Special 

Operations Command is the approval 

authority for award of these badges. 

(2) The Commanding General, 

USAJFKSWC&S is the approval 

authority for award of the badges to 

qualifying personnel upon their 

graduation from USAJFFKSWC&S 

Military Free Fall Parachutist basic and 

Military Free Fall Parachutist 

Jumpmaster courses. 

(3) Retroactive Award. Special 

Operations Forces personnel who 

qualified in military free fall prior to 

October 1, 1994 must obtain approval 

prior to wearing the Military Free Fall 

Parachutist Badges. Requests for award 

of the badge will be submitted in 

writing to Commander, U.S. Army John 

F. Kennedy Special Warfare Center and 

School, ATTN: AFJK–GPD–SA, Fort 

Bragg, NC 28307–5000. Applications 

will include the following: 

(i) Name, rank, SSN, and MOS; 

(ii) Copy of official jump record, DA 

Form 1307 (Individual Jump Record), 

and any other supporting documents 

(that is, graduation or qualification 

certificates). 

(4) Veterans and Retirees. Veterans 

and retirees may request update of their 

records to show permanent award of the 

badge by writing to the NPRC (§ 578.16 

(a)(3) for address). Requests should 

include copy of official jump record, DA 

Form 1307 (Individual Jump Record), 

and any other support documents (that 

is, graduation or qualification 

certificates). 

(e) A bronze service star is authorized 

to be worn on all degrees of the Military 

Free Fall Parachutist Badge to denote a 

soldier’s participation in a combat 

parachute jump. Orders are required to 

confirm award of this badge. A soldier’s 

combat parachute jump credit is tied 

directly to the combat assault landing 

credit decision for the unit to which the 

soldier is assigned or attached at the 

time of the assault landing. Should a 

unit be denied air assault credit, no air 

assault credit for purpose of this badge 

will accrue to the individual soldiers of 

that unit. Each soldier must physically 

exit the aircraft to receive combat 

parachute jump credit and the Military 

Free Fall Parachutist badge with bronze 

service star. 

§ 578.80 Army Aviator Badges. 

(a) Badges authorized. There are three 

degrees of the aviator badges authorized 

for award. They are as follows: Basic 

Army Aviator Badge, Senior Army 

Aviator Badge, and Master Army 

Aviator Badge. 

(b) Eligibility Requirements. (1) 

Eligibility for U.S. Personnel. An 

individual must have satisfactorily 

completed prescribed training and 

proficiency tests as outlined in AR 600–

105, and must have been designated as 

an aviator in orders issued by 

headquarters indicated above. 

(2) Eligibility for foreign military 

personnel. While only U.S. officers may 

be awarded an aeronautical rating, the 

Army Aviator Badge may be awarded to 

foreign military graduates of initial 

entry flight-training courses conducted 

at the U.S. Army Aviation Center. The 

Senior and Master Army Aviator Badges 

may be awarded to foreign military 

personnel rated as pilots who meet or 

exceed eligibility criteria required of 

U.S. Army officers for the respective 

badges, and subject to the regulations of 

their countries. As a minimum, foreign 

officers recommended for award of 

advanced aviator badges must—

(i) Be currently qualified for flying 

duty in their own military service. 

(ii) Be medically qualified. 

(iii) If not a graduate of an initial entry 

U.S. Army aviation course, have 

attended a formal training or aircraft 

transition course conducted at Fort 

Rucker or at an U.S. Army Aviation 

Training School. 

(iv) Have 1000 flying hours in aircraft 

and 7 years from basic rating date for 

the Senior Aviator Badge; have 2000 

hours in aircraft and 15 years from basic 

rating date for the Master Aviator Badge. 

Total Operational Flying Duty Credit 

(TOFDC) which may be applied by U.S. 

officers to qualify for advanced badges 

will not be used to justify awards to 

foreign officers. 

(c) Approval authority. Badge 

approval authority is as follows: (1) The 

Commander, U.S. Army Aviation Center 

and Fort Rucker, to U.S. student aviators 

upon successful completion of courses 

leading to an aeronautical rating of 

Army Aviator, and to foreign military 

personnel under the provisions of 

paragraph (d) of this section. 

(2) CG, USA HRC (HRC–OPA–V) to 

inter-service transfers who previously 

held an aeronautical rating in another 

service. 

(3) Commanders having general courtmartial convening authority may award 

the Senior or Master Army Aviator 

Badge to officers on extended active 

duty. 

(4) Major Army overseas commanders, 

CONUSA (the numbered armies in the 

continental United States) commanders, 

and CDR, USA HRC may award the 

Senior and Master Aviator Badge to U.S. 

Army Reserve personnel not on 

extended active duty in the Active 

Army. 

(5) Chief, National Guard Bureau may 

award the Senior or Master Aviator 

Badge to Army National Guard (ARNG) 

personnel not on extended active duty 

in the Active Army. 

(d) Army Astronaut Device. A gold 

colored device, 7⁄16-inches in length, 

consisting of a star emitting three 

contrails encircled by an elliptical orbit. 

It is awarded by the Chief of Staff, 

Army, to personnel who complete a 

minimum of one operational mission in 

space (50 miles above earth) and is 

affixed to the appropriate Army Aviator 

Badge, Flight Surgeon Badge, or 

Aviation Badge awarded to the 

astronaut. Individuals who have not 

been awarded one of the badges listed 

above but who meet the other astronaut 

criteria will be awarded the basic 

Aviation Badge with Army Astronaut 

Device. 

(e) Description. An oxidized silver 

badge 3⁄4 inch in height and 21⁄2 inches 

in width, consisting of the shield of the 

coat of arms of the United States on and 

over a pair of displayed wings. A star is 

added above the shield to indicate 

qualification as a Senior Army Aviator. 

The star is surrounded with a laurel 

wreath to indicate qualification as a 

Master Army Aviator. 

§ 578.81 Flight Surgeon Badges. 

(a) Badges authorized. Three levels of 

Flight Surgeon Badges are authorized 

for award, Basic Flight Surgeon Badge; 

Senior Flight Surgeon Badge; and 

Master Flight Surgeon Badge. 

(b) Eligibility requirements. Any Army 

Medical Corps officer who satisfactorily 

completes the training and other 

requirements prescribed by AR 600–

105. 

(c) Badge approval authority. (1) The 

basic Flight Surgeon Badge may be 

awarded by the Commanding General, 

U.S. Army Aviation Center and Fort 

Rucker. The CG will award the badge to 

those U.S. medical officers who have 

been awarded an aeronautical 

designation per AR 600–105 and to 

foreign military personnel who 

complete the training and the 

requirements prescribed by AR 600–

105. 

(2) Senior and Master Flight Surgeon 

Badges may be awarded by the 

following: 

(i) The Surgeon General. Forward 

requests to HQDA (DASG–HCZ, WASH 

DC 20310–2300. 

(ii) The Chief, National Guard Bureau 

to National Guard personnel not on 

active duty. Forward requests to the 

National Guard Bureau, Military 

Personnel Office, 111 South George 

Mason Drive, Arlington, VA 22204–

1382. 

66648 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 

(d) Description. An oxidized silver 

badge 23⁄32 inch in height and 21⁄2 inches 

in width, consisting of a shield, its field 

scored with horizontal lines and bearing 

the Staff of Aesculapius on and over a 

pair of displayed wings. A star is added 

above the shield to indicate the degree 

of Senior Flight Surgeon and the star is 

surrounded with a laurel wreath to 

indicate the degree of Master Flight 

Surgeon. 

§ 578.82 Diver Badge. 

(a) Badges authorized. There are five 

types of Diver Badges authorized for 

award, Master Diver Badge; First-Class 

Diver Badge; Salvage Diver Badge; 

Second-Class Diver Badge; and Scuba 

Diver Badge. 

(b) Navy Badges. The following Navy 

Diving Badges may also be worn on the 

Army uniform after written approval is 

obtained from HQ, AHRC (§ 578.3(c)): 

Diving Officer and Diving Medical 

Officer. The eligibility criteria and 

approval authority for these two badges 

is provided in Army Regulation AR 

611–75, Selection, Qualification, Rating 

and Disrating of Marine Divers. 

(c) Eligibility requirements. See AR 

611–75. 

(d) Badge approval authority. See AR 

611–75. 

(e) Descriptions. (1) Scuba—A 1 inch 

high silver badge consisting of a scuba 

diver’s hood with face mask, 

mouthpiece, and breathing tubes. The 

width is 31⁄32 inch. 

(2) Salvage—A silver diving helmet, 1 

inch in height, with the letter ‘‘S’’ 3⁄8

inch in height, superimposed on the 

chest plate. The width is 23⁄32 inch. 

(3) Second Class—A silver diving 

helmet 1 inch in height. The width is 

23⁄32 inch. 

(4) First Class—A silver diving helmet 15⁄16 inch in height, between two 

dolphins, 1 inch high. The width is 13⁄32

inches. 

§ 578.83 Special Operations Diver Badge. 

(a) The Scuba Diver Badge was 

renamed the Special Operations Diver 

Badge (SODB). In addition to the SODB, 

another skill level was created, Special 

Operations Diving Supervisor Badge 

(SODSB). 

(b) Eligibility criteria. The basic 

eligibility criteria for award of the SODB 

and the SODSB are as follows: 

(1) The SODB is awarded to graduates 

of the U.S. Army John F. Kennedy 

Special Warfare Center and School 

(USAJFKSWCS) Combat Diver 

Qualification Course (CDQC), Special 

Forces Underwater Operations, Key 

West, Florida or any other United States 

Army Special Operations Command 

(USASOC) approved combat diver 

qualification course. 

(2) The SODSB is awarded to 

graduates of the USAJFKSWCS CDQC, 

Special Forces Underwater Operations, 

Key West, Florida or any other USASOC 

approved combat diving supervisor 

course. Prerequisite for the SODSB is 

the SODB. 

(c) Approval authority. The 

Commanding General, USAJFKSWCS is 

the approval authority for the SODB and 

the SODSB. 

(d) Retroactive award. The SODB and 

the SODSB may be awarded 

retroactively to members of any service 

who successfully completed the 

USAJFKSWCS CDQC and the Combat 

Diving Supervisor Course on or after 

October 1, 1964. Retroactive award 

requests will be submitted to the 

Commander, USAJFKSWCS, ATTN: 

AOJK–GPB (C/21 SWTG LNO), Fort 

Bragg, NC 28310. Retroactive requests 

for veterans must be forwarded to the 

National Personnel Records Center, 

ATTN: NRPMA–M, 9700 Page Avenue, 

St. Louis, MO 63132–5100. 

(e) Revocation. The SODB and the 

SODSB may be revoked by the 

Commander, USAJFKSWCS or the CG, 

USA HRC, based on the 

recommendation of the field 

commander (COL and above). If the 

commander believes the individual has 

exhibited a pattern of behavior or duty 

performance that is inconsistent with 

expectations of the Army, or the 

qualified service member does not 

continuously demonstrate enhanced 

degrees of confidence, commitment, 

competency and discipline, then the 

badge may be revoked. Award of the 

SODB and the SODSB may be revoked 

for any of the following conditions: 

(1) Dismissal, dishonorable discharge, 

or conviction by courts-martial for 

desertion in time of war. 

(2) Failure to maintain prescribed 

standards of personal fitness and 

readiness to accomplish missions 

commensurate with position and rank. 

(3) Upon relief or release for cause. 

(f) Description. (1) SODB. A silver 

badge 11⁄8 inches (2.86cm) in height 

consisting of a diver’s head in full gear 

in front of two crossed Sykes-Fairbain 

Commando daggers points up. Around 

either side of the diver’s head is diving 

shark with tail fin behind the dagger 

point. 

(2) SODSB. A silver badge 11⁄8 inches 

(2.86cm) in height consisting of a diver’s 

head in full gear in front of two crossed 

Sykes-Fairbain Commando daggers 

points up. Around either side of the 

diver’s head a diving shark with tail fin 

behind the dagger point. Over the 

mouth piece is a star surrounded by a 

wreath of laurel. 

§ 578.84 Explosive Ordnance Disposal 

Badge. 

(a) Badges authorized. There are three 

types of explosive ordnance disposal 

(EOD) badges authorized for award. 

They are the Basic, Senior, and Master. 

(b) Badge approval authority. 

Commanding generals of divisions and 

higher commands; commanders of 

separate groups or equivalent 

headquarters exercising operational 

control of EOD personnel or units, 

Commandant, U.S. Army Ordnance 

Missile & Munitions Center & School, 

and a commander of an EOD Control 

Group, or units may approve awards of 

all levels of badges. 

(c) Basic eligibility criteria. Eligibility 

requirements for each badge are 

provided below. 

(d) Description. A silver badge, 13⁄4

inches in height, consisting of shield 

charged with a conventional, drop 

bomb, point down, from which radiates 

four lightning flashes, all in front of and 

contained within a wreath of laurel 

leaves. The Senior Explosive Ordnance 

Disposal Badge is the same as the basic 

badge except the drop bomb bears a 7⁄32

inch silver star. The Master Explosive 

Ordnance Disposal Badge is the same as 

the Senior Badge except a star, 

surrounded by a laurel wreath, is added 

above the shield. 

§ 578.85 Explosive Ordnance Disposal 

Badge—Basic. 

(a) Eligibility requirements. Any 

commissioned officer or enlisted soldier 

may be awarded the badge if he or she 

meets, or has met, all the following 

requirements: (1) Successful completion 

of conventional render safe qualification 

as prescribed for the Explosive 

Ordnance Disposal (EOD) course of 

instruction (minimum requirement). 

(2) Assigned in a TOE or TDA EOD 

position for which basic EOD course is 

a prerequisite. 

(3) Service in a position in paragraph 

(a)(2) of this section must be satisfactory 

for a period of 18 months for the award 

to be permanent. 

(4) Officers must have a special skill 

identifier of 91E, and enlisted personnel 

must hold the military occupational 

specialty 55D. 

(b) Who may award. See § 578.84 of 

this part. 

§ 578.86 Senior Explosive Ordnance 

Disposal Badge. 

(a) Eligibility requirements. Any 

commissioned officer or enlisted soldier 

may be awarded the badge if he or she 

has: 

(1) Been awarded the basic Explosive 

Ordnance Disposal Badge and effective 

May 1, 1989, has served 36 months 

Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 66649 

cumulative service assigned to a TOE or 

table of distribution (TD) EOD position 

following award of basic badge. 

(2) Effective May 1, 1989, has served 

36 months cumulative service assigned 

to a TOE or TD EOD position following 

award of the basic badge. Prior to May 

1, 1989, must have served 18 months 

cumulative service assigned to a TOE or 

TD EOD position following award of the 

basic badge. 

(3) Been recommended for the award 

by immediate commander. 

(4) Current explosive ordnance 

disposal qualifications at the time of 

recommendation for the award. 

(b) Who may award. See § 578.84 of 

this part. 

§ 578.87 Master Explosive Ordnance 

Disposal Badge. 

(a) Eligibility requirements. Any 

commissioned officer, or enlisted 

soldier may be awarded the badge if he 

or she meets, or has met, all the 

following requirements: 

(1) Must have been awarded the 

Senior Explosive Ordnance Disposal 

Badge. 

(2) Sixty months cumulative service 

assigned to a TOE or TD officer or 

noncommissioned officer EOD position 

since award of Senior Explosive 

Ordnance Disposal Badge. 

(3) Must be recommended for the 

award by immediate commander. 

(4) Explosive ordnance disposal 

qualifications must be current at the 

time of recommendation for the award. 

(b) Who may award. See § 578.84 of 

this part. 

§ 578.88 Pathfinder Badge. 

(a) Eligibility criteria. (1) Successful 

completion of the Pathfinder Course 

conducted by the U.S. Army Infantry 

School. 

(2) Any person previously awarded 

the Pathfinder award for completion of 

Pathfinder training is authorized award 

of the Pathfinder Badge. 

(b) Badge approval authority. The 

Pathfinder Badge may be approved by 

the Commandant, U.S. Army Infantry 

School. 

(c) Description. A gold color metal 

and enamel badge 13⁄16 inches in height 

and 11⁄2 inches in width, consisting of 

a gold sinister wing displayed on and 

over a gold torch with red and gray 

flames. 

§ 578.89 Air Assault Badge. 

(a) Basic eligibility criteria. The basic 

eligibility criteria consist of satisfactory 

completion of—

(1) An air assault training course 

according to the TRADOC standardized 

Air Assault Core Program of Instruction. 

(2) The standard Air Assault Course 

while assigned or attached to 101st 

Airborne Division (Air Assault) since 

April 1, 1974. 

(b) Badge approval authority. Badge 

approval authority is as follows: 

(1) Commanders of divisions and 

separate brigades. 

(2) The Commander, 101st Airborne 

Division (Air Assault). 

(c) Description. An oxidized silver 

badge 3⁄4 inch in height and 117⁄32 inches 

in width, consisting of a helicopter, 

frontal view, superimposed upon a pair 

of stylized wings displayed and curving. 

The wings suggest flight and together 

with the helicopter symbolize 

individual skills and qualifications in 

assault landings utilizing the helicopter. 

§ 578.90 Aviation Badge. 

(a) Badges authorized. There are three 

degrees of Aviation Badge (formerly the 

Aircraft Crew Member Badge) 

authorized for award, Basic, Senior and 

Master. 

(b) Badge approval authority. 

Commanders exercising jurisdiction 

over the individuals’ personnel records 

will make permanent award of these 

badges. Permanent award of these 

badges based upon wounds or combat 

missions will be referred to 

Commander, USA HRC (see § 578.3 (c) 

for address). Request for award of the 

Senior and Master Aviation Badges that 

cannot be resolved at the MPD/PSC will 

be forwarded to the Commander, U.S. 

Army Aviation Center, ATTN: ATZQ–

AP, Fort Rucker, AL 36362–5000. 

(c) Special policy. (1) The retroactive 

date for these badges is January 1, 1947. 

(2) The Master Aviation Badge and 

the Senior Aviation Badge are 

authorized for permanent wear. The 

Basic Aviation Badge may be authorized 

for temporary or permanent wear. An 

officer awarded an Aviation Badge 

while serving in an enlisted status is 

authorized to wear the badge as a 

permanent part of the uniform. 

(d) Eligibility requirements for each 

badge are provided in §§ 578.91, 578.92, 

and 578.93. 

(e) Description. An oxidized silver 

badge 3⁄4 inch in height and 22⁄12 inches 

in width, consisting of a shield with its 

field scored with horizontal lines and 

bearing the coat of arms of the United 

States on and over a pair of displayed 

wings. A star is added above the shield 

to indicate the degree of Senior Aviation 

Badge and the star is surrounded with 

a laurel wreath to indicate the degree of 

Master Aviation Badge. 

§ 578.91 Aviation Badge—Basic. 

(a) Permanent Award. (1) For 

permanent award of this badge, an 

individual must be on flying status, 

(physically qualified-class III), IAW AR 

600–106 or be waived by HQDA, have 

performed in-flight duties for not less 

than 12 hours (not necessarily 

consecutive), or is school trained. 

(2) An officer on flying status as an 

aerial observer may be awarded the 

Basic Aviation Badge. U.S. Army 

personnel assigned to a Joint Service 

Airborne Command Post and serving as 

members of an operational team on 

flying status manning the Airborne 

Command Post are eligible for the award 

of the Basic Aviation Badge. Concurrent 

with such assignment, these personnel 

are authorized temporary wear of the 

Basic Aviation Badge until relieved 

from such duty or until such time as he 

or she fulfills the mandatory 

requirements for permanent award. 

(3) An individual who has been 

incapacitated for further flight duty by 

reason of being wounded as a result of 

enemy action, or injured as the result of 

an aircraft accident for which he or she 

was not personally responsible, or has 

participated in at least 15 combat 

missions under probable exposure to 

enemy fire while serving in a principal 

duty outlined in paragraph (a)(1) of this 

section, is permanently authorized to 

wear the Basic Aviation Badge. 

(4) The Basic Aviation Badge may be 

permanently awarded to soldiers upon 

successful completion of formal 

advanced individual training (AIT) in 

Career Management Field (CMF) 67 and 

CMF 93 MOS’, and to soldiers who 

previously completed AIT in CMF 28 

MOS’. This includes soldiers who 

graduated from AIT for MOS’ in the 68 

series. Soldiers holding MOS’ 35L, 35M, 

35Q, and 35W who graduated from a 

CMF 67 AIT prior to September 30, 

1996 and MOSs 93C and 93P who 

graduated from a CMF 67 AIT after 

December 31, 1985 are authorized based 

on documented prior AIT. 

(5) Individuals who meet the criteria 

for award of the Army Astronaut Device 

and are not authorized an Aviator, 

Flight Surgeon or Aviation Badge will 

be awarded the Aviation Badge in 

addition to the Army Astronaut Device. 

(6) The Aviation Badge may be 

permanently awarded to soldiers upon 

successful completion of formal AIT in 

CMF 93 MOS’. Soldiers previously 

holding MOS 93B who graduated from 

a CMF 93 AIT prior to January 1, 1998 

and soldiers previously holding MOS 

93D who graduated from a CMF 93 AIT 

prior to September 30, 1996 are 

authorized the badge based on 

documented AIT after December 31, 

1985. 

(b) Temporary Award. For temporary 

award of this badge, the commander of 

66650 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 

any Army unit that has Army aircraft 

assigned may authorize in published 

orders qualified personnel of his or her 

command to wear the Aviation Badge. 

The individual must be performing inflight duties. 

§ 578.92 Senior Aviation Badge. 

(a) Eligibility criteria. For award of 

this badge, an individual must either 

successfully perform 7 years on flight 

status (physically qualified-class III) in 

a principal duty assignment described 

in AR 600–106 or serve in CMF 67 and 

93, including all 68 series MOS’. 

Warrant Officers MOS’ 150A and 151A, 

and MOS 00Z individuals from CMF 67 

or 93 field may qualify for the Senior 

Aviation Badge with 10 years of 

experience and meet the following 

criteria: 

(1) Only time involving frequent and 

regular flights will be counted toward 

fulfillment of this requirement, except 

that time involved in transit between 

PCS assignments to include TDY, will 

also be credited. 

(2) Soldiers who retain CMF 67 or 93 

while performing career progressive 

assignments, especially duties as Drill 

Sergeant, Recruiter, Career Management 

NCO, Career Advisor, Instructor or 

Equal Opportunity Advisor will be 

counted towards this requirement not to 

exceed 36 months. Warrant Officers 

MOS 150A or 151A may qualify for this 

badge after successfully performing 7 

years on flight status or 10 years 

experience in CMF 67 or 93, MOS 151A 

or 150A. Prior enlisted CMF 67 time 

may count with MOS 151A experience 

and CMF 93 time may count with MOS 

150A experience to fulfill this 

requirement. The retroactive date for 

this badge under these criteria is 

January 1, 1983. 

(3) Displayed complete competence in 

the principal duty or duties performed 

leading to this award. 

(4) Attained the grade of E–4 or 

higher. 

(5) Be recommended by the unit 

commander of the unit to which 

presently assigned. 

(b) Retroactive award. The retroactive 

date for award of this badge is February 

1, 1989 for CMF 93, Warrant Officer 

MOS’ 150A and 151A and individuals 

in MOS 00Z. Soldiers holding CMF 93 

or MOS 93D, prior to September 30, 

1996 and MOS 93B prior to January 1, 

1998, may qualify for award of the 

Senior Aviation Badge based on 

documented experience. 

§ 578.93 Master Aviation Badge. 

(a) For award of this badge, an 

individual must either successfully 

perform 15 years on flight status 

(physically qualified-class III) in a 

principal duty assignment described in 

AR 600–106 or serve in CMF 67 or 93, 

including all 68 series MOS’. Warrant 

Officers MOS’ 150A and 151A and 

individuals in MOS 00Z from a CMF 67 

or 93 field, may qualify for the Master 

Aviation Badge with 17 years of 

experience and meet the following 

criteria: 

(1) Only time involving frequent and 

regular flights will be counted toward 

fulfillment of this requirement, except 

that time involved in transit between 

PCS assignments, to include TDY, will 

also be credited. 

(2) Soldiers that retain CMF 67 or 93 

while performing career progressive 

assignments, especially duties as Drill 

Sergeant, Recruiter, Career Management 

NCO, Career Advisor, Instructor or 

Equal Opportunity Advisor, will be 

counted towards this requirement not to 

exceed 36 months. Warrant Officer 

MOS’ 150A and 151A may qualify for 

this badge after successfully performing 

15 years on flight status or 17 years 

experience in CMF 67 or 93 or MOS 

150A and 151A. Prior enlisted CMF 67 

time may count with MOS 151A 

experience and CMF 93 time may count 

with MOS 150A experience to fulfill 

this requirement. 

(3) Displayed complete competence in 

the principal duty or duties performed 

leading to this award. 

(4) Attained the grade of E–6 or 

higher. 

(5) Be recommended by the unit 

commander and endorsed by the next 

higher commander of the unit to which 

presently assigned. 

(b) Retroactive date. The retroactive 

date for the badge under these revised 

criteria is January 1, 1976. The 

retroactive date for CMF 93, Warrant 

Officer MOS’ 150A and 151A and 

individuals in MOS 00Z is February 1, 

1982. Soldiers holding CMF 93, MOS 

93D, prior to September 30, 1996 and 

MOS 93B, prior to January 1, 1998, may 

qualify for award of the Master Aviation 

Badge based on documented experience. 

§ 578.94 Driver and Mechanic Badge. 

(a) Basic criteria. The Driver and 

Mechanic Badge is awarded to drivers, 

mechanics, and special equipment 

operators to denote the attainment of a 

high degree of skill in the operation and 

maintenance of motor vehicles. 

(b) Badge approval authority. 

Commanders of brigades, regiments, 

separate battalions, and any commander 

in the rank of lieutenant colonel or 

higher. 

(c) Eligibility requirements for drivers. 

A soldier must—

(1) Qualify for and possess a current 

OF 346 (U.S. Government Motor 

Vehicles Operator’s Identification Card), 

issued as prescribed by AR 600–55 and, 

(2) Be assigned duties and 

responsibilities as a driver or assistant 

driver of government vehicles for a 

minimum of 12 consecutive months, or 

during at least 8,000 miles and with no 

government motor vehicle accident or 

traffic violation recorded on his or her 

DA Form 348–1–R (Equipment 

Operator’s Qualification Record (Except 

Aircraft)), or, 

(3) Perform satisfactorily for a 

minimum period of 1 year as an active 

qualified driver instructor or motor 

vehicle driver examiner. 

(d) Eligibility requirements for 

mechanics. A soldier must—

(1) Pass aptitude tests and complete 

the standard mechanics’ course with a 

‘‘skilled’’ rating or have demonstrated 

possession of sufficient previous 

experience as an automotive or engineer 

equipment mechanic to justify such a 

rating. 

(2) Be assigned to primary duty as an 

automotive or engineer mechanic, unit 

level or higher, or is an active 

automotive or engineer mechanic 

instructor. 

(3) If required to drive an Army motor 

vehicle in connection with automotive 

mechanic or automotive mechanic 

instructor duties, qualify for motor 

vehicle operators permit as prescribed 

above, and perform duty which includes 

driving motor vehicles for a minimum 

of 6 consecutive months, and has no 

Army motor vehicle accident or traffic 

violation recorded on his or her DA 

Form 348 (Equipment Operator’s 

Qualification Record (Except Aircraft)). 

(e) Eligibility requirements for 

operators of special mechanical 

equipment. A soldier or civilian whose 

primary duty involves operation of 

Army materials handling or other 

mechanical equipment must have 

completed 12 consecutive months or 

500 hours of operation, whichever 

comes later, without accident or written 

reprimand as the result of his or her 

operation, and his or her operating 

performance must have been adequate 

in all respects. 

(f) Description. A white metal (silver, 

nickel and rhodium), 1 inch in height 

and width, a cross patee with the 

representation of disk wheel with tire 

placed on the center. Component bars 

are authorized only for the following 

types of vehicles and/or qualifications: 

(1) Driver—W (for wheeled vehicles); 

(2) Driver—T (for tracked vehicles); 

(3) Driver—M (for motorcycles); 

(4) Driver—A (for amphibious 

vehicles); 

Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 66651 

(5) Mechanic (for automotive or allied 

vehicles); 

(6) Operator—S (for special 

mechanical equipment). 

§ 578.95 Glider Badge (Rescinded). 

(a) Effective May 3, 1961, the Glider 

Badge is no longer awarded. An 

individual who was awarded the badge 

upon satisfying then current eligibility 

requirements may continue to wear the 

badge. Further, it may be awarded 

retroactively upon application to the 

Commander, USA HRC (see § 578.3 (c) 

for address), when it can be established 

by means of sufficient documentation 

that the proficiency tests then 

prescribed were satisfactorily completed 

while assigned or attached to an 

airborne unit or to the Airborne 

Department of the Infantry School, or by 

participation in at least one combat 

glider landing into enemy-held territory 

as a member of an organized force 

carrying out an assigned tactical mission 

for which the unit was credited with an 

airborne assault landing by the theater 

commander. 

(b) Description. An oxidized silver 

badge 11⁄16 inch in height and 11⁄2 inches 

in width consisting of a glider, frontal 

view, superimposed upon a pair of 

stylized wings displayed and curving 

inward. 

§ 578.96 Nuclear Reactor Operator Badge 

(Rescinded). 

(a) Effective October 1, 1990, the 

Nuclear Reactor Operator Badges are no 

longer awarded. The Army has not 

conducted nuclear reactor operations or 

nuclear reactor operator training in 

several years. Accordingly, the Nuclear 

Reactor Operator Badges will no longer 

be awarded. Current Army recipients 

who were permanently awarded any 

degree of the badge may continue to 

wear it on the Army uniform. AR 672–

5–1, dated October 1, 1990, terminated 

authorization to award the badge. 

(b) Description. (1) Basic. On a 7⁄8 inch 

square centered on two horizontal bars 

each 1⁄8 inch in width separated by a 3⁄32

inch square and protruding 1⁄8 inch from 

each side of the square, a disc 3⁄4 inch 

in diameter bearing the symbol of the 

planet Uranus all silver colored metal 7⁄8

inch in height overall. 

(2) Second Class Operator. The basic 

badge reduced in size placed on and 

partially encircled at the base by an 

open laurel wreath, the ends of the 

upper bar resting on the tips of the 

wreath, all of silver colored metal 1 inch 

in height overall. The areas between the 

wreath and the basic badge are pierced. 

(3) First Class Operator. The basic 

badge reduced in size is placed on and 

entirely encircled by a closed laurel 

wreath all of silver colored metal 1 inch 

in height overall. The areas between the 

wreath and the basic badge are pierced. 

(4) Shift Supervisor. The design of the 

Shift Supervisor Badge is the same as 

the First Class Operator Badge, except it 

is gold colored metal. 

§ 578.97 Marksmanship Qualification 

Badge. 

(a) Eligibility criteria. A basic 

marksmanship qualification badge is 

awarded to indicate the degree in which 

an individual, military or civilian, has 

qualified in a prescribed record course 

and an appropriate bar is furnished to 

denote each weapon with which he or 

she qualified. Each bar will be attached 

to the basic badge that indicates the 

qualification last attained with the 

respective weapon. Basic qualification 

badges are of three classes. Expert, 

sharpshooter, and marksman. The only 

weapons for which component bars are 

authorized are listed in Table 10. Basic 

marksmanship qualification badges are 

awarded to U.S. military and civilian 

personnel, and to foreign military 

personnel who qualify as prescribed. 

(b) Approval authority. (1) To military 

personnel. Any commander in the rank 

or position of lieutenant colonel or 

higher may make awards to members of 

the Armed Forces of the United States; 

Camp/Post Commanders, Professors of 

Military Science, Directors of Army 

Instruction/Senior Army Instructors 

(DAI/SAI) or Reserve Officers’ Training 

Corps (ROTC)/ (Junior Reserve Officers’

Training Corps (JROTC) units may make 

awards to members of the ROTC/JROTC. 

(2) To civilian personnel. Installation 

commanders may make the 

authorization for civilian guards to wear 

marksmanship badges. Civilian guards 

will procure badges at their own 

expense. 

(c) Description. (1) Expert. A white 

metal (silver, nickel and rhodium), 1.17 

inches in height, a cross patee with the 

representation of a target placed on the 

center thereof and enclosed by a wreath; 

(2) Sharpshooter: A white metal 

(silver, nickel, and rhodium), 1 inch in 

height, a cross patee with the 

representation of a target placed on the 

center thereof; 

(3) Marksman. A white metal (silver, 

nickel, and rhodium), 1 inch in height, 

a cross patee. 

(d) Component bars. Weapons for 

which component bars are authorized 

are provided in Table 10 below. 

TABLE 10.—WEAPONS FOR WHICH

COMPONENT BARS ARE AUTHORIZED

Weapon Inscription 

Rifle ............................... Rifle. 

Pistol ............................. Pistol. 

Antiaircraft artillery ........ AA Artillery. 

Automatic rifle ............... Auto Rifle. 

Machinegun ................... Machinegun. 

Field Artillery ................. Field Arty. 

Tank Weapons .............. Tank Weapons. 

Flamethrower ................ Flamethrower. 

Submachine Gun .......... Submachine Gun. 

Rocket Launcher ........... Rocket Launcher. 

Grenade ........................ Grenade. 

Carbine .......................... Carbine. 

Recoilless rifle ............... Recoilless rifle. 

Mortar ............................ Mortar. 

Bayonet ......................... Bayonet. 

Rifle, small bore ............ Small bore rifle. 

Pistol, small bore .......... Small bore pistol. 

Missile ........................... Missile. 

Aeroweapons ................ Aeroweapons. 

§ 578.98 Ranger Tab. 

(a) Basic eligibility criteria. The basic 

eligibility criteria for award of the 

Ranger Tab is as follows: 

(1) Successful completion of a Ranger 

course conducted by the U.S. Army 

Infantry School. 

(2) Any person who was awarded the 

Combat Infantryman Badge while 

serving during World War II as a 

member of a Ranger Battalion (1st–6th 

inclusive) or in the 5307th Composite 

Unit (Provisional) (Merrill’s Marauders). 

(3) Any person who successfully 

completed a Ranger course conducted 

by the Ranger Training Command at 

Fort Benning, GA. 

(b) Award approval authority. The 

Commandant of the U.S. Army Infantry 

School; CG, USA HRC, and the Cdr, 

USA HRC-St. Louis, may award the 

Ranger Tab. 

(c) Description. The ranger 

qualification tab is 23⁄8 inches wide with 

a black embroidered background and 

yellow embroidered border and letters. 

A subdued version with olive drab 

background and border and black letters 

is authorized for work uniforms. 

§ 578.99 Special Forces Tab. 

(a) Basic eligibility criteria. Any 

person meeting one of the criteria below 

may be awarded the Special Forces (SF) 

Tab: 

(1) Successful completion of 

USAJFKSWCS approved Active 

Component (AC) institutional training 

leading to SF qualification; 

(2) Successful completion of a 

USAJFKSWCS approved Reserve 

Component (RC) SF qualification 

program; 

(3) Successful completion of an 

authorized unit administered SF 

qualification program. 

66652 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 

(b) Award approval authority. The 

Commander, U.S. Army John F. 

Kennedy Special Warfare Center 

(USAJFKSWCS), Fort Bragg, NC 28307–

5000. 

(c) Active Component institutional 

training. The SF Tab may be awarded to 

all personnel who successfully complete 

the Special Forces Qualification Course 

or Special Forces Detachment Officer 

Qualification Course (previously known 

as the Special Forces Officer Course). 

These courses are/were conducted by 

the USAJFKSWC (previously known as 

the U.S. Army Institute for Military 

Assistance). 

(d) Reserve Component SF 

qualification programs. The SF Tab may 

be awarded to all personnel who 

successfully complete a RC SF 

qualification program according to 

TRADOC Regulation 135–5, dated June 

1, 1988 or its predecessors. The 

USAJFKSWCS will determine 

individual entitlement for award of the 

SF Tab based on historical review of 

Army, Continental Army Command 

(CONRAC), and TRADOC regulations 

prescribing SF qualification 

requirements in effect at the time the 

individual began an RC SF qualification 

program. 

(e) Unit administered SF qualification 

programs. The SF Tab may be awarded 

to all personnel who successfully 

completed unit administered SF 

qualification programs as authorized by 

regulation. The USAJFKSWCS will 

determine individual entitlement to 

award of the SF Tab based upon 

historical review of regulations 

prescribing SF qualification 

requirements in effect at the time the 

individual began a unit administered SF 

qualification program. 

(f) Wartime service. The SF Tab may 

be awarded to all personnel who 

performed the following wartime 

service. 

(1) Prior to 1955. Service for at least 

120 consecutive days in one of the 

following organizations: 1st Special 

Service Force, August 1942 to December 

1944, OSS Detachment 101, April 1942 

to September 1945, OSS Jedburgh 

Detachments, May 1944 to May 1945, 

OSS Operational Groups, May 1944 to 

May 1945, OSS Maritime Unit, April 

1942 to September 1945, 6th Army 

Special Reconnaissance Unit (Alamo 

Scouts), February 1944 to September 

1945, and 8240th Army Unit, June 1950 

to July 1953. 

(2) 1955 through 1975. Any company 

grade officer or enlisted member 

awarded the CIB while serving for at 

least 120 consecutive days in one of the 

following type organizations: SF 

Operational Detachment-A (A-Team), 

Mobile Strike Force, SF Reconnaissance 

Team, and SF Special Project Unit. 

(g) Description. The SF Tab is 31⁄4

inches wide with a teal blue 

embroidered background and border 

and yellow embroidered letters. A 

subdued version with olive drab 

background and borders and black 

letters is authorized for work uniforms. 

A metal SF Badge is authorized for wear 

on the mess/dress uniforms and green 

shirt. 

§ 578.100 Sapper Tab. 

(a) Purpose. The Sapper Tab was 

established by the Chief of Staff, Army, 

on June 28, 2004. It is authorized for 

award to U.S. military and civilian 

personnel and foreign military 

personnel who meet the prescribed 

eligibility criteria. 

(b) Basic eligibility criteria. The basic 

eligibility criteria for award of the 

Sapper Tab is as follows: 

(1) Successful graduation of a Sapper 

Leader Course conducted by the U.S. 

Army Engineer School. 

(2) Any person who successfully 

graduates from a Sapper Leaders Course 

conducted by the U.S. Army Engineer 

School at Fort Leonard Wood, MO. 

(3) The tab may be awarded 

retroactively to any person who 

successfully completed the Sapper 

Leaders Course on or after June 14, 

1985. 

(c) Revocation. The Sapper Tab may 

be revoked by the Commandant, U.S. 

Army Engineer School or the CG, USA 

HRC based on the recommendation of 

the field commander (Colonel and 

above) of the individual in question. 

This can be based on the opinion of that 

commander, that the individual has 

exhibited a pattern of behavior, 

expertise or duty performance that is 

inconsistent with expectations of the 

Army, that is, degree of confidence, 

commitment, competency and 

discipline. Award of the Sapper Tab 

may be revoked for any of the following 

conditions: 

(1) Dismissal, dishonorable discharge, 

or conviction by courts martial for 

desertion in time of war. 

(2) Failure to maintain prescribed 

standards of personal fitness and 

readiness to accomplish missions 

commensurate with position and rank. 

(3) Upon relief or release for cause. 

(d) Award approval authority. The 

Commandant of the U.S. Army Engineer 

School and the CG, USA HRC, may 

award the Sapper Tab. 

(e) Description. The full color tab is 

23⁄8 inches (6.03 cm) long, 11⁄16 inch 

(1.75 cm) wide, with a 1⁄8 inch (.32 cm) 

red border and the word ‘‘SAPPER’’

inscribed in white letters 5⁄16 inch (1.79 

cm) high. The woodland subdued tab is 

identical, except the background is olive 

drab and the word ‘‘SAPPER’’ is in 

black letters and the desert subdued tab 

has a khaki background with the word 

‘‘SAPPER’’ in spice brown letters. 

§ 578.101 Physical Fitness Badge. 

(a) The Physical Fitness Badge was 

established by the Secretary of the Army 

on June 25, 1986. Effective February 1, 

1999, soldiers who obtain a minimum 

score of 270 or above, with a minimum 

of 90 points per event on the Army 

Physical Fitness Test (APFT) and meet 

the body fat standards will be awarded 

the Physical Fitness Badge for Physical 

Fitness Excellence. Soldiers are required 

to meet the above criteria each record 

test to continue to wear the badge. Units 

can obtain APFT Standards and the new 

APFT Card (DA Form 705, dated June 

1998) off the World Wide Web at http:// 

www.benning.army.mil/usapfs/. 

Permanent Orders are not required for 

award of the Physical Fitness Badge. 

(b) Description. On a dark blue disc 

15⁄8 inches (4.13 cm) in diameter edged 

dark blue; a yellow stylized human 

figure with arms outstretched in front of 

a representation of the coat of arms of 

the United States displaying six stars 

(three on each side of the figure and 

thirteen alternating white and red 

stripes, all encircled by a Brittany blue 

designation band inscribed ‘‘PHYSICAL 

FITNESS’’ at top and ‘‘EXCELLENCE’’

below separated on either side by a star, 

all navy blue; edged with a 1⁄8 inch (.32 

cm) navy blue border. Overall diameter 

is 25⁄8 inches (6.67 cm). 

§ 578.102 U.S. Civilian Marksmanship 

Program. 

The Civilian Marksmanship Program 

(CMP) was created by the U.S. Congress. 

The original purpose was to provide 

civilians an opportunity to learn and 

practice marksmanship skills so they 

would be skilled marksmen if later 

called on to service the U.S. military. 

Over the years the emphasis of the 

program shifted to focus on youth 

development through marksmanship. 

From 1916 to 1996 the CMP was 

administered by the U.S. Army. The 

National Defense Authorization Act for 

Fiscal Year 1996 (Title 10) created the 

Corporation for the (CPRPFS) Promotion 

of Rifle Practice and Firearms Safety, 

Inc. to take over administration and 

promotion of the CMP. The CPRPFS is 

a tax exempt not-for-profit 501(c)(3) 

organization that derives its mission 

from public law. The address for the 

CMP headquarters is PO Box 576, Port 

Clinton, Ohio, 43452. 

Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 66653 

§ 578.103 President’s Hundred Tab. 

(a) The President’s Hundred Tab is 

awarded to soldiers who qualify among 

the top scoring 100 competitors in the 

President’s Match. 

(b) Background. (1) The National Rifle 

Association’s (NRA) President’s Match 

was instituted at the NRA matches of 

1878, as the American Military Rifle 

Championship Match. It was patterned 

after an event for British Volunteers 

called the Queen’s Match, which the 

NRA of Great Britain had initiated in 

1860. In 1884, the name was changed to 

the President’s Match for the Military 

Rifle Championship of the United 

States. It was fired at Creedmor, New 

York until 1891. In 1895, it was 

reintroduced at Sea Girt, New Jersey. 

(2) The tradition of making a letter 

from the President of the United States 

the first prize began in 1904 when 

President Theodore Roosevelt, at the 

conclusion of the President’s Match, 

personally wrote a letter of 

congratulations to the winner, Private 

Howard Gensch of the 1st Regiment of 

Infantry of the New Jersey National 

Guard. 

(3) It cannot be ascertained as to when 

the President’s Match was discontinued; 

however, it is known that it was not 

fired during World Wars I and II. It 

appears to have disappeared during the 

1930s and during the depression when 

lack of funds severely curtailed the 

holding of matches of importance. 

(4) The President’s Match was 

reinstated in 1957 at the National 

Matches as ‘‘The President’s Hundred.’’

The top-scoring 100 competitors in the 

President’s Match were singled out for 

special recognition in a retreat 

ceremony in which they passed in 

review before the winner and former 

winners of this historic match. 

(5) On May 27, 1958, the NRA 

requested the Deputy Chief of Staff, G–

1 approval of a tab for presentation to 

each member of the ‘‘President’s 

Hundred.’’ The NRA’s plan was to 

award the cloth tab together with a 

metal tab during the 1958 National 

Matches. The cloth tab was of high level 

interest and approved for wear on the 

Army uniform on March 3, 1958. The 

first awards were made at Camp Perry, 

Ohio, in early September 1958. The 

metal tab was never officially 

authorized for wear on the uniform by 

military personnel. However, the NRA 

issued the metal tab to military 

personnel for wear on the shooting 

jacket. 

(c) Description. A full-color 

embroidered tab of yellow 41⁄4 inches 

(10.80 cm) in length and 5⁄8 inch (1.59 

cm) in height, with the words 

‘‘President’s Hundred’’ centered in 1⁄4

inch (.64 cm) high green letters. 

§ 578.104 Identification Badges. 

(a) Intent. Identification Badges are 

authorized to be worn as public 

evidence of deserved honor and 

distinction to denote service performed 

in specified assignments in the White 

House, in the Office of the Secretary of 

Defense; in the Organization of the Joint 

Chiefs of Staff, in the Office of the 

Secretary of the Army or as a member 

of the General Staff; as a member of the 

Guard, Tomb of the Unknown Soldier; 

as a Drill Sergeant; as a U.S. Army 

Recruiter, as an Army National Guard 

Recruiter, as a U.S. Army Reserve 

Recruiter; or as a Career Counselor. 

(b) It should be noted that some of the 

identification badges are not 

Department of the Army badges. Criteria 

and eligibility is subject to change and 

individuals are advised to contact the 

badge proponent for additional 

information and guidance. 

(c) Eligibility requirements for the 

Identification Badges are provided in 

§§ 578.105 through 578.116. 

§ 578.105 Presidential Service Badge and 

Certificate. 

(a) The Presidential Service Badge 

and the Presidential Service Certificate 

were established by Executive Order 

11174, September 1, 1964 as amended 

by Executive Order 11407, April 23, 

1968; Executive Order 11520, March 25, 

1970; and Executive Order 12793, 

March 20, 1992. This award replaced 

the White House Service Badge and 

Certificate established by Executive 

Order 10879, June 1, 1960. 

(b) The certificate is awarded, in the 

name of the President by the Secretary 

of the Army, to members of the Army 

who have been assigned to the White 

House Office; to military units and 

support facilities under the 

administration of the White House 

Military Office or to other direct support 

positions with the Executive Office of 

the President (EOP). The certificate will 

not be issued to any member who is 

issued a Vice Presidential Certificate or 

similar EOP Certificate, for the same 

period of service. Such assignment must 

be for a period of at least one year, 

subsequent to January 21, 1989. 

(c) The badge is awarded to those 

members of the Armed Forces who have 

been granted the Certificate and is 

awarded in the same manner in which 

the certificate is given. Once the badge 

is awarded, it may be worn as a 

permanent part of the uniform. 

(d) Only one certificate will be 

awarded to an individual during an 

administration. Only one badge will be 

awarded to an individual regardless of 

the number of certificates received. 

(e) The Presidential Service Badge 

and Certificate may be awarded 

posthumously. 

§ 578.106 Vice Presidential Service Badge 

and Certificate. 

(a) The Vice Presidential Service 

Badge was established by Executive 

Order 11926, July 19, 1976. 

(b) The badge is awarded upon 

recommendation of the Military 

Assistant to the Vice President, by the 

Secretary of the Army to U.S. Army 

personnel who have been assigned to 

duty in the Office of the Vice President 

for at least 1 year after December 19, 

1974. 

(c) The badge shall be accompanied 

by a certificate, which is awarded in the 

same manner in which the badge is 

given. Once the badge is awarded it may 

be worn as a permanent part of the 

uniform. 

(d) Only one badge will be awarded 

to an individual during an 

administration. Only one badge will be 

awarded to an individual regardless of 

the number of certificates received. 

(e) The Vice Presidential Service 

Badge and Certificate may be awarded 

posthumously. 

§ 578.107 Office of the Secretary of 

Defense Identification Badge. 

(a) The Office of the Secretary of 

Defense Identification Badge is 

authorized under 10 U.S.C., to provide 

a distinct identification of military staff 

members while assigned and, after 

reassignment, to indicate that the 

service member satisfactorily served on 

the Secretary of Defense’s staff. The 

prescribing directive for this badge is 

DOD 1348.33–M, Manual of Military 

Decorations and Awards. 

(b) Description. The badge, 2 inches in 

diameter, consists of an eagle with 

wings displayed horizontally grasping 

three crossed arrows all gold bearing on 

its breast a shield paleways of thirteen 

pieces argent and gules a chief azure, a 

gold annulet passing behind the wing 

tips bearing thirteen gold stars above the 

eagle and a wreath of laurel and olive 

in green enamel below the eagle, the 

whole superimposed on a silver 

sunburst of 33 rays. 

§ 578.108 Joint Chiefs of Staff 

Identification Badge. 

(a) A certificate of eligibility may be 

issued to military personnel who have 

been assigned to duty and have served 

not less than 1 year after January 14, 

1961 in a position of responsibility 

under the direct cognizance of the Joint 

Chiefs of Staff. The individual must 

have served in a position which requires 

66654 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 

as a primary duty the creation, 

development, or coordination of 

policies, principles, or concepts 

pertaining to a primary function of the 

organization of the Joint Chiefs of Staff 

and must be approved for authorization 

to wear the badge by the Chairman, Joint 

Chiefs of Staff; the Director, Joint Staff; 

the head of a Directorate of the Joint 

Staff; or one of the subordinate agencies 

of the organization of the Joint Chiefs of 

Staff. The certificate of eligibility 

constitutes authority for wearing the 

badge as a permanent part of the 

uniform. 

(b) Description. Within an oral silver 

metal wreath of laurel, 21⁄4 inches in 

height and 2 inches in width overall, the 

shield on the United States (the chief in 

blue enamel and the 13 stripes 

alternating white and red enamel) 

superimposed on four gold metal 

unsheathed swords, two in pale and two 

in saltire with points to chief, the points 

and pommels resting on the wreath, the 

blades and grips entwined with a gold 

metal continuous scroll surrounding the 

shield with the word JOINT at the top 

and the words CHIEFS OF STAFF at the 

bottom, all in blue enamel letters. 

§ 578.109 Army Staff Identification Badge. 

(a) The Army Staff Identification 

Badge (ASIB) and Army Staff Lapel Pin 

(ASLP) are neither awards nor 

decorations but are distinguished marks 

of service at HQDA. They are visible 

signs of professional growth associated 

with the important duties and 

responsibilities of the Army Secretariat 

and the Army Staff (ARSTAF). Issuance 

of the ASIB and the ASLP is not 

automatic, but is based on demonstrated 

outstanding performance of duty and 

approval by a principal HQDA official. 

Eligibility for the ASIB does not 

constitute eligibility for the ASLP; 

likewise, eligibility for the ASLP does 

not constitute eligibility for the ASIB. 

(b) Description. The Coat of Arms of 

the United States in gold with the 

stripes of the shield to be enameled 

white and red and chief of the shield 

and the sky of the glory to be enameled 

blue, superimposed on a five-pointed 

black enameled star; in each reentrant 

angle of the star are three green 

enameled laurel leaves. The star is 3 

inches in diameter for the Chief of Staff 

and former Chiefs of Staff and a 2 inches 

in diameter badge is authorized for all 

other personnel awarded the badge. 

§ 578. 110 Guard, Tomb of the Unknown 

Soldier Identification Badge. 

(a) Wear. (1) The Guard, Tomb of the 

Unknown Soldier Identification Badge 

will be authorized by the Commanding 

Officer, 3d U.S. Infantry Regiment (The 

Old Guard), for wear by each member of 

the Tomb of the Unknown Soldier who 

have met all specified criteria for 

earning the badge. Only soldiers serving 

in the following positions are 

authorized to earn the badge: 

(i) Commander of the Guard (Platoon 

Leader). 

(ii) Sergeant of the Guard (Platoon 

Sergeant). 

(iii) Commander of the Relief. 

(iv) Sentinels. 

(2) Effective December 17, 1963 the 

Commanding Officer, 3d U.S. Infantry 

Regiment (The Old Guard), may 

authorize the wearing of the badge as a 

permanent part of the uniform for 

personnel who: 

(i) Have served honorably for a 

minimum of 9 months, which need not 

be continuous, as a member of the Tomb 

of the Unknown Soldier. 

(ii) Have met all specified criteria for 

earning the badge. 

(iii) Have been recommended by the 

Commanding Officer, E Company, 3d 

Infantry Regiment (The Old Guard). 

(3) If soldiers who have served 

honorable meet all specified criteria for 

earning the badge prior to serving 9 total 

months as a member of the Tomb of the 

Unknown Soldier and are recommended 

by the Commanding Officer, E Company 

(Honor Guard), 3d U.S. Infantry 

Regiment (The Old Guard), temporary 

wear of the badge may be authorized by 

the Commanding Officer, 3d U.S. 

Infantry Regiment (The Old Guard). 

(4) Soldiers who are moved from 

authorized positions prior to completion 

of 9 total months may be considered for 

permanent award on a case-by-case 

basis by the Commanding Officer, 3d 

U.S. Infantry Regiment (The Old Guard). 

(b) Authorization. (1) Authorization of 

the badge as a uniform item will be 

made by order of the 3d U.S. Infantry 

Regiment Commander citing this 

paragraph as authority. This order will 

constitute authority for individuals to 

wear the badge as a part of their military 

uniform. Original issue of the badge will 

be made by the Commanding Officer of 

the 3d U.S. Infantry Regiment (The Old 

Guard). Replacements will be purchased 

from approved commercial sources to 

ensure the quality of the badge. 

(2) This award is retroactive to 

February 1, 1958 for personnel in the 

Active Army. This date reflects when 

the badge was first created and 

recognized by the Army for official 

wear. Former soldiers may apply to 

Commander, 3d U.S. Infantry Regiment 

(The Old Guard), Fort Myer, VA 22211–

5020. 

(c) Revocation. (1) When the 

Commander of The Old Guard becomes 

aware of information about a current or 

former member of the Tomb of the 

Unknown Soldier who was authorized 

permanent wear of the Tomb 

Identification Badge that suggests 

inappropriate conduct, including, but 

not limited to, acts of commission or 

omission for a member of that unit, or 

the intention to engage in inappropriate 

conduct, he will notify the Commander, 

E Company (Honor Guard), 3d U.S. 

Infantry Regiment (The Old Guard). The 

Commander, E Company (Honor Guard) 

will conduct a Commander’s Inquiry to 

determine if the matter warrants further 

investigation, or if there is sufficient 

information to recommend to the 

Commanding Officer, 3d U.S. Infantry 

Regiment (The Old Guard) that the 

Tomb Identification Badge be revoked 

or that the soldier be reassigned, or 

both. 

(2) Nothing stated in this section 

prevents the Regimental Commander 

from taking peremptory action deemed 

necessary or appropriate to protect the 

interests of the U.S. Army, the 3d U.S. 

Infantry Regiment (The Old Guard), or 

the soldiers under his command. 

Authority to revoke the badge remains 

with Commanding Officer, 3d U.S. 

Infantry Regiment (The Old Guard). 

Revocation will be announced in 

permanent orders. 

(d) Reinstatement. Requests to have 

the badge reinstated will be directed to 

the current Commanding Officer, 

Headquarters, 3d U.S. Infantry Regiment 

(The Old Guard), Fort Myer, VA 22211–

1199. Requests will be reviewed upon 

receipt of all information and forwarded 

to the reinstatement authority with a 

recommendation. Approval authority 

for reinstatement of the badge is the 

Commander, USA HRC (see § 578.3(c) 

for address). 

(e) Description. A silver color metal 

badge 2 inches in width and 115⁄32

inches in height, consisting of an 

inverted open laurel wreath surmounted 

by a representation of the front elevation 

of the Tomb of the Unknown Soldier, 

the upper section containing the three 

figures of Peace, Victory, and Valor, the 

base bearing in two lines the words 

‘‘HONOR GUARD’’, all in low relief. 

§ 578.111 Army ROTC Nurse Cadet 

Program Identification Badge. 

This badge is authorized for issue to 

and wear by contracted ROTC cadets 

enrolled in a program leading to a 

baccalaureate degree in nursing. It was 

formerly referred to as the Army 

Student Nurse Program Identification 

Badge. 

Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 66655 

§ 578.112 Drill Sergeant Identification 

Badge. 

(a) Eligibility. Successful completion 

of the Drill Sergeant course and 

assignment as a drill sergeant to a 

training command. 

(b) Authorization. The Commandant 

of the Drill Sergeant School will 

authorize the permanent wear of the 

badge to eligible personnel by 

memorandum. Officers are authorized to 

wear this badge if it was permanently 

awarded to them while in an enlisted 

status. 

(c) Description. (1) Metal. A gold 

plated metal and enamel insignia, 2 

inches (5.08 cm) in width and 151⁄64

inches (4.56 cm) in height, consisting of 

a flaming torch above a breast plate and 

jupon in front of a rattlesnake on a green 

background, grasping in its mouth at 

upper right and with its tail at upper 

left, the ends of an encircling scroll 

inscribed ‘‘THIS WE’LL DEFEND’’ in 

black letters, between 13 black star, 7 on 

the left and 6 on the right. 

(2) Embroidered. An embroidered 

insignia, as described above in subdued 

colors, except the size is 23⁄4 inches 

(6.99 cm) in width and 21⁄2 inches (6.35 

cm) in height. The insignia is on a olive 

drab square background measuring 31⁄2

inches (8.89 cm) in width and height. 

§ 578.113 U.S. Army Recruiter 

Identification Badge. 

(a) The U.S. Army Basic Recruiter 

Badge is authorized for wear by military 

personnel assigned or attached to the 

U.S. Army Recruiting Command 

(USAREC) as designated by the CG, 

USAREC. One, two, or three gold 

achievement stars may be awarded to 

eligible personnel meeting the criteria 

established for each achievement star by 

the CG, USAREC. These stars will be 

affixed to the basic badge. 

(b) The U.S. Army Gold Recruiter 

Badge is authorized for wear by eligible 

personnel meeting the criteria 

established by the CG, USAREC. One, 

two, or three sapphire achievement stars 

may be awarded to eligible personnel 

meeting the criteria established for each 

achievement star by the CG, USAREC. 

These stars will be affixed to the gold 

badge. 

(c) Description. A silver or gold color 

metal device 21⁄8 inches (5.4cm) in 

height overall consisting of a circular 

band inscribed, between two narrow 

green enamel borders, with the words 

‘‘U.S. ARMY’’ on the left and 

‘‘RECRUITER’’ on the right, in silver 

letters, reading clockwise and at bottom 

center three five-pointed stars; perched 

upon the inside edge of the band at 

bottom center an eagle looking to its 

right its wings raised vertically and 

extended over the top of the band and 

supported between its wings diagonally 

from lower left to upper right a flaming 

torch with both ends extended outside 

the band. 

§ 578.114 Career Counselor Badge. 

(a) The Career Counselor Badge may 

be authorized for wear by enlisted 

personnel assigned to authorized duty 

positions which requires Primary 

Military Occupational Specialty (PMOS) 

79S (Career Counselor). The award is 

retroactive to January 1, 1972. 

(b) Description. An oxidized silver 

badge 17⁄8 inches in height overall 

consisting of an eagle with raised and 

outstretched wings standing upon, at 

the point of the intersection, the shaft of 

a spear to the left and the barrel of a 

musket with fixed bayonet to the right, 

weapons terminated just below the 

point of crossing, and all enclosed by a 

horizontal oval-shaped frame, its lower 

half consisting of a scroll inscribed with 

the words ‘‘CAREER COUNSELOR’’ in 

raised letters, the upper half composed 

of two olive branches issuing from the 

ends of the scroll at either side and 

passing behind the eagle’s wing tips, 

meeting at top center; all areas between 

the eagle, spear and musket and the 

frame are pierced. 

§ 578.115 Army National Guard Recruiting 

and Retention Identification Badges. 

The National Guard Bureau (NGB–

ARP) is the proponent agency for the 

Army National Guard Recruiting and 

Retention Identification Badges. There 

are three degrees of badges that may be 

awarded; basic, senior, and master 

ARNG Recruiter Badges. See National 

Guard Regulation 672–2. 

§ 578.116 U.S. Army Reserve Recruiter 

Identification Badge. 

The U.S. Army Reserve Recruiter 

Badge no longer exists as a separate 

identification badge. All Regular Army 

and Reserve Component recruiters only 

wear the U.S. Army Recruiter 

Identification Badges authorized in 

§ 578.109 of this part. 

§ 578.117 Foreign and International 

Decorations and Awards to U.S. Army 

Personnel—General. 

(a). Guidelines. The provisions for 

receipt and acceptance, or prohibition 

thereof, of foreign decorations and 

badges outlined in this chapter apply 

to—

(1) Active Army, Army National 

Guard, and U.S. Army Reserve soldiers 

to include retirees regardless of duty 

status. 

(2) All civilian employees of DA 

including experts and consultants under 

contract to DA. 

(3) All spouses, unless legally 

separated and family members of the 

personnel listed in paragraphs (a)(1) and 

(2) of this section. 

(b) The provisions for receipt and 

acceptance, or prohibition thereof, of 

foreign decorations and badges outlined 

in this chapter do not apply when: 

(1) A foreign decoration is awarded 

posthumously. Such decorations and 

accompanying documents will be 

forwarded to Commander, USA HRC, 

(see § 578.3(c) for address), for delivery 

to next of kin. 

(2) The recipient of a decoration dies 

before approval of acceptance can be 

obtained. 

(3) A foreign decoration was awarded 

for service while the recipient was a 

bona fide member of the Armed Forces 

of a friendly foreign nation, provided 

the decoration was made prior to 

employment of the recipient by the U.S. 

Government. 

(4) A decoration for service in the 

Republic of Vietnam was accepted on or 

after March 1, 1961, but not later than 

March 28, 1973. 

(c) Restriction. No person will request, 

solicit, or otherwise encourage the 

tender of a foreign decoration. 

Whenever possible, personnel are 

obligated to initially refuse acceptance 

of foreign decorations. 

(d) Constitutional restriction. No 

person holding any office of profit or 

trust under the United States will, 

without the consent of the Congress, 

accept any present, emolument, office, 

or title of any kind whatsoever from any 

king, prince, or foreign state. 

(Constitution, Article. I, section. 9). This 

includes decorations and awards 

tendered by any official of a foreign 

government. 

(e) Congressional authorization. 5 

U.S.C. 7342 authorizes members of the 

Army to accept, retain, and wear foreign 

decorations tendered in recognition of 

active field service in time of combat 

operations or awarded for other 

outstanding or unusually meritorious 

performance, subject to the approval of 

the Secretary of the Army. 

(f) Participation in ceremonies. 

Subject to the restriction in, an 

individual may participate in a 

ceremony and receive the tender of a 

foreign decoration. The receipt of the 

decoration will not constitute 

acceptance of the award by the 

recipient. 

(g) Disciplinary action. The wearing of 

unauthorized awards, decorations, or 

other devices is a violation of the 

Uniform Code of Military Justice and 

may subject a soldier to appropriate 

disciplinary action. 

66656 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 

§ 578.118 Individual Foreign Decorations. 

Decorations received which have been 

tendered in recognition of active field 

service in connection with combat 

operations or which have been awarded 

for outstanding or unusually 

meritorious performance may be 

accepted and worn upon receiving the 

approval of HQ, USA HRC. In the 

absence of such approval, the 

decoration will become the property of 

the United States and will be deposited 

with HQ, USA HRC, for use or disposal. 

§ 578.119 Foreign unit Decorations. 

(a) During the period of military 

operations against an armed enemy and 

for 1 year thereafter; or while engaged 

in military operations involving conflict 

with an opposing foreign force; or while 

serving with friendly foreign forces 

engaged in an armed conflict against an 

opposing armed force in which the 

United States is not a belligerent party, 

Army Component commanders, or 

major Army commanders are authorized 

to accept foreign unit decorations 

tendered to brigades, battalions, or 

smaller units under their command. HQ, 

USA HRC (AHRC–PDO–PA) will take 

final action on all tenders of foreign unit 

decorations to headquarters and 

headquarters companies of divisions 

and higher or comparable units. This 

authority will not be further delegated. 

Acceptance of foreign unit decorations 

will be reported to the CG, USA HRC for 

confirmation in DAGO. Confirmed 

foreign unit decorations are listed in DA 

Pamphlet 672–1 and DA Pamphlet 672–

3. 

(b) Foreign unit decorations may be 

accepted only if all the following 

conditions are met: 

(1) The decoration is tendered by a 

friendly foreign nation for heroism or 

exceptionally meritorious service in 

direct support of military operations; 

(2) The decoration is one that is 

conferred by the national government of 

the foreign country upon units of its 

own Armed Forces; and 

(3) The unit is cited by name in orders 

of the national government of the 

foreign country. 

(c) Foreign unit decorations will be 

neither recommended by nor sought by 

the Department of the Army. 

Solicitation of foreign unit decorations 

by individuals or units within the Army 

is prohibited. Acceptance of foreign unit 

decorations will be approved by CG, 

USA HRC, only when the award is 

proffered by the foreign government 

based on services performed and 

without solicitation. 

(d) Display of foreign unit 

decorations. Awards of foreign unit 

decorations are evidenced by streamers, 

fourrageres, or lanyards attached to the 

pike or lance as a component part of 

organizational colors, distinguishing 

flags or guidons. 

(e) The streamer will be of colors 

corresponding to the ribbon of the unit 

decoration with the name of the action 

or the area of operations embroidered 

thereon. A separate streamer will be 

furnished for each award. The medal 

will be attached only on ceremonial 

occasions. 

(f) Additional foreign unit decorations 

which have been tendered and accepted 

but for which no streamer is authorized 

for unit colors and guidons are as 

follows: 

(1) Citation in the Order of the Day of 

the Belgian Army; 

(2) State of Vietnam Ribbon of 

Friendship; 

(3) Netherlands Orange Lanyard; 

(g) Emblems. (1) Normally when a 

unit is cited, only the organizational 

color, distinguishing flag, or guidon is 

decorated. Unless specifically 

authorized by orders of the foreign 

government and approved by CG, USA 

HRC, no emblem is issued but may be 

purchased for wear on the uniform. See 

AR 670–1 for information on wear of 

foreign unit awards. 

(2) The only emblems so far 

authorized for wear on the uniform to 

indicate a foreign decoration received 

by a unit are the French and Belgian 

Fourrageres, the Netherlands Orange 

Lanyard, the Philippine Republic 

Presidential Unit Citation Badge, the 

Republic of Korea Presidential Unit 

Citation Badge, the Vietnam Presidential 

Unit Citation Badge, the Republic of 

Vietnam Gallantry Cross Unit Citation 

Badge, and the Republic of Vietnam 

Civil Actions Medal Unit Citation 

Badges. Only the French Fourragere is 

authorized for temporary wear. 

(3) The following emblems are not 

sold by the Department of the Army, but 

may be purchased if desired from 

civilian dealers in military insignia and 

some Army Exchanges: Philippine 

Republic, Republic of Korea, and the 

Vietnam Presidential Unit Citations, the 

Republic of Vietnam Gallantry Cross, 

and the Republic of Vietnam Civil 

Actions Medal. 

§ 578.120 Foreign Badges. 

(a) Eligibility requirements. 

Qualification and special skill badges 

may be accepted if awarded in 

recognition of meeting the criteria, as 

established by the foreign government 

concerned, for the specific award. Only 

those badges that are awarded in 

recognition of military activities and by 

the military department of the host 

country are authorized for acceptance 

and permanent wear. Badges that do not 

meet these criteria may be authorized 

for acceptance but not for wear, and will 

not be entered in the official military 

records of the recipient. Of particular 

importance are the criteria established 

by the military department of the host 

country; for example, if a particular 

badge is authorized for award only to 

enlisted personnel of host country then 

badge may be accepted and worn by 

U.S. Army enlisted personnel. 

(b) Awarding authority. Commanders 

(overseas and CONUS) serving in the 

rank of brigadier general or higher and 

colonel level commanders who exercise 

general court-martial authority are 

delegated authority to approve the 

acceptance, retention, and permanent 

wear of foreign badges. This authority 

may be further delegated to 

commanders charged with custody of 

military personnel record files. The 

burden of proof rests on the individual 

soldier to produce valid justification, 

that is, orders, citations, or other 

original copies of the foreign elements 

that awarded them the badge. A list of 

approved badges are provided in 

Appendix D, AR 600–8–22 and the 

Army Awards Branch Website: https:// 

www.perscomonline.army.mil/tagd/ 

awards/Appendix_D.doc. Request for 

accept and wear of any foreign badges 

not listed in Appendix D or the website 

will be forwarded to HQ, USA HRC (see 

§ 578.3 (c) for address). 

(c) Other badges. Badges presented to 

Army personnel which do not fall under 

the category of qualification or special 

skill badges discussed in paragraph (a) 

of this section (honorary badges, 

identification devices, insignia) will be 

reported in accordance with AR 1–100, 

paragraph 6. Badges in these categories 

are considered gifts. They will not be 

authorized for wear nor entered in 

official military personnel records. 

(d) Wear. AR 670–1 governs the 

manner of wear of foreign qualification 

and special skill badges. 

§ 578.121 United Nations Service Medal. 

(a) The United Nations Service Medal 

(UNSM) was established by United 

Nations General Assembly Resolution 

483(V), December 12, 1950. Presidential 

acceptance for the United States Armed 

Forces was announced by the DOD on 

November 27, 1951. 

(b) Qualifications. To qualify for 

award of the UNSM, individuals must 

meet one of the following: 

(1) Members of the Armed Forces of 

the United States dispatched to Korea or 

adjacent areas for service on behalf of 

the United Nations in the action in 

Korea. 

Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 66657 

(2) Other personnel dispatched to 

Korea or adjacent areas as members of 

paramilitary and quasi-military units 

designated by the U.S. Government for 

service in support of United Nations 

action in Korea and certified by the 

United Nations Commander in Chief as 

having directly supported military 

operations there. 

(3) Personnel awarded the Korean 

Service Medal automatically establish 

eligibility for the United Nations Service 

Medal. 

(4) Service with a national contingent 

designated by the U.S. Government for 

service in support of the United Nations 

action in Korea and certified by the 

United Nations Commander in Chief as 

having directly supported military 

operations in Korea. 

(c) Service requirements. Service will 

be for periods provided between June 

27, 1950 and July 27, 1954, inclusive, 

under either of the following conditions: 

(1) Within the territorial limits of 

Korea or the waters immediately 

adjacent thereto or in the air over Korea 

or over such waters. 

(2) The service prescribed must have 

been performed while serving with any 

unit as provided in paragraphs (b)(1) 

and (2) of this section as specified 

below: 

(i) While on an assignment to such 

unit for any period between the dates 

specified above. 

(ii) While attached to such a unit for 

a period of 30 days consecutive or 

nonconsecutive, between the dates 

specified above. 

(iii) While in active combat against 

the enemy under conditions other than 

those prescribed in paragraphs (b) and 

(c) of this section if a combat decoration 

has been awarded or an individual 

certificate testifying to such combat 

service has been furnished by the 

commander of an independent force or 

a division, ship, or air group, or 

comparable or higher unit. 

(d) Exclusions. No personnel of the 

United Nations or of its specialized 

agencies or of any national government 

service other than as prescribed above 

and no International Red Cross 

personnel engaged for service under the 

United Nations Commander in Chief 

with any United Nations relief team in 

Korea will be eligible for award of the 

medal. 

§ 578.122 Inter-American Defense Board 

Medal. 

(a) The Inter-American Defense Board 

Medal was established by the Ninetyfirst Session of the Inter-American 

Defense Board on December 11, 1945 

and authorized by Executive Order 

11446, January 18, 1969. 

(b) U.S. military personnel who have 

served on the Inter-American Defense 

Board for at least 1 year as chairman of 

the board, delegates, advisers, officers of 

the staff, officers of the secretariat, or 

officers of the Inter-American Defense 

College may wear the Inter-American 

Defense Board ribbon permanently. 

(c) U.S. military personnel who have 

been awarded the Inter-American 

Defense Board Medal and ribbon may 

wear them when attending meetings, 

ceremonies, or other functions where 

Latin American members of the Board 

are present. 

§ 578.123 Philippine Defense Ribbon. 

The Philippine Defense Ribbon is 

awarded for service in the defense of the 

Philippines from December 8, 1941 to 

June 15, 1942, under either of the 

following conditions: 

(a) Participation in any engagement 

against the enemy in Philippine 

territory, in Philippine waters, or in the 

air over the Philippines or over 

Philippine waters. An individual will be 

considered as having participated in an 

engagement if they meet one of the 

following: 

(1) Was a member of the defense 

garrison of the Bataan Peninsula or of 

the fortified islands at the entrance to 

Manila Bay. 

(2) Was a member of and present with 

a unit actually under enemy fire or air 

attack. 

(3) Served on a ship that was under 

enemy fire or air attack. 

(4) Was a crewmember or passenger in 

an airplane that was under enemy aerial 

or ground fire. 

(b) Assigned or stationed in 

Philippine territory or in Philippine 

waters for not less than 30 days during 

the period. 

(c) Individuals who meet conditions 

set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this 

section are authorized to wear a bronze 

service star on the ribbon. 

§ 578.124 Philippine Liberation Ribbon. 

(a) The Philippine Liberation Ribbon 

is authorized by DA Circular 59, March 

8, 1948. 

(b) It is awarded for service in the 

liberation of the Philippines from 

October 17, 1944 to September 3, 1945, 

under any of the following conditions: 

(1) Participated in the initial landing 

operations on Leyte or adjoining islands 

from October 17, 1944 to October 20, 

1944. An individual will be considered 

as having participated in such 

operations if he landed on Leyte or 

adjoining islands, was on a ship in 

Philippine waters, or was a 

crewmember of an airplane, which flew 

over Philippine territory during the 

period. 

(2) Participated in any engagement 

against the enemy during the campaign 

on Leyte and adjoining islands. An 

individual will be considered as having 

participated in combat if he meets any 

of the conditions set forth in Philippine 

Defense Ribbon § 578.123(a)(2) through 

(4). 

(3) Participated in any engagement 

against the enemy on islands other than 

those included in paragraph (b)(2) of 

this section. An individual will be 

considered as having participated in 

combat if he or she meets any of the 

conditions set forth in Philippine 

Defense Ribbon § 578.123(a)(2) through 

(4). 

(4) Served in the Philippine Islands or 

on ships in Philippine waters for not 

less than 30 days during the period. 

(c) Bronze service stars. An individual 

who meets more than one of the 

conditions set forth in paragraph (a) of 

this section is authorized to wear a 

bronze service star on the ribbon for 

each additional condition under which 

he or she qualifies other than that under 

which he or she is eligible for the initial 

award of the ribbon. 

§ 578.125 Philippine Independence 

Ribbon. 

The Philippine Independence Ribbon 

is authorized by DA Circular 59, 1948. 

Any recipient of both the Philippine 

Defense and Philippine Liberation 

ribbons is eligible for award of the 

Philippine Independence Ribbon. 

United States Army personnel 

authorized to wear the Philippine 

Independence Ribbon under the 

established criteria, may continue to 

wear the ribbon, provided the authority 

for such wear was recorded before 

November 24, 1954. 

§ 578.126 United Nations Medal. 

(a) Authorized by the Secretary 

General of the United Nations and 

Executive Order 11139, January 7, 1964. 

U.S. service members who are or have 

been in the service of the United 

Nations in operations designated by the 

Secretary of Defense may accept the 

United Nations Medal (UNM) when 

awarded by the Chief of the United 

Nations Mission. 

(b) Eligibility. The eligibility criteria 

for award of the UNM requires that an 

individual serve under the operational 

or tactical control of the United Nations 

and serve a minimum of 90 consecutive 

days in the service of the United 

Nations. The following United Nations 

missions/operations have been 

approved for acceptance and wear: 

(1) United Nations Observation Group 

in Lebanon (UNOGIL); 

66658 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 

(2) United Nations Truce Supervision 

Organization in Palestine (UNTSO); 

(3) United Nations Military Observer 

Group in India and Pakistan 

(UNMOGIP); 

(4) United Nations Security Forces, 

Hollandia (UNSFH); 

(5) United Nations Transitional 

Authority in Cambodia (UNTAC); 

(6) United Nations Advance Mission 

in Cambodia (UNAMIC); 

(7) United Nations Protection Force in 

Yugoslavia (UNPROFOR); 

(8) United Nations Mission for the 

Referendum in Western Sahara 

(MINURSO); 

(9) United Nations Iraq/Kuwait 

Observation Mission (UNIKOM); 

(10) United Nations Operations in 

Somalia (to include U.S. Quick Reaction 

Force members) (UNOSOM); 

(11) United Nations Mission in Haiti 

(UNMIH); 

(12) United Nations Medal Special 

Service (UNMSS). 

(c) Wear. Each United Nations 

mission for which an UNM is awarded 

is commemorated by a suspension and 

service ribbon of unique colors and 

design. The ribbon and medallion 

combination take on the name of the 

specific operation for which the 

combination was created. For example, 

the operation in the Former Republic of 

Yugoslavia is the United Nations 

Protection Force (UNPROFOR), yielding 

the UNPROFOR Medal. Service 

members who are awarded an UNM 

may wear the first UNM with unique 

suspension and service ribbon for which 

they qualify. A bronze service star will 

denote subsequent awards of the UNM 

for service in a different United Nations 

mission. Only one United Nations 

ribbons is authorized for wear. 

(d) Presentation. The Senior 

Representative of the Secretary-General 

who makes the award normally makes 

presentation of the UNM in the field. 

Approval authority to accept and wear 

the UNM to member of the Armed 

Forces of the United States is the 

Secretary of Defense. When presentation 

is not so accomplished, any person who 

believes he or she is eligible for award 

may submit to Commander, USA HRC, 

(see § 578.3 (c) for address) and a 

request for such award with copy of any 

substantiating documents. Commander, 

AHRC will forward each such request 

through the Office of Internal 

Administration, Office of the Assistant 

Secretary of State for International 

Organization Affairs, to the United 

Nations for consideration. 

(e) Description. (1) Medal. The medal 

is bronze, 13⁄8 inches in diameter, with 

a top view of the globe enclosed at sides 

and bottom by a wreath and the letters 

‘‘UN’’ at the top of the medal. On the 

reverse side is the inscription ‘‘IN THE 

SERVICE OF PEACE’’. The United 

Nations Service Medal Korea is the 

same design, except the obverse does 

not include the letters ‘‘UN’’ and the 

medal has a hanger bar with the 

inscription ‘‘KOREA’’. On the reverse 

side of the United Nations Service 

Medal Korea is the inscription ‘‘FOR 

SERVICE IN DEFENCE OF THE 

PRINCIPLES OF THE CHARTER OF 

THE UNITED NATIONS’’. 

(2) Ribbon. Each United Nations 

mission for which a UNM is awarded is 

commemorated by a suspension and 

service ribbon of unique colors and 

design. The ribbon and medallion 

combination take on the name of the 

specific operation for which the 

combination was created. For example, 

the operation in the Former Republic of 

Yugoslavia is the United Nations 

Protection Force (UNPROFOR), yielding 

the UNPROFOR Medal. Service 

members who are awarded a UNM may 

wear the first UNM with unique 

suspension and service ribbon for which 

they qualify. A bronze service star will 

be worn to denote subsequent awards of 

the UNM for service in a difference 

United Nations mission. Only one 

United Nations ribbon is authorized for 

wear. 

§ 578.127 North Atlantic Treaty 

Organization Medal. 

(a) The North Atlantic Treaty 

Organization (NATO) Medal is awarded 

by the Secretary-General of the North 

Atlantic Treaty Organization to military 

and civilian members of the Armed 

Forces of the United States who 

participate in NATO operations related 

to the former Republic of Yugoslavia. 

The Secretary of Defense authorized 

acceptance of the NATO Medal on 

November 14, 1995. 

(b) Acceptance. Acceptance of the 

NATO Medal has been approved for 

U.S. military personnel who serve under 

NATO command or operational control 

in direct support of NATO operations in 

the former Republic of Yugoslavia, or as 

designated by the Supreme Allied 

Command, Europe (SACEUR), from July 

1, 1992 to a date to be determined. 

(c) Presentation. The NATO Medal 

will normally be presented by the Allied 

Command Europe headquarters 

exercising operational command or 

control over U.S. military units or 

individuals prior to their departure from 

service with NATO. 

(d) Medal set. The medal set includes 

a ribbon clasp denoting the specific 

operation for which the award was 

made. U.S. service members are 

authorized to retain the ribbon clasp 

presented but may not wear the clasp. 

Only the basic medal and service ribbon 

are authorized for wear on the uniform. 

(e) Subsequent awards. Subsequent 

awards (if approved by the Secretary of 

Defense) for service in a different NATO 

operation, U.S. military personnel will 

affix a bronze service star to the NATO 

Medal suspension ribbon and service 

ribbon. 

(f) Precedence. The NATO Medal 

shall have the same precedence as the 

United Nations Medal, but will rank 

immediately below the United Nations 

Medal when the wearer has been 

awarded both medals. 

(g) Description. The medal is bronze, 

13⁄8 inches in diameter, bearing on the 

obverse the NATO emblem (a four 

pointed star emitting a ray from each 

point superimposed on an annulet) 

enclosed in base by a wreath of olive. 

The reverse side has a band inscribed 

‘‘NORTH ATLANTIC TREATY 

ORGANIZATION’’ at top and 

‘‘ORGANISATION DU TRAITE DE 

L’ATLANTIQUE NORD’’ at the bottom. 

In the center is a sprig of olive between 

the inscription ‘‘IN SERVICE OF PEACE 

AND FREEDOM’’ above and ‘‘AU 

SERVICE DE LA PAIX ET DE LA 

LIBERTE’’ below. The ribbon is 13⁄8

inches wide and consists of the 

following stripes: 5⁄32 inch Yale Blue 

67176; 1⁄8 inch White 67101; 13⁄16 inch 

Yale Blue; 1⁄8 inch White; and 5⁄32 inch 

Yale Blue. 

§ 578.128 Multinational Force and 

Observers Medal. 

(a) The Multinational Force and 

Observers (MFO) Medal was established 

by the Director General, Multinational 

Force and Observers, March 24, 1982. 

Presidential acceptance for the United 

States Armed Forces and DOD civilian 

personnel is announced by DOD on July 

28, 1982. 

(b) Eligibility. To qualify for the award 

personnel must have served with the 

MFO at least ninety (90) cumulative 

days after August 3, 1981. Effective 

March 15, 1985, personnel must serve 6 

months (170 days minimum) with the 

MFO to qualify for the award. Periods 

of service on behalf of the MFO outside 

of the Sinai, and periods of leave while 

a member is serving with the MFO, may 

be counted toward eligibility for the 

MFO medal. Qualifying time may be 

lost for disciplinary reasons. 

(c) Awards. The Director General, 

MFO makes awards, or in his or her 

name by officials to whom he or she 

delegates awarding authority. 

(d) Presentation. Presentations are 

usually to be made by personnel 

designated by the Director General, 

MFO. When presentation is not 

Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 66659 

accomplished, any person with MFO 

service who believes he or she is eligible 

for the award may submit a request for 

the award to Commander, USA HRC, 

(see § 578.3 (c) for address). This request 

must include complete details related to 

MFO duty, including geographical 

location and inclusive dates of service, 

and copies of all substantiating 

documents. Commanding General, USA 

HRC, will then forward each such 

request through the Office of Internal 

Administration, Office of the Assistant 

Secretary of State for International 

Organization Affairs, to the 

Multinational Force and Observers for 

consideration. 

(e) Subsequent awards. An 

appropriate numeral starting with 

numeral 2 will indicate second and 

subsequent awards for each completed 

6-month tour. If an individual has not 

completed a cumulative 6-month tour, 

he or she is not eligible for award of the 

MFO medal unless one of the following 

conditions exists: 

(1) The award is to be made 

posthumously. 

(2) The member is medically 

evacuated due to service-incurred 

injuries or serious illness. 

(3) The member is withdrawn at the 

request of the parent Government for 

national service reasons under 

honorable conditions. 

§ 578.129 Republic of Vietnam Campaign 

Medal. 

(a) Criteria. The Republic of Vietnam 

Campaign Medal is awarded by the 

Government of the Republic of Vietnam 

to members of the United States Armed 

Forces and authorized by DOD 1348.33–

M. 

(b) Requirements. To qualify for 

award personnel must meet one of the 

following requirements: 

(1) Have served in the Republic of 

Vietnam for 6 months during period 

specified in paragraph (c) of this 

section. 

(2) Have served outside the 

geographical limits of the Republic of 

Vietnam and contributed direct combat 

support to the Republic of Vietnam and 

Armed Forces for 6 months. Such 

individuals must meet the criteria 

established for the Armed Forces 

Expeditionary Medal (Vietnam) or the 

Vietnam Service Medal, during the 

period of service required to qualify for 

the Republic of Vietnam Campaign 

Medal. 

(3) Have served as in paragraph (b)(1) 

or (2) of this section for less than 6 

months and have been one of the 

following: 

(i) Wounded by hostile forces. 

(ii) Captured by hostile forces, but 

later escaped, was rescued or released. 

(iii) Killed in action or otherwise in 

line of duty. 

(4) Personnel assigned in the Republic 

of Vietnam on January 28, 1973 must 

meet one of the following: (i) Served a 

minimum of 60 days in the Republic of 

Vietnam as of that date. 

(ii) Completed a minimum of 60 days 

service in the Republic of Vietnam 

during the period from January 28, 1973 

to March 28, 1973, inclusive. 

(c) Eligibility for award under 

authority of this paragraph is limited to 

the period from March 1, 1961 to March 

2, 1973, inclusive. Eligibility for 

acceptance of this award solely by 

virtue of service performed prior to 

March 1, 1961 or subsequent to March 

1973 is governed by AR 600–8–22, 

paragraph 9–8. 

(d) The Republic of Vietnam 

Campaign Medal with Device (1960) 

and the miniature medal are items of 

individual purchase. 

§ 578.130 Kuwait Liberation Medal—Saudi 

Arabia. 

(a) The Kuwait Liberation Medal is 

awarded by the Government of Saudi 

Arabia to members of the Armed Forces 

of the United States and authorized by 

DOD on January 3, 1992. 

(b) It is awarded to members of the 

Armed Forces of the U.S. who 

participated in Operation DESERT 

STORM between January 17, 1991 and 

February 28, 1991 in one or more of the 

following areas: Persian Gulf; Red Sea; 

Gulf of Oman; that portion of the 

Arabian Sea that lies north of 10 degrees 

north latitude and west of 68 degrees 

east longitude; the Gulf of Aden; or the 

total land areas of Iraq, Kuwait, Saudi 

Arabia, Oman, Bahrain, Qatar, and the 

United Arab Emirates. 

(c) To be eligible personnel must meet 

one of the following qualifications: 

(1) Be attached to or regularly serving 

for one or more days with an 

organization participating in ground or 

shore operations. 

(2) Be attached to or regularly serving 

for one or more days aboard a naval 

vessel directly supporting military 

operations. 

(3) Actually participate as a crew 

member in one or more aerial flights 

supporting military operations in the 

areas designated above. 

(4) Serve on temporary duty for 30 

consecutive days during the period 

January 17, 1991 to February 28, 1991 

under any of the criteria in paragraphs 

(b)(1) through (3) of this section. This 

time limit may be waived by HQ, USA 

HRC (AHRC–PDO–PA) for people 

participating in actual combat 

operations. 

(c) The eligibility period and 

geographic boundaries were specified 

by the Government of Saudi Arabia and 

may not be waived. 

(d) Posthumous award to the next of 

kin of any soldier who lost his or her 

life, while, or as a direct result of, 

participating in Operation DESERT 

STORM between January 17, 1991 and 

February 28, 1991, without regard to the 

length of such service, will be made by 

HQ, USA AHRC (AHRC–PDO–PA). 

(e) The Kuwait Liberation Medal, 

ribbon, and miniature medal are items 

of individual purchase. The Army 

accomplished an initial issue to eligible 

personnel from a one-time stock 

provided by the Government of Saudi 

Arabia in 1992. 

(f) Description. The medal is 125⁄32

inches in width and is described as 

follows: On a gold sunburst with 

stylized silver rays, a globe depicting 

the Arabian Peninsula encircled by a 

wreath of palm between a scroll in the 

base inscribed ‘‘Liberation of Kuwait’’

and at the top a palm tree issuing from 

two diagonally crossed sabers, all gold. 

The ribbon is 13⁄8 inches wide and 

consists of the following stripes: 5/32 

inch Old Glory Red 67156; 4⁄64 inch 

black 67138; 9⁄64 inch white stripe 

67101; center 5⁄8 inch irish green 67189; 9⁄64 inch white stripe 67101; 5⁄64 inch 

black 67138; and 5⁄32 inch Old Glory 

Red. 

§ 578.131 Kuwait Liberation Medal—

Kuwait. 

(a) The Kuwait Liberation Medal is 

awarded by the Government of Kuwait 

to members of the Armed Forces of the 

United States and authorized by the 

DOD on August 7, 1995. 

(b) It is awarded to members of the 

Armed Forces of the U.S. who served in 

support of Operations DESERT SHIELD 

and DESERT STORM between August 2, 

1990 and August 31, 1993 in one or 

more of the following areas: the Arabian 

Gulf; the Red Sea; the Gulf of Oman; 

that portion of the Arabian Sea that lies 

north of 10 degrees north latitude and 

west of 68 degrees east longitude; the 

Gulf of Aden; or the total land areas of 

Iraq, Kuwait, Saudi Arabia, Omar, 

Bahrain, Qatar, and the United Arab 

Emirates. 

(c) To be eligible, personnel must 

meet one of the following qualifications: 

(1) Be attached to or regularly serving 

for one or more days with an 

organization participating in ground 

and/or shore operations. 

(2) Be attached to or regularly serving 

for one or more days aboard a naval 

vessel directly supporting military 

operations. 

66660 Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 

(3) Actually participate as a crew 

member in one or more aerial flights 

directly supporting military operations 

in the areas designated above. 

(4) Serve on temporary duty for 30 

consecutive days or 60 nonconsecutive 

days during the period August 2, 1990 

to August 31, 1993 under any of the 

criteria in paragraphs (c)(1) through (3) 

of this section. This time limit may be 

waived by HQ, USA HRC (AHRC–PDO–

PA) for soldiers participating in actual 

combat operations. 

(d) The eligibility period and 

geographic boundaries were specified 

by the Government of Kuwait and may 

not be waived. 

(e) Posthumous award to the next of 

kin of any soldier who lost his life, 

while, or as direct result of participating 

in Operations DESERT SHIELD/STORM 

between August 2, 1990 and August 31, 

1993, without regard to the length of 

such service, will be made by HQ, USA 

HRC (AHRC–PDO–PA). 

(f) The Government of Kuwait 

provided a one-time stock of the Kuwait 

Liberation Medal for initial issue to 

eligible personnel. 

(g) Description. A bronze metal and 

enamel, 19⁄16 inches in diameter 

suspended from a bar by a wreath. A 

obverse bears the Coat of Arms of the 

State of Kuwait. The Coat of Arms 

consists of the shield of the flag design 

in color superimposed on a falcon with 

wings displayed. The falcon supports a 

disk containing a sailing ship with the 

full name of the State written at the top 

of the disk. At the top of the medal is 

the inscription ‘‘1991 Liberation Medal’’

in Arabic letters. The reverse side is the 

map of Kuwait on a rayed background. 

The ribbon is the pattern of the flag of 

the State of Kuwait and consists of three 

equal stripes 29⁄64 inch each of the 

following colors: old glory red (cable 

67156), white (cable 67101), and Irish 

Green (cable 67189). A black trapezium 

is at top of the ribbon drape and service 

ribbon. 

§ 578.132 Republic of Korea War Service 

Medal. 

(a) The Republic of Korea War Service 

Medal (ROKWSM) was originally 

offered to the Armed Forces of the 

United States by the Ministry of 

Defense, Republic of Korea, on 

November 15, 1951. On 20 August 1999, 

the Assistant Secretary of Defense 

(Force Management & Policy) approved 

acceptance and wear of the medal for 

veterans of the Korean War. 

(b) Criteria. It is awarded to members 

of the U.S. Armed Forces who served in 

Korea and adjacent waters between June 

25, 1950 and July 27, 1953. The service 

prescribed must have been performed as 

follows: 

(1) While on permanent assignment; 

or 

(2) While on temporary duty within 

the territorial limits of Korea or on 

waters immediately adjacent thereto for 

30 consecutive days or 60 

nonconsecutive days; or 

(3) While as crew members of aircraft, 

in aerial flight over Korea participating 

in actual combat operations or in 

support of combat operations. 

(c) Supply of the medal. The Air 

Force is the Executive Agency for the 

ROKWSM. Therefore, requests for 

award of the medal should be forwarded 

to the following address: HQ, Air Force 

Personnel Center, DPPPRK, 550 C Street 

W, Suite 12, Randolph AFB, TX 78150–

4612. 

(d) Order of precedence. Order of 

precedence for non-U.S. service medals 

and ribbons is determined by date of 

approval. Accordingly, the ROKWSM 

will be worn after the Kuwait Liberation 

Medal—Government of Kuwait. For the 

majority of Korean War veterans, the 

medal will be worn after the United 

Nations Medal or the Republic of 

Vietnam Campaign Medal, if they 

served during the Vietnam Conflict era. 

(e) Description. A gold six pointed 

star with rays, 37mm in diameter, 

superimposed by a white enameled star, 

42mm in diameter, overall in center a 

green disc, 18mm in diameter, with the 

outline of the Vietnamese country with 

a red flame of three rays between North 

and South Vietnam. On the reverse of 

the medal is a circle with a designated 

band containing the word ‘‘CHIEN–

DICH’’ (Campaign) at the top and ‘‘BOI–

THINH’’ (Medal) at the bottom. Across 

the center of the circle is the word 

‘‘VIET–NAM’’. The ribbon is 13⁄8 inches 

wide and consists of the following 

stripes: 1⁄16 inch gherkin green 67183; 3⁄16 inch white 67101; 5⁄16 inch gherkin 

green 67183; 1⁄4 inch white 67101; 5⁄16

inch gherkin green 67183; 3⁄16 inch 

white 67101; 1⁄16 inch gherkin green 

67183, and 3⁄16 inch white 67101. 

§ 578.133 Certificates for Decorations. 

(a) Current issue. A certificate will be 

presented with each award of an 

authorized military decoration. In no 

case will a commander issue a 

certificate indicating award of a military 

decoration other than on the standard 

DA certificate for the awarded 

decoration. Awards certificates will be 

issued without reference to numbered 

oak leaf clusters. 

(b) Completion. Each certificate for 

award of the Legion of Merit (LM), 

Meritorious Service Medal (MSM), 

Army Commendation Medal (ARCOM) 

and Army Achievement Medal (AAM) 

will be completed by the awarding 

commander and will bear his or her 

personal signature in the lower right 

corner. The Permanent Orders number 

and date are typed on the line on the left 

side of the LM, MSM, ARCOM, and 

AAM certificates. The grade, name, and 

branch of service, together with the 

place and dates of the act, achievement, 

or service of the recipient, will be 

inserted on the certificate in the 

appropriate spaces. 

(c) Replacement of Award Certificates. 

(1) Veterans and retirees. Veterans and 

retirees awarded U.S. military 

decorations to whom an appropriate 

certificate has not been issued may 

apply for such certificate by writing to 

the appropriate office indicated in 

§ 578.66. 

(2) Active duty soldiers. Active duty 

soldiers may request replacement 

certificate through command channels 

to the headquarters currently having 

authority to award the decoration for 

which certificate is required. Each 

request should include a copy of the 

orders announcing the award. The 

replacement certificate will be 

annotated with the original order 

number (for example, Per Permanent 

Orders XX–XX, January, 1, 2000). 

§ 578.134 Certificate of Achievement. 

(a) Commanders may recognize 

periods of faithful service, acts, or 

achievements which do not meet the 

standards required for decorations by 

issuing to individual U.S. military 

personnel a DA Form 2442 (Certificate 

of Achievement) or a Certificate of 

Achievement of local design. 

(b) Certificates of Achievement will be 

issued under such regulations as the 

local commander may prescribe. 

(c) If a locally designed Certificate of 

Achievement is printed for use 

according to this regulation, it may bear 

reproductions of insignia. In the interest 

of economy, the use of color will be 

held to a minimum. 

(d) The citation on such certificates 

will not be worded so that the act of 

service performed appears to warrant 

the award of a decoration. 

(e) No distinguishing device is 

authorized for wear to indicate the 

receipt of a Certificate of Achievement. 

§ 578.135 Certificate of appreciation to 

employers. 

(a) To improve employer acceptance 

of the concept of military leave for 

participation in Reserve Component 

training and to encourage employers to 

adopt liberal military leave policies, 

certificates of appreciation may be 

presented to employers who have 

Federal Register / Vol. 70, No. 211 / Wednesday, November 2, 2005 / Proposed Rules 66661 

wholeheartedly and consistently 

cooperated in granting military leave to 

employees. 

(b) The Commanding Generals, 

TRADOC, FORSCOM, State adjutants 

general, Army Reserve General Officer 

Commands, Corps, and the U.S. Army 

Military District of Washington are 

authorized to make this award. 

(c) Certificates will be presented by 

the awarding commander or by an 

authorized representative, as 

appropriate. 

§ 578.136 Certificates for badges. 

Commanders authorized to award 

badges may issue, simultaneously, 

appropriate certificates of achievement 

to persons under their command who 

have qualified for the respective badges. 

The certificate also may bear a citation 

which will follow closely the prescribed 

eligibility requirements for the 

respective badge. 

§ 578.137 Cold War Recognition 

Certificate. 

Public Law 105–85, Section 1084, 

established a Cold War Recognition 

Certificate to recognize all members of 

the Armed Forces and qualified Federal 

government civilian personnel who 

faithfully and honorably served the 

United States during the Cold War Era 

from September 2, 1945 to December 26, 

1991. The Cold War Recognition System 

home-page at https:// 

www.perscomonline.army.mil/tagd/ 

coldwar/default.htm announces the 

program and provides instructions for 

individual requests. 

[FR Doc. 05–21519 Filed 11–1–05; 8:45 am] 

BILLING CODE 3710–08–P